empty and furnished their boothes with all comâ—ly vessels and bedding drinking vessels 〈◊〉 c. but cauldrons kettles and such like were without the boothe If the raine fell they might goe out of the boothes into their houses 〈◊〉 the raine was over At all times when they 〈◊〉 sit downe in the Boothes all the seven dayes they blessed God before they sate downe who sanctified them by his commandements and commanded them to sit in Boothes Maimony 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 5. c. every homebo 〈…〉 〈◊〉 borne in the land of Israel the Hebrewes 〈◊〉 women and servants and children and sicke 〈◊〉 But children of five or sixâ— yeeres old and upward were bound hereto that they might be trained up in the commandements Such as were watch men of the city by day were discharged for the day but bound to lye in boothes by night and sâ—â—h as watched by night were discharged for the night but bound by day Maimony in Shopher chapter 6. section 1. 4. Vers. 43. your generations your posterity to dwell in boothes so that the first place where â—rael camped after they came out of Egypt was called Sâ—ccoth that is Boothes Exodus 12. 3 At the eâ—d of every seventh yeere the Law was commanded to bee solemnly read before all the people at this feast that they might â—â—ame 〈◊〉 the Lord their God Deut. 31. â—0 13. See the performance here of in Neh. 8. 18. And whereas at this time of the yeere the people had gathered 〈◊〉 fruits into their houses and filled them 〈◊〉 all good things lest their prosperity should cause them to forget both God and themselves this Law was given that they should then dwell in boothes to remember their miseries past and to expect a full redemption of their bodies soules by Christ â—esus our Lord. CHAP. XXIIII 1 The Israelites are commanded to bring oile for the lampes which Aaron must order 5 The Shew bread with from kincense to be set on the Table every Sabbath and eaten by the Priests 10 23 Shelomiths son blasphemeth and is stoned to death 15 The like law is given for all blasphemers 17 Death is appointed for Murderers 18 Satisfaction for dammages and blemishes AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Command the sonnes of Israel that they take unto thee pure oile olive beaten for the Light to cause the lampe to ascend up continually Without the veile of the Testimonie in the Tent of the congregation shall Aaron order it from evening unto morning before Iehovah continually it shall be a statute for ever through-out your generations Vpon the pure candlesticke shall he order the lamps before Iehovah continually And thou shalt take fine-flowre and bake it twelve cakes two tenth-deales shall be in one cake And thou shalt set them in two rowes sixe on a row upon the pure table before Iehovah And thou shalt put upon each row pure frankincense that it may bee for the bread for a memoriall a Fire offring unto Iehovah In the sabbath day in the sabbath day he shall set-in-order before Iehovah continually from the sonnes of Israel an everlasting covenant And it shall be for Aaron and for his sonnes and they shall eat it in the holy place for it is holy of holies to him of the Fire offrings of Iehovah by an everlasting statute And there went out the sonne of an Israelitish woman and he was the sonne of an Egyptian man amongst the sons of Israel and the son of the Israelitesse and a man an Israelite strove-together in the campe And the Israelitish womans son blasphemed the Name and cursed and they brought him unto Moses and his mothers name was Shelomith the daughter of Dibri of the tribe of Din. And they put him in ward that hee might declare unto them by the mouth of Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 saying Bring-forth him that hath cursed out of the campe and let all that heard him lay their hands upon his head and let al the congregation stone him And thou shalt speake unto the sonnns of Israel saying Any man when hee shall curse his God then hee shall beare his sinne And he that blasphemeth the Name of Iehovah shall surely bee put to death all the congregation stoning shall stone him as well the stranger as the home-borne when he blasphemeth the Name shal be put to death And a man when he shall smite any soule of man shall surely be put to death And he that smiteth the soule of a beast shall recompense it soule for soule And a man when he shall give a blemish upon his neighbour as he hath done so shall it bee done unto him Breach for breach eye for eye tooth for tooth as hee hath given a blemish upon a man so shall iâ— be given upon him And he that smiteth a beast shall recompense it and he that smiteth a man shall be put-to-death One judgement shall yee have as well the stranger as the home-borne shal have it for I am Iehovah your God And Moses spake to the sonnes of Israel and they brought-forth him that had cursed out of the campe and stoned him with stones and the sons of Israel did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations THat they take or as the Greeke translateth and let them take unto thee that is take and give or bring unto thee see the like phrase in Gen. 15. 9. Exod. 25. 2. Num. 19. 2. As the former lawes in chap. 23. taught Israel the profession of their obedience to God in the holy times sanctified for his worship so these here taught them the like in respect of the holy things which concerned Gods service in his Sanctuarie olive or of the olive-tree the oile whereof figured the graces of Gods spirit and the beating of the oile signified the labours and afflictions of Gods people in preaching the word of grace This Law is here repeated from Exod. 27. 20. c. where it was before given see the annotations there the Lampe in Chaldee the Lampes meaning the seven lampes as is explained in Num. 8. 2. which are interpreted the seven Spirits of God Rev. 4. 5. that is the manifold graces of the Spirit now there are diversities of gracious gifts but one and the same Spirit 1 Cor. 12. 5. 11. so the seven lampes are here as one Lamp Likewise in Ex. 27. 20. and 〈◊〉 Sam. 3. 3. to ascend-up that is to burne as the Greeke and Chaldee expound it for the flame alwaies ascendeth continually this the Hebrewes expound from night to night as the continuall Burnt-offring which was not but from day to day Sol. â—archi on Lev. 24. And in Targ. Ionathan it is explained in the Sabbath day and in the working day This Law sheweth the ordinary duty of the Church to provide oile for the Lampe In times of distresse the Prophet saw a vision of two olivetrees on each side of the candlesticke emptying out of themselves golden oile through two golden pipes God teaching that the
was waterlesse Deut. 8. 15. it was called also mount Sinai Act. 7. 30. Exod. 19. 1. 18. of the Bramble-bushes there growing or of this vision there appearing Vers. 2. Angell This was Christ who in vers 6. calleth himselfe the God of Abraham named an Angell as before in Gen. 48. 16. therefore Moses blessing Israel mentioneth the good will of this dweller in the bush Deut. 33. 16. where the Chaldee paraphrast addeth him whose habitation is in heaven meaning God And other Rabbines acknowledged as much R. Menachem upon Exod. 3. saith his Angell in the opinion of some of our Rabbines was Michael and therefore hee saith the Angell of the Lord and saith not the Angell of God signifying the condition of mercies See also the notes on Gen. 32. 24. where Michael is shewed to bee Christ. Againe R. Menachem there alledgeth this Angell is that Angell the Redeemer which said to Iakob I am the God of Bethel this is he of whom it is said and the Angell of his presence saved them Gen. 48. 16. and 31. 11. 13. Esa. 63. 9. bramble-bush In Hebrew Seneh whereupon the mount and wildernesse is called Sinai of the store of brambles that grew there or of this bush and vision So in Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 41. it is said from the beginning of the world this mount was called Horeb and when God appeared unto Moses out of the midst of the bramble-bush of the name of the bramble Seneh it was called Sinai consumed Hebr. eaten up in Greeke burnt up fire is usually said to eat that is to consume Lev. 6. 10. The flame is said to burne up the mountaines trees c. Psal. 83. 15. Ioel 1. 19. and is therefore used to signifie great afflictions from the hand of God Esa. 30. 30. Lam. 2. 3. But here God who is called a consuming fire Deut. 4. 24. consumeth not the bush a figure of the Church of Israel afflicted in Egypt but dwelleth with good will therein as Moses mentioneth the good will of him that dwelt in the bush Deut 33. 16. And so hath promised to Israel when thou walkest through the fire thou shalt not be burnt neither shall the flame kindle upon thee Esa. 43. 2. This God himself openeth to Moses in vers 7. 8. and it agreeth with that vision shewed to Abraham in Gen. 15. 13. 17. And the Hebrew Doctors so understood this vision saying God dwelt in the bramble-bush and the bramble-bush was affliction anguish al thorns and briars And why dwelt hee in the midst of affliction and anguish but because he saw Israel in great affliction he also dwelt with them in the midst of affliction to confirme that which is said in Esa. 63. 9. In all their affliction it was afflicted Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 40. Verse 3. great sight or vision whereat Moses wondred and drew neere to consider it Act. 7. 34. not burnt the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth is greene and not burnt Vers. 4. unto him and what God said unto him the same he hath spoken to us as our Lord himselfe explaineth it Have ye not read that which was spoken unto you by God Mat. 22. 31. 32. And although God spake thus to Moses yet hee writing these things for the Church it is said that Moses shewed them and he called the Lord the God of Abraham Luke 20. 37. Vers. 5. thy shooes the putting off of shooes was used for a signe of giving up ones right unto another Deut. 25. 9. Ruth 4. 7. also for a signe of mourning and humiliation Ezek. 24. 17. 23. 2 Sam. 15. 30. Esa. 20. 2â—4 and consequently of sanctification before God putting off uncleannesse as the change and washing of other garments also signified Gen. 35. 2. Ex. 19. 10. Eccles. 4. 17. Psal. 119. 101. Ephes. 6. 15. All which may be implied in this precept that Moses in all humility and holinesse should now resigne up him-selfe unto God and service of him The like was commanded Iosua Ios. 5. 15. By Stephens relation GOD had manifested himselfe by the words following in the next verse before he commanded this thing see Act. 7. 32. 33. From this precept unto Moses the Iewes gathered a generall rule that whosoever standeth in the holy place must put off his shooes Pirkei R. Eliezer c. 40. So from that precept in Lev. 19. 30. yee shall reverence my sanctuary they conclude that this belongeth to the reverence of it that no man come in there with his shooes on his feet Maimony in Beith habchirah or Temple c. 7. S. 1. 2 is holy ground Hebr. it is ground of holinesse sanctified by the presence and apparition of God who maketh the heavens earth and places where his glory is revealed to be holy and reverently to respected of his people Psal. 20. 7. and 48. 2. Ios. 5. 15. Gen. 28. 16. 17. 2 Chron. 8. 11. So the mount whereon Christ was transfigured is called the holy mount 2 Pet. 1. 18. Therefore death was threatned to all that came into the holy place of the tabernacle where God appeared except such and so sanctified as the law did appoint Lev. 16. 2. 3. c. Vers. 6. I am The word am is added by the Holy Ghost in Matth. 22. 32. though for brevity sake it is omitted here in the Hebrew and also in the Greeke Mark 11. 26. and often thorowout the Scriptures thy father the Holy Ghost expoundeth this thy fathers Act. 7. 32. and the words following confirme it See Gen. 3. 2. God of Abraham to whom the land of Canaan was first promised Gen. 12. 1. 7. the affliction of his seed in Egypt prophesied and the deliverance from the same now to be performed Gen. 15. 13. 16. Exod 3. 8. And because God is not the God of the dead but of the living our Saviour from this speech proveth that Abraham and others dead to the world yet lived unto God and their bodies should bee raised againe from the dead Matth. 22. 31. 32. Luk. 20. 37. 38. hid in Greeke turned away this hiding was in conscience of his owne infirmity and of Gods majestie so that Moses trembled and durst not behold Act. 7. 32. Elias covered his face with his mantle 1 King 19. 13. and the Seraphims covered theirs with their wings Esa. 6. 2. See also Iob 13. 20. Luk. 5. 8. Esa. 6. 5. to looke so the Greeke also translateth it referring it to the last word feared It may also be Englished from looking or that he might not looke referring it to the former he hid his face For God the Chaldee translateth the glory of the Lord. Vers. 7. seeing I have seene that is I have surely seene the like phrase is in Gen. 2. 17. Gods seeing and hearing implied a mercifull regard and pittying of their miserie Psal. 106. 44. 45. Gen. 29. 32. therefore the people when they understood this gave thanks to God Exod. 4. 31. Some of the Hebrewes as the Zohar upon this place expounded it thus Seeing for
is the man that doth this and the sonne of man that layeth hold on it that keepeth the Sabbath from polluting it Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 30. Sect. 15. Vers. 14. that soule the Chaldee translateth that man shall be destroied This cutting off the Iewes understand to be untimely death by the hand of God when a man so violateth Gods Law as there are no witnesses whereby men should punish him See Gen. 17. 14. And of the Sabbath thus they write that for doing worke therein if a man doe it willingly and presumptuously he is guilty of cutting-off to perish by the hand of God and if there bee witnesses that see him he is to be stoned to death as was performed in Num. 15. 35. 36. and if he doe it of ignorance or errour he is bound to bring the sin offring appointed for the same according to the Law in Numb â—5 27. 30. Maimony in treat of the Sabbath chap. 1. Among the heathen Romanes their Flamins or Priests might see no work done on their holy daies but by a cryer gave men warning to the contrary and who so obeyed not was 〈…〉 ulcted and gave a beast for a sacrifice Albeit they might doe things whereof dammage would follow if they were omitted as to pull an oxe out of a ditch to underset an house ready to fall c. Macrob Saturn booke 1. chap. 16. Vers. 15. of Sabbathisme that is of cessation and rest See Exod. 16. 23. The Greeke translateth it a rest holy to the Lord. Vers. 16. to observe Hebrew to doe see the notes on Exod. 34. 22. Vers. 17. me the Chaldee translateth Betweene my Word and the sonnes of Israel that Word is Christ by whom the Sabbath is truely sanctified to his Church Hebrewes 4. From this Scripture the Hebrewes gather that onely Israel was charged with the sabbath day and not the nations of the world Talmud in Betsah chap. Iom tob So from Exod. 16. 29. Yet thus also they say It is unlawfull to speake to an Infidel to doe any worke for us on the Sabbath day although he be not charged to keepe the Sabbath and although he be spoken to before the Sabbath Maimony treat of the Sabbath chap. 6. Sect. 1. Howbeit this opinion of theirs seemeth not agreeable to Gods will for the Sabbath was to be kept before the Law was given at mount Sinai Exod. 16. 23. even from the Creation Gen. 2. 2. 3. therefore it was given to all the world was refreshed the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate hee ceased and rested This is spoken of God after the manner of men who are refreshed by rest from their workes Of such manner speeches see what is noted on Genesis 6. 6. Vers. 18. of stone that so the record of them might remaine for ever Iob 19. 24. These Tables were the worke of God even as the writing was the writing of God Exod. 32. 16. and these being broken in peeces Exod. 32. 19 two other tables of stone like them were hewed out by Moses but written againe by the Lord Exod. 34. 1. 4. After this Christ by the Spirit of God writeth his Law not in Tables of stone but in fleshly Tables of the hearâ— 2 Cor. 3. 3. and these fleshly tables are also the work of God as he saith I will take the stonie heart out of their bodies and I will give them an heart of flesh Ezek. 11. 19. The Minde and the Heart are the spirituall tables Heb. 8. 10. in the one such things are written as men should know and beleeve in the other such as should be done or omitted The first Tables which God made signified the stonic hearts which all men have by nature now corrupted in which notwithstanding God hath left his Law written so that they doe by nature the things of the Law and shew the worke of the Law written in their hearts Rom. 2. 14. 15. though still they continue hard and stonie and their sinfull nature is not changed The second tables of stone signified the heart of the Iewes hewed and polished by Moses and his legall ministerie in whose heart God also wrote his Law wherein they rested and made their boast of God and knew his will and had the information of knowledge and of the truth in the Law Rom. 1. 17. 18. 20. Howbeit their heart continued stonie and unchanged so that they which taught others taught not themselves neither could they stedfastly looke on Moses face nor see the end of that which iâ— abolished but their mindes were blinded and even to this day a veile is laid upon their heart Rom. 2. 21. 2 Cor. 3. 7. 13. 14. 15. The third which are tables of flesh is the worke of Christ by his Spirit giving us new hearts and writing his Lawes in them 2 Cor. 3. 3. Ezek. 36. 26. Heb. 8. 10. These things both of the weakenesse of Moses ministerie and of the grace of Christ the ancient Hebrew Doctors acknowledged as in their glosse upon Song 1. 1. Let him kisse me c. there mentioning that request of the people in Exod. 20. 19. Speake thou with us c. they say Moses taught them the Law and whatsoever they learned they forgat againe Then they came unto Moses and said O that God would shew him-selfe againe and kisse us with the kisses of his mouth that his doctrine might be fastened in our hearts Moses said unto them This cannot be done now but it shall be in the dayes of Christ as it is written Ier. 31. 33. I will put my Law in their inward parts and write it in their hearts Midrash Cant. 1. 1. finger which signifieth Gods Spirit as I with the finger of God cast our divels Luk. 11. 20. which is expounded the Spirit of God in Matth. 12. 28. That which was written was according unto all the words which the Lord spake with Israel in the mount out of the midst of fire Exod. 20. Deut. 9. 10. CHAP. XXXII 1 The people in the absence of Moses cause Aaron to make a Calfe 6 They sacrifice thereunto 7 God certifieth Moses of their sinne 10 and his purpose to consume them therefore 11 Moses intreateth for the people 14 The Lord repenteth concerning the evill against them 15 Moses commeth down with the Tables 19 and upon sight of their sinne hee breaketh them 20 He destroyeth the Calfe 22 Aarons excuse for himselfe 25 Moses causeth the Idolaters to be slaine 28 The Levites are the executioners 31 Moses prayeth that either the sinne of Israel be forgiven or himselfe to be blotted out of the Booke of God 34 God spareth the people for the present but after plagueth them AND the people saw that Moses delayed to come down out of the mountaine and the people gathered themselves together unto Aaron and said unto him Rise-up make gods for us which may goe before us because this Moses the man which brought us up out of the land of Egypt we know not what is become of
of Israel to serve the service of the Tabernacle And thou shalt give the Levites to Aaron and to his sonnes they are given are given unto him out of the sonnes of Israel And thou shalt appoint Aaron and his sonnes and they shall keepe their Priests office and the stranger that commeth nigh shall bee put to death And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And I behold I have taken the Levites from among the sonnes of Israel in stead of every first-borne that openeth the wombe of the sonnes of Israel and the Levites shall be mine Because every first-borne is mine in the day that I smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt I sanctified unto mee every first-borne in Israel from man unto beast mine they shall be I am Iehovah And Iehovah spake unto Moses in the wildernesse of Sinai saying Muster the sons of Levi according to the house of their fathers according to their families every male from a moneth old and upward shalt thou muster them And Moses mustered them according to the mouth of Iehovah as hee was commanded And these were the sons of Levi by their names Gershon and Kohath and Merari And these were the names of the sonnes of Gershon according to their families Libni and Shimei And the sonnes of Kohath according to their families Amtam and Izhar Hebron and Vzziel And the sonnes of Merari according to their families Mahli and Mushi these are the families of the Levites according to the house of their fathers Of Gershon was the familie of Libni and the family of Shimei these are the families of the Gershonites Those that were mustered of thē by the number of every male from a moneth old and upward the mustered of them were seven thousand and five hundred The families of the Gershonites shall encampe behinde the Tabernacle Seaward And the Prince of the house of the father of the Gershonites shall be Eliasaph the son of Lael And the charge of the sons of Gershon in the Tent of the congregation shall be the Tabernacle and the Tent the covering thereof and the hanging veile for the doore of the Tent of the congregation And the tapestrie-hangings of the Court and the hanging veile for the doore of the Court which is by the Tabernacle and by the altar round about and the cords thereof for all the service thereof And of Kohath was the familie of the Amramites and the familie of the Izharites and the familie of the Hebronites and the familie of the Vzzielites these are the families of the Kohathites By the number of every male from a moneth old and upward eight thousand and six hundred keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie The families of the sonnes of Kohath shall encampe on the side of the Tabernacle Southward And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of the Kohathites shall be Elizaphan the sonne of Vzziel And their charge shall be the Arke and the Table and the Candlesticke and the Altars and the vessels of the Sanctuary with which they shall minister and the hanging veile and all the service thereof And the Prince of the Princes of the Levites shall be Eleazar the sonne of Aaron the Priest having the oversight of them that keepe the charge of the Sanctuarie Of Merari was the familie of the Mahlites and the familie of the Mushites these are the families of Merari And those that were mustered of them by the number of every male from a moneth old and upward were six thousand and two hundred And the Prince of the house of the father of the families of Merari shall be Zuriel the sonne of Abihail they shall pitch on the side of the Tabernacle Northward And the oversight of the charge of the sons of Merari shall be the boards of the Tabernacle and the barres thereof and the pillars thereof and the sockets thereof and all the vessels thereof all the service thereof And the pillars of the Court round about and their sockets and their pins and their cords And they that emcampe before the Tabernacle foremost before the Tent of the congregation Eastward shall be Moses and Aaron and his sonnes keeping the charge of the Sanctuarie for the charge of the sons of Israel and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death All that were mustered of the Levites which Moses mustered and Aaron at the mouth of Iehovah according to their families every male from a moneth old and upward were two and twentie thousand And Iehovah said unto Moses Muster every first-borne male of the sonnes of Israel from a moneth old and upward and take the number of their names And thou shalt take the Levites for me I am Iehovah in stead of every first-borne of the sonnes of Israel and the cattle of the Levites in stead of every firstling among the cattle of the sonnes of Israel And Moses mustered as Iehovah commanded him every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel And all the first-borne males by the number of names from a moneth old and upward of those that were mustered of them were two and twentie thousand two hundred and seventie and three And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Take the Levites in stead of every first-borne among the sonnes of Israel and the cattle of the Levites in stead of their cattle and the Levites shall be mine I am Iehovah And for those that are to be redeemed of the two hundred and seventie and three which are mo◠than the Levites of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel Thou shalt even take five shekels a peace by the poll after the shekel of the sanctuarie shalt thou take the shekel is twentie gerahs And thou shalt give the money to Aaron and to his sons of the redeemed that are moe among them And Moses tooke the redemption money of those that were moe than the redeemed of the Levites Of the first-borne of the sonnes of Israel tooke he the money a thousand three hundred and sixty and five shekels after the shekel of the sanctuarie And Moses gave the money of them that were redeemed to Aaron and to his sonnes according to the mouth of Iehovah as Iehovah had commanded Moses Annotations THe generations that is the children of Aaron and genealogie of the Levites and the things that befell unto them for so the word generations is used for accidents that fall out unto any as is noted on Gen. 5. 1. In this and the next chapter he sheweth the numbring of the Levites and their order in administration who were numbred apart and not with the other tribes because they were to attend the service of the Tabernacle and encampe about it not with the other twelve tribes Num. 1. 49. 50. and 3. 8 9 10. 23. 38. And they were to be numbred after an other manner not from twentie yeeres old as the tribes were Num. 1. 3. but from a moneth old as touching their tale Num. 3. 15. and from thirtie yeeres old to fifty as touching
CHAP. XV. 1 The Lord teacheth Israel how they should sacrifice unto him in the land of Canaan and what measure of Meat-offerings and Drinke-offerings should be for every sacrifice 13 The stranger is under the same Law 17 The Law of the first of the doughâ—â—r an Heave-offring 22 The sacrifice for sinne of ignorance done by Israelite or stranger 30 The punishment of sinne done with an high hand 32 A man that was found gathering stickes on the Sabbath is by the commandement of God stoned to death 37 The law of fringes on the borders of their garments and use that the people should make of them ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sons of Israel and say unto them When yee be come into the land of your habitations which I give unto you And yee will make a Fire offering unto Iehovah a Burnt-offering or a sacrifice to separate a vow or a voluntary offering or in your solemne feasts to make a savour of rest unto Iehovah of the herd or of the flocke Then he that offereth his oblation unto Iehovah shall bring neere a Meat-offering of a tenth part of fine flowre mingled with the fourth part of an Hin of oile And the fourth part of an Hin of wine for a drinke-offering shalt thou make readie for the Burnt-offering or for the sacrifice for one lambe Or for a ramme thou shalt make a Meat-offering of two tenth parts of fine flowre mingled with the third part of an Hin of oile And for a drinke-offering the third part of an Hin of wine shalt thou offer for a savour of rest unto Iehovah And when thou shalt make a youngling of the herd a Burnt-offring or a sacrifice to separate a vow or Peace-offrings unto Iehovah Then shall he bring neere with the youngling of the herd a Meat-offering of three tenth parts of fine flowre mingled with halfe an Hin of oile And thou shalt offer for a Drinke-offering halfe an Hin of wine for a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah Thus shall it be done for one bullocke or for one ramme or for a lamb of the sheepe or of the goats According to the number that ye shall make readie so shall yee make readie for every one according to their number Every home-borne of 〈◊〉 countrey shall thus doe these things to offer a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah And if a stranger sojourne with you 〈◊〉 who soever be among you in your generations and will make a Fire offering of a savour of rest unto Iehovah as yee doe so hee shall doe Yee of the Church one stature shall bee for you and for the stranger that sojourneth a statute for ever in your generations as yee are so shall the stranger be before Iehovah One law and one manner shall be for you and for the stranger that sojourneth with you And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When ye come into the land whither I bring you Then it shall be when yee eat of the bread of the land yee shall heave an heave offering unto Iehovah Of the first of your dough a cake shall ye heave for an heave-offering as the heave offering of the threshing-floore so shall ye heave it Of the first of your dough yee shall give unto Iehovah an heave offering in your generations And when ye shall have sinned ignorantly and have not done all these commandements w ch Iehovah hath spokeÌ„ unto Moses Even all that Iehovah hath commanded you by the hand of Moses from the day that Iehovah commanded Moses and henceforward throughout your generations Then it shall be if ought be done by ignorance from the eies of the congregation that all the congregation shall make readie one bullocke a youngling of the herd for a Burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah and his Meat-offering and his Drinke-offering according to the manner and one goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin offering And the Priest shall make atonement for all the congregation of the sonnes of Israel and it shall be mercifully forgiven them for it is an ignorance and they have brought their oblation a Fire offring unto Iehovah and their Sin offring before Iehovah for their ignorance And it shall be mercifully forgiven al the congregatioÌ„ of the sons of Israel the stranger that sojourneth among them because all the people was in ignorance And if one soule sinne through ignorance then it shall bring neere a shee-goat of her first yeare for a Sin offering And the Priest shall make atonement for the soule that sinneth ignorantly when it hath sinned by ignorance before Iehovah to make atonement for him and it shall be mercifully forgiven him For the home-borne amongst the sonnes of Israel and for the stranger that sojourneth among them one law shall be to you for him that 〈◊〉 through ignorance But the soule that shall doe with an high hand whether he be home-borne or a stranger the same reproacheth Iehovah and that soule shall be cut off from among his people Because he hath despised the word of Iehovah and hath broken his commandement that soule shall utterly be cut off his iniquitie shall be upon him And the sonnes of Israel were in the Wildernesse and they found a man gathering sticks on the Sabbath day And they that found him gathering sticks brought him neere unto Moses and unto Aaron and unto all the congregation And they put him in ward because it was not declared what should be done to him And Iehovah said unto Moses The man shall be made to die the death all the congregation shall stone him with stones without the campe And all the congregation brought him forth without the campe and stoned him with stones and he dyed as Iehovah commanded Moses And Iehovah said unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them that they make unto them a Fringe on the skirts of their clothes throughout their generations and that they put upon the Fringe of the skirt arâ—bband of blue And it shall be unto you for a Fringe that yee may see it and remember all the commandements of Iehovah and doe them and that yee seeke not after your owne heart and after your owne eyes after which you goe a whoring That ye may remember and doe all my commandements and be holy unto your God I am Iehovah your God which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt to be unto you a God I am Iehovah your God Annotations SPake unto Moses After the judgement upon the disobedient Israelites who should perish in the wildernesse God now repeateth and enlargeth the Law of sacrificing which their children should observe in the land of Canaan whereby their reconciliation unto him and his grace towards them in Christ was figured thus after the curse of the Law for sinne is annexed the grace of the Gospell through faith In like manner after the
the Amalekites 1 Sam. 15. 18. and the men of Sodem were evill and sinners Gen. 13. 13. And they sinned against their soules in causing their owne death and destruction for the soule is often used for the life as in Gen. 19. 17. and 37. 21. So he that provoketh a King to anger sinneth against his owne soule Prov. 20. 2. broad plates Hebr. out-spreadings of plates that is plates beaten out and spread broad to cover the brazen altar with them and they are hallowed or sanctified so as Sol. Iarchi explaineth it unlawfull for common use because they had made them for vessels of ministerie Or they were now sanctified of God before whom they sinfully offered them to bee an holy signe unto the people for a signe and a memortall to the sonnes of Israel vers 40. to make them remember the transgression of these sinners and to warne them that none hereafter doe the like So Aarons rod was kept for a signe Num. 17. 10. and God threatneth by destroying the wicked to make him a signe and aproverbe Ezek. 14. 8. Now all these things hapned unto them for ensamples and they are written for our admonition upon whom the ends of the world are come 1 Cor. 10. 11. Vers. 40. not any stranger or no man which is a stranger seed of Aaron that is sons or posteritie of Aaron so all Israelites or Levites save Aarons sonnes onely are counted strangers in this case of priesthood that he be not Heb. and he be not as Korah like him in rebellion and in punishment Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this historie to keepe the people in obedience Deut. 11. 6 7 8. unto him or of him having reference to Moses speech in vers 29 30. that the truth of the judgement denounced might be manifest So the Apostle pronounceth woe unto such and saith they perish in the gaine saying of Kore Iude verse 11. Vers. 41. you have killed or as the Chaldee explaineth it you have caused the death Though they had prayed for the people v. 32. and the strangenesse of the punishments shewed unto all that they were of God and the judgements were still even before the eyes of the congregation yet doe they thus breake out into a new rebellion Vers. 42. the glorie of Iehovah it appeared to help his servants and to represse and punish the rebellious now as in former times Num. 12. 5. and 14. 10. and 16. 19. Vers. 45. Get you up that is Depart or Separate your selves as he said before in verse 21. as in a moment in Greeke at oâ—ce see the notes on verse 21. fell on their faces to pray as 〈◊〉 Ionathan addeth and as they did before in versâ— 22. So did David and the Elders of â—â—rael in 1 Chron. 21. 16. Verse 46. from off the Altar of this Chazkuni saith he warned him hereof that hee might 〈◊〉 erre through haste and effer strange fire a◠〈◊〉 and Abihu Levit. 10. and these other had â—â—re incense Incense that caused death when it was not in the hand of the Friest giveth liâ—e when it is in the Priests hand saith Chazkuni on this place Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured who is represented by the Aâ—gâ—ll standing at the Altar having a golden censâ—â— and much incense given unto him to offer it with the 〈◊〉 all Saints c. Rev. 8. 3. goe quâ—câ—ly or 〈◊〉 to goe with speed that is as the Chaldee and Greeke translateth carie quickly or in 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 in Chaldee death the Greeke translateth â—e 〈◊〉 begunne to breake that is destroy the pâ—â—ple Vers. 47. he put on incense to make atonement and to appease Gods wrath as it is said or the Priests They shall put it cense in thy 〈◊〉 or 〈◊〉 thine anger c. and favourably accept thâ—◠〈◊〉 Lord the worke of his hands Deut. 33. 10. 11. Herein he figured Christ our Mediarcur who maâ—â— intercession for the transgressors Esai 53. 12. 〈◊〉 23. 34. So the Hebrewes as R. Menachem on Num. 16. applie that prophesie of Es 〈…〉 ching Christ unto this worke of Aaron saying The meaning of this And he stood betweene the lâ—ving 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 dead is like that in Esai 53. 12. â—e hath 〈◊〉 out his soule unto death c. Verse 48. betweene the dead and the living so interposing and as it were exposing himseâ—â—e to the wrath of God for the people that by the atonement which he now made the plague might be stayed from the living w ch yet remained 〈◊〉 him that is joyned to all the living there is hope c. but the dead know not any thing c. neither 〈◊〉 they any more a portion for ever in any thing that is done under the Sunne c. There is no worke 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vice nor knowledge nor wisdome in the grave wâ—â—ther thou goest Eccle. 9. 4. 5. 6. 10. The dead 〈◊〉 not the Lord neither any that goe downe into 〈◊〉 Psal. 115. 17. They that goe downe into the 〈…〉 not hope for the truth of God Esai 38. 18. for after death commeth the iudgement Heb. 9. 27. And so by the Hebrew Doctors it is said There is no atonement for the dead Maimony in Misn. â—om 3. in Pesulei hamukdashin chap. 15. sect 9. And the Chaldee paraphrast on Eccles. 1. 15. hath this saying A man whose wayes are rebellious in this 〈◊〉 and he dieth in them and turneth not by repe 〈…〉 he hath no power to reforme himselfe after his 〈◊〉 and a man that faileth of the Law and 〈◊〉 whiles he liveth he hath no meanes after his death 〈◊〉 be reckoned with the just men in the gar 〈…〉 〈◊〉 or Paradise of God And on Ecclis 6. 6. 〈◊〉 Chaldee paraphraseth thus yea though the 〈◊〉 of the life of a man be two thousand yeares if he have not exercised himselfe in the Law and hath not done judgement and justice by the oath of the Word of the LORD which shall be in the day of his death his soule goeth down to Gehenna or Hell torments unto one place whither all sinners doe goe So there was no estimation nor price of the dead for any vow in Israel as is noted on Levit. 27. 8. the plague was stayed This sheweth how greatly the praiers and actions of his servants doe prevaile with God when they are faithfull servent and according to his will I am 5. 16. 1 Ioh. 5. 14. and fore-shewed the power and efficacie of Christs mediation for God heareth him alwaies Ioh. 11. 42. and hee is the Atonement for our sinnes 1 Iohn 2. 2. and for his sake God before whom the pestilence goeth in wrath remembreth mercie Habak 3. 5. 2. And as the bloud of the Paschall lamb figuring the bloud of Christ 1 Cor. 5. 7. stayed the Angell which destroyed the Egyptians from touching the Israelites Exod. 12. 23. Heb. 11. 28. so the smoke of Aarons incense figuring the mediation of Christ Psal. 141. 2. Revel 8. 4. stayed the plague here
Rekam was either another wildernesse or another place in the wildernesse than that from which the spies were sent Num. 13. 26. called Kadesh barnea Deu. 1. 19. Chazkuni here saith This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said and ye abode in Kadesh many dayes Deut. 1. 46. for that Kadesh is El-Pharan Gen. 14. 6. and is called Kadesh-barnea and from thence the spies were sent but this Kadesh in Num. 20. is in the wildernesse of Zin in the border of the land of Edom. After the rebellion of the Spies God sent the people backe againe thorow the wildernesse towards the red Sea Num. 14. 25. where they might renew the memoriall of their baptisme 1 Cor. 10. 2. and from Ezion gaber w ch is a port on the shore of theÌ„ red sea 1 Kin. 9. 26. they removed next to this Kadesh Num. 33. 36. So Iephthah saith Israel walked thorow the wildernes unto the red sea came to Kadesh Iudg. 11. 16 Marie Hebr. Mirjam in Greeke Mariam she was sister to Moses and Aaron and a Prophetesse by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels as it is written I sent before thee Moses Aaron and Marie Mic. 6. 4. Of her see Exod. 15. 20. Num. 1. 2. In this fortieth yeare of Israels travell God tooke from them by death Marie their Prophetesse in the first moneth Aaron their Priest in the fift moneth Num. 33. 38. and Moses their King in the end of the yeare Deut. 1. 3. and 34. 5. When these three ministers of the Law were deceased Iesus the sonne of Nun a figure of Iesus the Ionne of God bringeth them into the promised land Ios. 1. 1. 2. c. so after the abrogating of the Law our Lord Iesus Christ bringeth us into the kingdome of God Mar. 1. 15. Rom. 7. 4 5. 6. Dan. 9. 24. Vers. 2. there was no water In the first yeare when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wildernesse they wanted water Exod. 17. 1. and in this last the fortieth yeare they wanted water againe here God tried the children as he had done the Fathers and they also rebelled against him And many things were alike in both places That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt this in Kades was the tenth encamping place before they entred Canaan as by their rehearsall of their journeyes in Num. 33. is to be seene There the people in their thirst in stead of praying unto God contended with Moses and murmured for that hee had brought them out of Egypt Exod. 17. 2 3. here they doe the same vers 3 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people Exod. 17. 4. here Moses and Aaron fall downe before the Lord v. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. 6. here he doth likewise v. 8. There God willed Moses to take his rod here also he commandeth him Take the rod. There the Lord promised to stand before Moses Exod. 17. 6. here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron v. 6. There Moses by commandement smiting the Rocke with his rod waters came out of it here hee smiting the Rocke without commandement waters came out There the place was named Meribah or Contention Exod. 17. 7. here the place is named Meribah v. 13. That was the peoples sixt rebellion after they were come out of Egypt as is noted on Num. 14. 22. this was their sixt rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai if wee except the private murmuring of Mary and Aaron against Moses Num. 12. For the first was at Taberab Num. 11. 1 3. the next at Kibroth haitaavah Num. 11. 24. then in the wildernesse of Pharan Num. 14. 1 2. after that followed the rebellion of Korah and his company Num. 16. and after it of all the congregation for the death of those rebels Num. 16. 41. now the sixt is in Kadesh Vers. 3. contended chode with bitter and reproachfull words which the Greeke translateth reviled see Exod. 17. 2. And oh or And would God The word And sheweth the passion of minde out of which they spake abruptly see the notes on Gen. 27. 28. and Num. 11. 29. wee had given up the ghost in Chaldee wee had and in Greeke we had perished in the perdition of our brethren before the Lord whereby they seeme specially to meane the pestilence the last plague wherewith their brethren died Num. 16. 49. which pest above other judgements commeth most immediatly from the hand of God as David acknowledgeth 2 Sam. 24. 14 15. And this evill they wished as being easier than to perish with hunger or thirst as the Prophet also complaineth They that be slain with the sword are better than they that be slaine with hunger for these pine away stricken thorow for the fruits of the field Lam. 4. 9. Wherefore they here use the word giving up or breathing out the ghost which seemeth to meane a more easie kinde of death than that which is by force of sword or by hunger or thirst or other like violent meanes So the Hebrewes explaine giving up the ghost to be a death without paine or long sicknesse Vers. 4. to die there understand that we should die there with thirst the Greeke translateth to bill us and our children which words they spake in Exod. 17. 3. Vers. 5. of seed to sow seed in or to plant fig-trees vines c. for the wildernesse was a land of desarts of pits a land of drought and of the shadow of death a land that no man passed thorow and where no man dwelt Ier. 2. 6. Otherwise had there beene commodiousnesse of place the Israelites might have sowen and reaped planted and gathered fruits in those 38 yeares which they abode therein Deu. 2. 14. Vers. 6. from the presence or from the face for feare of them and because of their outrage so in Rev. 12. 14. Psal. 3. 1. fell on their faces in prayer unto God whose glory dwelled in that Sanctuarie so in Exod. 17. 4. Moses crâ—ed unto the LORD See Num. 16. 4. 45. appeared in the cloud as Num. 12. 5. a signe that he heard their prayer and would save them see Num. 14. 10. and 16. 19. 42. Vers. 8. Take the rod in Greeke Take thy rod so God spake before in Exod. 17. 5. but here some gather from verse 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded and was laid up before the Testimony Num. 17. 10. Chazkuni saith This was Aarons rod for loe it is here written in verse 9. And Moses tooke the rod from before the LORD and this was the rod of Aaron as it is written in Num. 17. 10. Bring Aarons rod againâ— before the Testimonie to be kept for a signe against the sonnes of rebellion and forasmuch as Aarons rod was a signe against the sonnes of rebellion hereupon Moses said in verse 10. Heare now ye rebels Howbeit Moses rod which is also called the rod of
the land of Edom Iudg. 11. 18. For the Lord had charged them that they should not meddle with the sonnes of Esau or their possession Deut. 2. 4 5. So Targum Ionathan here paraphraseth they were commanded by the word of the God of heaven that they should not wage warre with them because the time was not yet come when hee would execute 〈◊〉 on Edom by their hands Thus Israel suffered patiently the unkindnesse of Edom and obeyed the Lord herein though the way which they after went thorow the wildernesse was very grievous unto them and their soules were much discouraged because of the same Numb 21. 4 5. Vers. 22. mount Hor a mount in the edge of the land of Eâ—ora and the next resting place which they came unto from Kadesh Num. 33. 37. The name it selfe signifieth a mount for Har in Hebrew is a mountaine and Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it a â—ountaine upon a mountaine 〈◊〉 argum Ionathan nameth it mount Omanos Vers. 24. gathered unto his people that is die and be buried and his soule be among the spirits of just men made perfect as Hebr. 12. 23. Gathering signifieth here taking away by death as in vers 26. and in Esai 57. 1. mercifull men are gathered that is taken away and that which is gathered is the spirit of man as in Psal. 104. 20. thou gatherest their spirit they give up the ghost and returne unto their dust The peoples meane the Fathers deceased as is spoken of David in Act. 13. 36. and in Judg. 2. 10. all that generation were gathered unto their fathers So his people 's here are Aarons godly forefathers as David desireth the contrary Gather not my soule with sinners Psal. 26. 9. See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. rebelled against my mouth that is against my word as the Chaldee expoundeth it the Greeke saith yee provoked me See before on vers 12. Vers. 26. strip Aaron or disaray Aaron of his garments meaning of his Priestly robes the garments of holinesse which Moses had made him for 〈◊〉 and for beautifull glory Exod. 28. 2. and which at his consecration to the Priesthood Moses had put upon him Levit. 8. 7 8 9. So Targum Io 〈…〉 expoundeth it strip Aaron of the honourable garments of the Priesthood The taking off of these garments and putting them upon Eleazar signified the taking away of his office and dignity and giving the same to another as by a like similitude God said unto Shebna the treasurer I will drive thee 〈◊〉 thy station and from thy state shall he pull thee downe And it shall be in that day that I will call my servant Eliakim the sonne of Hilkiaeh and I will cloath him with thy robe and strengthen him with thy girdle and I will commit thy gouernment â—â—to his hand and he shall be a father to the inhabitants of 〈◊〉 c. Esay 22. 15 19 20 21. As by Aarons offering for his owne sins first and then for the sinnes of the people Levit. 16. 6. 11. 15. the holy Ghost shewed the inability of the legall Priesthood in comparison with Christs to reconcile men unto God Hebr. 7. 26 27 28. so by this disaraying and death of Aaron hee signified the disanulling of that Priesthood for the weaknesse and unprofitablenesse thereof Hobr. 7. 11 18. When therefore the same hands of Moses which had put on the garments did pull them off now at this time for the sinne which the high Priest had committed vers 12. Deut. 32. 50 51. they and all the people were taught to expect a better Priesthood of the Sonne of God who is perfected for evermore Hebr. 7. 28. Eleazar his sonne This was a comfort to all especially to Aaron the father that the Priestly function ended not with the death of the Priest but was derived to his posterity and so continued thorow all ages till Christ came who is a Priest for ever after the order of Melchisedek the true Eliazar that is the Helpe of God who is made not after the law of a carnall commandement but after the power of an endlesse life Heb. 7. 11. 16. Wherefore to signifie the continuance of his grace and love to the Church God promised that the Priests the Levites should not want a man before him to offer Burnt-offerings and to kindle Meat-offerings and to doe sacrifice continually Ier. 33. 18. So Aaron did behold in the cloathing of his sonne a type of his owne and of all Israels salvation that his death might not be bitter unto him but he might depart in peace because his eyes did see though as a farre off the salvation of God as Luke 2. 29 30. shall be gathered unto his peoples vers 24. and shall die Hee that before in the worke of his Priesthood made atonement for the people and stood betweene the dead and the living and the plague was stayed Numb 16. 47 48. now dieth himselfe for his own sin an evident demonstration of the insufficiencie of the Leviticall Priesthood Whereupon the Apostle teacheth that they were many Priests because they were not suffered to continue by reason of death But Christ because he continueth ever hath a priesthood which passeth not from one to another wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him seeing hee ever liveth to make intercession for them Hebr. 7. 23 24 25. Vers. 28. Moses stripped Aaron The actions of Moses signified the effects of his ministery and Law 2 Cor. 3. 13. Whereas therefore he unvested Auron by reason of sinne and death which was to ensue it shewed that no Priest who was a sinner and under the power of death could satisfie the justice of the Law and avoid the wrath of God so the Legall Priesthood now might say He hath stript me of my glory and taken the crowne from my head Iob. 19. 9. Againe in putting the priestly garments upon Eleazar who was before this the Prince of the Princes of the Levites Numb 3. 32. he signified that the Law had a shadow of good things to come Heb. 10. 1 and therefore the blessings figured thereby should not be frustrate but continued under hope by succession till hee should come unto whom the right of the high Priesthood belonged even the Branch that should build the Temple of the Lord and should beare the glory and sit and rule upon his throne and should be a Priest upon his throne and the counsell of peace be betweene them both Zac. 6. 12 13. â—er 33. 18. Thus the Law was a Schoolemaster unto Christ Gal. 3. 24. It may also be observed how among the Gentiles their prophets and prophetesses who did weare some ornaments and ensignes of their dignity used solemnly to put them off before their death as resigning them up unto God and iudging it an unmeet thing to die in them as appeareth by the example of Cassandra in the Greeke Poet Aeschylus and of Amphi 〈…〉 s the Prophet in Statius
Papinius Thebaid 7. top of the mountaine Things that were very memorable and significative are often noted in Scripture to be done in mountaines as being conspicuous remarkable and implying high and heavenly mysteries So the Arke of Noe rested on mount Ararat Gen. 8. 4. Abraham sacrificed his sonne on mount Morijah Gen. 22. 2. c. as the Sonne of God was sacrificed on Calvary Luke 23. 33. The Law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai Exod. 19. the Law of Christ came from mount Sion Mic. 4. 1 2. and on a mountaine he preached the Gospell and expounded the Law Matth. 5. 1 c. Ezekiel in a vision was shewed the city called The Lord is there upon a very high mountaine Ezek. 42. c. and 48. 35. Iohn was also shewed the same citie upon a great and high mountaine Rev. 21. 10. c. Moses himselfe on the mountaine of Nebo viewed all the promised land and died there Deut. 34. 1. 5. and was with Christ when he was transfigured and spake of his death upon an high mountaine Mat. 17. 1 2 3. Luke 9. 30 31. and now he was with Aaron at his death and translation of the Priesthood from him unto Eleazar where he also beheld the end of the Leviticall Priesthood a farre off and so the translation of it and of the law thereof unto Christ whose day he desired Hebr. 7. 11 12. Vers. 29. saw that Aaron had given up the ghost seeing is here for perceiving by knowledge and understanding as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar as also that Aaron came not downe with them So Iakob saw that there was corne in Aegypt when he heard thereof Gen. 42. 1. Act. 7. 12. The people saw the voices Exod. 20. 18. and sundry the like Here also they might see the hand of God chastifing their sin upon Aaron who died now not only for his own transgression but for their sakes as Moses after speaketh of himselfe The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes Deut. 3. 26. yet in beholding his Priesthood continued in his son they might also behold Gods mercy towards them in Christ who should perfectly reconcile them unto God when the Priesthood of the Law which now began to die away should utterly be abolished they wept that is they mourned For publike persons the whole congregation mourned as here for Aaron so for the death of his sonnes Levit. 10. 6. and for the death of Moses Deut. 34. 8. thirty daies See the Annotations on Gen. 50. 10. Mourning for the dead is honourable and here the people mourne for Aaron thirty daies whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty yeares So long also they wept for Moses Deut. 34. 8. and it is the lot of many of the servants of God to have more honour after their death than in their life As Mary the sister the prophetesse of Israel died in the first moneth vers 1. so Aaron the high Priest died in the first day of the fifth moneth in the fortieth yeare after their comming out of Aegypt when he was 123. yeares old Numb 33. 38 39. His buriall also though here omitted is spoken of in Deut. 10. 6. CHAP. XXI 1 The Canaanites fight with Israel and captive some of them but Israel by a vow obtaine helpe of God and destroy them and their cities 4 The people murmuring because of their wants in the way are plagued with fiery serpents 7 They repenting are healed by a brasen serpent 10 Sundry journeyes of the Israelites 16 Their song at Beer for water which God gave them 21 They requesting passage thorow the Amorites country are denied it 24 Israel vanquisheth them and Sihon their King and possesseth their cities 27 Proverbs or Prophesies of Sihons overthrow 33 Og King of Basan fighteth against Israel and is also vanquished and Israel possesseth his land ANd the Canaanite the King of Arad which dwelt in the South heard that Israel came the way of the spies and he fought against Israel and tooke captive of them a captivitie And Israel vowed a vow unto Iehovah and said If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand then I will utterly destroy their cities And Iehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel and gave up the Canaanite and they utterly destroyed them and their cities and he called the name of the place Hormah And they journeyed from mount Hor by the way of the red sea to compasse the land of Edom and the soule of the people was shortned because of the way And the people spake against God and against Moses Wherfore have ye brought us up out of Aegypt to die in the wildernesse for there is no bread neither is there water and our soule loatheth this light bread And Iehovah sent among the people fiery serpēts they bit the people much people of Israel died And the people came unto Moses and said We have sinned for we have spoken against Iehovah against thee Pray unto Iehovah that he take away the serpents from us Moses prayed for the people And Iehovah said unto Moses Make thee a fiery serpent and put it upon a pole and it shall be that every one that is bitten when hee looketh upon it shall live And Moses made a serpent of brasse and put it upon a pole and it was that if a serpent had bitten a man when he beheld the serpent of brasse he lived And the sonnes of Israel journeyed and encamped in Oboth And they journeyed from Oboth and encamped in Ije Abarim in the wildernesse which is before Moab toward the Sunne-rising From thence they journeyed and camped in the valley of Zared From thence they journeyed and camped on the other side of Arnō which is in the wildernesse which commeth out of the border of the Amorite for Arnon is the border of Moab betweene Moab and the Amorite Wherefore it is said in the booke of the warres of Iehovah Vaheb in a whirlewind and the brooks of Arnon And the streame of the brookes which declineth to the situation of Ar and leaneth upon the border of Moab And from thence to Beer that is the Well whereof Iehovah said unto Moses Gather together the people and I wil give them water Then sang Israel this song Spring up O Well answer ye unto it The Well the Princes digged it the Nobles of the people delved it with the Law-giver with their staves And from the wildernesse they journeyed to Mattanah And from Mattanah to Nahaliel and from Nahaliel to Bamoth And from Bamoth to the valley which is in the field of Moab the head of Pisgah and it looketh toward Ieshimon And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon King of the Amorites saying Let me passe thorow thy land we will not turne aside into field or into vineyard we will not drinke of the waters of the well we will go in the kings way untill we be past thy border And Sihon would not grant Israel to passe thorow his border
Chaldee do interpret it the Burning a place so called because the people complaining there the fire of the Lord was kindled and consumed some of them See the historie in Num. 11. 1 2 3. Massah in English the tentation and so the Greek and Chaldee translate it A place at Rephidim in the wildernesse before they came to Horeb ten stations from Egypt in the first yeere of their travell where wanting water they tempted God saying Is the Lord amongst us or no and there he gave them water out of the Rocke Exod. 17. See the annotations there and Psal. 95. 8 9. Heb. 3. 8. c. Deut. 6. 16. Kibroth-hattaavah in English the Graves of lust so translated also by the Greeke Here a little from Taberah forementioned they loathed Manna and lusted for flesh God gave them Quailes but they died of a plague 〈◊〉 the flesh was yet betweene their teeth and 〈◊〉 buried there occasioned this name of the 〈◊〉 for a perpetuall memoriall See Num. 11. 4 34. and the annotations there Also Psal. 78. 〈◊〉 31. and 106. 14 15. Vers. 23. Kadesh-barnea where being come thorow the wildernesse of Pharan to the border of the land of Canaan they were commanded of God to goe take possession Then they sent spies who discouraged the people so through want of 〈◊〉 they durst not enter and were for it condem 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 40. yeeres wandring in the wildernesse and 〈◊〉 ended their dayes See Numb 13. and 14. 〈◊〉 against the mouth that is against the 〈◊〉 or commandement in Greeke yee disobeyed 〈◊〉 word Vers. 24. that I knew you the Greeke expounds 〈…〉 the day that he was knowne unto you So he 〈…〉 deth with a generall charge of rebellion upon them shewing hereby the impossibility of the law and ministery thereof to bring men unto God for it causeth sinne and wrath to abound as 〈◊〉 4. 15. and 8 3. Gal. 3. 19 22. For besides these 〈…〉 lars they sinned many other times in the 〈…〉 nesse as is noted on Num. 14. 22. and in Psa. 〈◊〉 and 106. Vers. 25. I fell downe in Greeke I prayed Hee 〈…〉 th to speake of their reconciliation to God which was by the prayer of Moses as a mediatour 〈◊〉 figure of Christ by whom and not by our own deserts we have entrance into the kingdome of God Gal. 3. 22. 24. Rom. 3. 20 22. and 5. 1 2 c. as I fell downe to wit at the first as v. 18. or which I fell downe that is which I said before that I fell downe But the Hebrew asher which is sometimes used for as as in Ier. 48. 8. said for to destroy that is said that he would destroy you See the like phrases so expounded in Esay 49. 6. with Acts 13. 47. 1 Chron. 17. 4. with 2 Sam. 7. 5. Matt. 20. 19. with Mark 10. 33 34. Vers. 26. Lord Iehovoh in Greeke Lord Lord in Chaldee Lord God See the annotations on Gen. 15. 2. thy people this respecteth their adoption in Christ and justification 1 Pet. 2. 9 10. inheritance this implyeth their sanctification unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit See Exod. 34. 9. through thy greatnes in Greek through thy great strength as v. 29. it implyeth also his great goodnesse and therefore is often spoken of his gracious workes for his people 1 Chron. 17. 19. Luke 1 49. Vers. 27. thy servants Hee meaneth Gods oath unto them to multiply their seed and to give them the land for an eternall inheritance as is expressed in this prayer before Exod. 32. 13. So the Greeke addeth here unto whom thou swarest by thy selfe hardnesse the naturall corruption whereby the heart is hardned that it cannot repent and beleeve the word of God from which the two evils following doe flow Rom. 2. 5. Vers. 28. the land that is as the Greeke and Chaldee both explaine the inhabitants of the land This reason is also alleaged in Exod. 32. 12. and Numb 14. 16. CHAP. X. 1 A rehearsall of Gods mercies in renuing the two tables of the Covenant 6 in leading the people forward towards Canaan and continuing the priest-hood after Aarons death 8 in separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministerie 10 in hearkning unto Moses his suit for the people 12 An exhortation unto obedience 14 because of Gods glorie 15 love unto Israel 17 justice towards all 21 his fearefull workes 22 and multiplication of his people AT that time Iehovah said unto mee Hew thee two tables of stone like the first and come up unto me into the mount and thou shalt make thee an Arke of wood And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables which thou brakest and thou shalt put them in the Arke And I made an Arke of Shittim wood and hewed two tables of stone like the first went up into the mount and the two tables in my hand And he wrote on the tables according to the first writing the ten words which Iehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire in the day of the assembly and Iehovah gave them unto me And I turned my self and came downe from the mount and I put the tables in the Arke which I had made and there they be as Iehovah commanded me And the sonnes of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sonnes of Iaakan from Moserah there Aaron dyed and was buried there and Eleazar his sonne administred the Priests office in his stead From thence they journeyed to Gudgodah and from Gudgodah to Iot-bath a land of rivers of waters At that time Iehovah separated the tribe of Levi to beare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah to stand before Iehovah to minister unto him and to blesse in his name unto this day Therefore Levi hath no part or inheritance with his brethren Iehovah he is his inheritance as Iehovah thy God spake unto him And I stood in the mount according to the former dayes fortie dayes and fortie nights and Iehovah hearkened unto me at that time also Iehovah would not destroy thee And Iehovah said unto me Arise goe in journey before the people that they may goe in and possesse the land which I sware unto their fathers to give unto them And now Israel what doth Iehovah thy God aske of thee but to feare Iehovah thy God to walke in all his waies and to love him and to serve Iehovah thy God with all thy heart and with all thy soule To keepe the commandements of Iehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day for good unto thee Behold unto Iehovah thy God belong the heavens and the heavens of heavens the earth and all that therein is Onely in thy fathers Iehovah had a delight to love them and he chose their seed after them even you above all peoples as it is this day Circumcise therefore the super fluous foreskinne of your heart and make not your necke stiffe any more For Iehovah your God
is applyed to the worke of mens hands Iob 31. 7. evill thing Hebr. evill word which the Chaldee explaineth any evill whatsoever For though there were no visible blemish yet other corruption might disable it as if it were sicke Mal. 1. 8. or the hire of an where or price of a dog Deut. 23. 18. or any such like See the notes on Lev. 22. 25. aâ— abomination and so farre off from being accepted at mans hand that God pronounceth a curse on those that sacrificed unto him such corrupt things Mal. 1. 13 14. Hereby God rejecteth all sacrifices save of his son Christ who is the Lumbe without blemish and without spot 1 Pet. 1. 19. who through the eternall Spirit offered himselfe without spot unto God Heb. 9. 14. and the sacrifices which by him and saith in his name are offered to God continually Heb. 13. 15. and 11. 4. 1 Pet. 2. 5 6. Vers. 2. If there be found or When there shall be found any of thy gates or one of thy gates that is 〈…〉 as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it in transgressing or to transgresse his covenant Transgression is a passing over or passing by the way which men should walke in wherefore that which one Evangelist expresseth thus they transgresse the tradition of the Elders Matth. 15. 2. another expoundeth they walke not according to the tradi 〈…〉 Mark 7 5. The like phrase is of transgressing the commandements and the Law Deu. 19 13. Dan. 9. 11. Vers. 3. other gods which the Chaldee calleth Idols of the peoples â—â—ther Hebr. and to the Sunne Besides other fictions of their owne the nations worshipped these creatures also and the Israelites â—ll into the same sin Ezek. 8. 16. 2 King 17. 26. and 21. 3. any of the host or all the host that is the starres spheres constellations c. as Esay 34. 4. Rev. 6. 13. Ier. 8. 2. and 33. 22. But â—â—der this name the Angels also may be implied Psal. 148. 2. for they are heavenly souldiers Luk. 〈◊〉 13 15. and forbidden to be worshipped Coloss. 2. 18. God onely is to be served Matth. 4. 10. and the host of heaven worshippeth him Neh. 9. 6. not commanded religious worship and service may not be performed at the pleasure or precept of men Esay 29. 1. 3. Matth. 15. 9. but as is commanded of God and though all idolatries in the world are not expresly and by name forbidden yet by the generall Law they are condemned Exo. 20. 4 5. and it is enough that God hath not commanded them see Deut. 4. 2. and 12. 32. Vers. 4. and hast inquired or then thou shalt inquire diligently Hebr. inquire well both to finde out the sinne if it be committed and not to punish any man upon uncertaine reports Vers. 5. unto thy gates in Greeke unto the gate but the Chaldee saith to thy citie Of this the Hebrews write they stone not an Idola 〈…〉 but 〈…〉 the gate of the citie wherein he served the Id 〈…〉 and if it be a citie where the most are heathans they stone him at the doore of the Iudgement Hall That in Deut. 17. 5. VNTO THY GATES is meant the gate wherein he served the Idoll and not that wherein sentence of death was decreed against him Maimony in Sanhedrin c. 15. s. 2. stone them This judgement of the particular person was greater than that of a whole citie which were killed with the sword Deut. 13. 15. save that their goods were consumed also this mans goods as the Hebrewes say went to his heires Of the manner of stoning see the annotations on Lev. 24. 23. Vers. 6. At the mouth which the Chaldee translateth the word meaning the testimony of two or three But from hence the Hebrewes gather they must receive no testimony but from the mouth of the witnesses it may not be from a writing of their hand Maimony in treat of Witnesses ch 3. s. 4. See the notes on Deut. 19. 15. he that is to die or he that dieth the Chaldee expoundeth is bee that is guilty or deserveth to be killed of one See this explained in Deut. 19. 15. Vers. 7. and thou shalt put away the evill If this phrase see Deut. 13. 5. the Greeke translateth put ye away or take away from among your selves that wicked person which very words Paul useth in 1 Cor. 5. 13. when he commandeth a wicked man to be cast out of the Church Vers. 8. a matter Hebr. a word too hand or marvellous as being hidden from thy knowledge that thou O Iudge canst not know or determine it The Greeke translateth be impossible the Ghaldee separated from thee It is spoken of things that are hidden and so too hard and unpossible for one either to know or to doe See Gen. 18. 14. Ier. 32. 17 27. Zach. 8. 6. Deut. â—0 11. bloud and bloud Hebr. bloud to bloud which phrase noteth a respect of one thing to another when they are compared By bloud may be understood murder of which the Iudges may be doubtfull and unable to finde out whether it were wilfull which deserved death or unwilling for which exile into the cities of refuge was appointed Num. 35. 16 23 24 c. Bloud and bloud is by some referred to those lawes mentioned in Levit. 15. 19 and Deut. 22. 17. plea or judgement and judgement and judgement cause as in 1 King 3. 16 17. 28. stroke and stroke or plague and â—lague which the Chaldee translateth plague of leprosie and plague of leprosie wherein â—here might be difficulties that the Priests could non easily judge see Levig 13. and 14. chapters But by plague or stroke may also be meant strokes and wounds that one man gave unto another matter 's or words of strikes that is of disagreement among the Iudges thâ— they could not accord in the sentence of judgement because of some doubts difficulties So the Chaldee translateth it words or mat 〈…〉 of division of judgement Iehosaphat explaineth it thus betweene bloud and betweene Law Commandement Statutes Iudgements 2 Chr. 19. 〈◊〉 to implying all difficulties about any part of the Law whatsoever thy gates in the Greek and Childee thyrities then thou Hebr. and thou shalt arise speaking to the Iudge or Iudges which found the causes too hard for them in judgement so it is written of the Iudges the hard matter they brought unto Moses and every small matter they judged themselves Exod. 18. 26. shall chuse to put his name and to dwell there see 〈◊〉 2. 5. This place afterward was Ierusalem as it is said Moreover in Ierusalem did Iehosaphat set of the Levites and of the Priests and of the chiefe of the fathers of Israel for the judgement of the LORD for 〈◊〉 c. 2 Chr. 19. 8 9. 10. And there were seâ— thrones of judgment Ps. 122. 5. Vers. 9. and unto the judge by and is meant or as is opened in vers 〈◊〉 or unto the Iudge by the iudge is understood the high conncell or
the holy Ierusalem Rev. 21. 10. and Ezekiel likewise before him Ezek. 40. 2. Nebo was the name of a mountaine and of a Citie by it which was given for a possession to the Reubenites Numb 32. 37 38. 1 Chron. 5. 3 8. Pisgah in Greeke Phasga in Chaldee Ramatha so named of the highnesse of it See Deut. 3. 27. Ierecho in Greeke Iericho a Citie within the land of Canaan which the Israelites first conquered by faith causing the wall to fall downe Ios 6. Heb. 11. 30. See after on vers 3. caused him to see as in vers 4. or shewed him as the Greeke translateth from Gilead in Greeke the land of Galaad But Galead was on the outside of Iordan and given to Reuben Gad and halfe Manasseh Deut. 3. 12. 13. being conquered by Moses himselfe so that there was no need to view that but from that Countrey forward hee viewed all the rest Therefore the Hebrewes expound the word Eth by Min From saying From Gilead which was on the outside of Iordan towards the Sunne rising where in Moses was standing unto Dan which is the border of the land of Israel as it is written from Dan even to Beersheba 1 Sam. 3. 20. Chazkuni on Deut. 34. Others referre it to a spirituall vision of things to be done after in this Countrey as Ionathan in his Thargum paraphraseth The Word of the Lord shewed him all the Mighties of the land the valiant acts which should be done by Iephthe of Gilead and the victories of Samson son of Manoah of the tribe of Dan. Likewise Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it He shewed him the sonnes of Dan committing idolatry as it is written in Iudg. 18. 30. and the sons of Dan set up the graven image and he shewod him Samson that should come out of him for a Saviour By Dan here we are to understand Leshem or Laish a Citie in the furthest part of the land Northward called also Dan Ios. 19. 47. Iudg. 18. 27 29. Vers. 2. all Naphthali in Greeke all the land of Nephthali which lay also Northward in Galilee Matth. 4. 15. of Ephraim and Manasseh meaning the halfe tribe of Manasseh that dwelt within lordan this was in the middest of the land in Samaria see Ios. 16. and 17. 7 11. of Iudah which was the Southerne part of the Countrey Ios. 15. 1. c. for the land was farre more long than broad and by naming these few chiefe countries he implieth all the rest with them These also in Thargum Ionathan and Sol. Iarchi are applied to the captaines of the house of Naphtali that were joyned with Barak and the Kings which Iosua the sonne of Nun of the tribe of Ephraim should kill and the valiant acts of Gedeon sonne of Ioash of the tribe of Manasseh and all the Kings of Israel and kingdome of the house of Iudah that should rule in the land untill the Sanctuary should be destroyed at the last the hindmost or utmost sea that is the maine sea which was the Westerne coast see the notes on Deut. 11. 24. Vers. 3. the south in Greeke the wildernesse the utmost Cities of the tribe of the sonnes of Iudah towards the coast of Edom described in Ios. 15. 21. c. So in Num. 34. 3. your south quarter shall be from the wildernesse of Zin along by the coast of Edom c. Thus Moses viewed the land after the order that Abraham did at the first see Genes 12. 6 7 8 9. with the Annotations there God here sheweth Moses all the kingdomes and glory of Canaan from an high mountaine for his comfort and strengthening of his faith who saw the promises a farre off saluted them and died as did his godly forefathers Heb. 11. 9. 13. On the contrary the Deviil taketh Christ up into an excceding high mountaine sheweth him all the kingdomes of the world and the glory of them to draw him if he had beene able from the faith and service of God unto the worship of Satan Matth. 4. 8 9. the plaine of the valley of Iericho in Greeke the regions about Iericho this last part which Moses viewed was the first which the Israeliees possessed Ios. 2. 1. and 3. 16. and 4. 13 19. Sol. Iarchi here saith God shewed to Moses Solomon casting the vessels of the sanctuary as it is said In the plaine of Iordan did the King cast them 2 Chron. 4. 17. Citie of palme-trees so Iericho is called here and in 2 Chron. 28. 15. Iudg. 1. 16. and 3. 13. and of them and other fragrant fruits there growing as Balsam and the like the Citie had the name Ierecho by interpretation Odoriferous or Fragrant unto Zoar in Greeke Segor Thus the last part which Moses viewed was both neerest unto him and the pleasantest of all the land of Canaan for all the plaine of Iordan was well watered it was as the garden of the Lord Gen. 13. 10. Vers. 4. I sware that is I promised by oath see Gen. 12. 7. and 22. 16 17. Psal. 105. 9 10 11. thy seed in Greeke your seed in Chaldee thy sonnes caused thee to see in Greeke I have shewed it to thine eyes This view was by the marvellous worke and grace of God towards his servant that in one place and time hee should behold so large a Countrey and in it by the eye of his spirit so many mysteries as in that holy-land so called in Zuch 2. 12. were comprehended and it being the land of Immanuel or of Christ Esa. 8. 8. the beholding thereof was the beholding of the blessings to be enjoyed by Christ Iesus unto whō Moses and his Law is a Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 24. not goe over to wit over the river Iordan because Moses had not beleeved to sanctifie the Lord in the eyes of the sonnes of Israel Numb 20. 12. And as hee and others could not enter into the good land because of their unbeleefe Heb. 3. 19. so all that are of the workes of the Law and not of the saith of Christ though they may behold the blessing a farre off yet shall they not enter in to enjoy the same Gal. 3. 9 12. Rom. 9. 31. 32. Vers. 5. servant so he is often called even of God himselfe Ios. 1. 2. and in the new Testament as Rev. 15. 3. the song of Moses the servant of God This title he had in respect of his office being governour of Israel as David also had in Psal. 18. 1. and 36. 1. See Numb 12. died there in the mountaine Deut. 32. 50. as Aaron died on the top of mount Hor Num. 20. 28. In that the death of Moses immediatly followed after his viewing of the promised land it foreshewed the end and abrogation of Moses Law when men are come to the Gospell of Christ for after that Faith is come we are no longer under the Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 25. The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth for the woman which hath an husband is bound by the Law to
ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES THE BOOKE OF THE PSALMES AND THE SONG OF SONGS OR CANTICLES VVHEREIN THE HEBREW WORDS and sentences are compared with and explained by the ancient Greeke and Chaldee versions and other Records and Monuments of the Hebrewes But chiefly by conference with the holy Scriptures MOSES his words lawes and ordinances the Sacrifices and other Legall ceremonies heretofore commanded by God to the Church of ISRAEL are explained With an Advertisement touching some objections made against the sinceritie of the Hebrew Text and allegation of the Rabbines in these ANNOTATIONS As also Tables directing unto such principall things as are observed in the Annotations upon each severall Booke BY HENRY AINSWORTH LVKE 24. 44. All things must be fulfilled which are written in the Law of MOSES and in the Prophets and in the Psalmes LONDON ¶ Printed for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop in Cornehill at the Signe of the three Golden Lions neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1627. ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIRST BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED GENESIS VVHEREIN THE HEBREVV VVORDS and sentences are compared with and explained by the Greeke and Chaldee versions but chiefly by conferring with the holy Scriptures BY HENRY AINSWORTH DEVT. 33. 4. Moses commanded us a Law the inheritance of the Church of Iakob MALACH 4. 4. Remember the Law of Moses my servant which I commanded him in Horeb for all Israel with the Statutes and Iudgements LONDON ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. A Preface concerning Moses writings and these Annotations upon them MOSES the man of GOD and first writer of holy Scripture was an Hebrew borne in Egypt about 2432. yeeres after the creation of the World and before our Saviour Christs comming into the flesh 1496. yeeres He was the sonne a 1 Chron. 6â— 2. 3. 2. 1. 1. 34. of Amram the sonne of Kohath the sonne of Levi the sonne of Iakob the sonne of Isaak the sonne of Abraham our father in the seventh generation as Enoch was the b Iude v. 14. seventh from Adam When he was borne hee had a c Act. 7. 20. 21. 22. Exod. 2. divine beauty upon him he was marveilously saved from death being drawne out of the water and thereof had his name hee was nourished by K. Pharaohs daughter for her owne sonne learned in all the wisedome of the Egyptians and was mighty in words and in deedes Forty yeeres he lived in Pharaohs court which d Act. 7. 23. Heb. 11. 24. 25. 26. then he left choosing rather to suffer affliction with the people of God then to injoy the pleasures of sinne for a season esteeming the reproach of Christ greater riches then the treasures of Egypt Forty yeeres e Act. 7. 29. 30. Exod. 3. hee was a stranger and sheepheard in the land of Madian from whence God called him to feed Iakob his people and Israel his inheritance Which thing he also did with all f Numb 12. 7. fidelity forty yeeres being g Act. 7. 38. in the Church in the wildernesse with the Angel which spake to him in the mount Sinai and with our fathers where he received the lively oracles to give unto us and hee h Deut. 33. 4. commanded us a law which is the Inheritance of the Church of Iakob Of all the Prophets that arose in Israel there was none like unto Moses whom the Lord knew i Deut 34. 10. face to face and dying 120. yeeres old but his naturall strength not k Deut. 34. 5. 6. abated he was buried of God no man knowing of his sepulchre unto this day He wrote the law in five books containing a briefe l Gen. 1. c. history of things past a m Exod. 24. 5. 8. c. covenant between God and his Church then present and n Deâ—◠〈◊〉 15. c. Iohn 5. 46. and 1. 17. a prophesie of further grace to come which now is exhibited by Iesus Christ. In his first booke he wrote the o Gen 2. 4. and 5. 1. c. generations of the heavens and the earth and of mankinde which we therefore of the Greeke word call Genesis that is Generation In the second he set downe the Departure of Israel out of Egypt with the Covenant which God plighted with them the same yeere that they went out which booke thereupon is named Exodus In the third hee describeth the sacrifices and service of God under the Leviticall priesthood called accordingly Leviticus In the fourth he reckoned the Numbers of the tribes and of their journeyes from Egypt to Canaan with the order wherein God setled that Common-wealth of Israel whiles they were travelling towards their Rest which booke is therefore called Numbers In the fift he wrote a repetition of the Law and covenant which God had given unto Israel and the confirmation of the same whereof it is named according to the Greeke Deuteronomie In the propounding of all these things Moses hath p Exod. 34. 30. 35. 2 Cor. 〈◊〉 a veile drawne over his bright and glorious face for in the histories are implied q Gal. 4. 24. Allegories and in the lawes are r Heb. 9. 9. and 10. 1. Col. z. 17. types shadowes of good things that were to come the body wherof is of Christ. In Genesis which history endeth with the going down of Israel into Egypt we have the Image of a naturall man fallen from God into the bondage of sinne In Exodus is the type of our regeneration and state renewed by Iesus Christ. In Leviticus the shadow of our mortification whiles we are made sacrifices unto God In Numbers the figure of our spirituall war-fare whereunto we are mustered and armed to fight the good fight of faith In Deuteronomie the doctrine of our sanctification and preparation to enter into our heavenly Canaan after Moses death by the conduct of Iesus the sonne of God The things which Moses wrote were not his owne but the s 2 Chro. 34. 14. Law of the Lord by his hand to him t Psal. 103. 7. Dan. 9. 11. Mal. 4. 4. the Prophets after bare witnesse Our Saviour also approveth of Moses and of u Luk 24. 25. 44. all that he spake and wrote what x Mark 7. 9. he said was the commandement y Matâ— 15. 3. of God and what God spake z Mark 12. 26. unto him the same is spoken a Mat. 22. 31. unto us him therefore we are willed to heare which who so doth not will not be perswaded though one rose from the dead Luk. 16. 29. 31. But because his writings were the b 2 Cor. 3. 14. Old Testament under which the New was veiled and which many reading even to this day have a c verse 15. veile laid upon their hart so that they cannot fasten their eyes upon the end of that which is abolished therefore
have enmity with mankind but also wicked men called serpents generations of vipers and children of the Devill Matth. 23. 33. 1 Iohn 3. 10. By the womans seed is meant in respect of Satan chiefly Christ who being God over all blessed for ever should come of David and Abraham and so of Eve according to the flesh for she was the mother of all living Roman 1. 3. and 9. 5. And with Christ all Christians who are Eves seed both in nature and in faith as all Christians are called Abrahams seed Gal. 3. 29. He or it that is the Seed This is first to be understood of Christ who was made of a woman Gal. 4. 4. the fruit of the wombe of the Virgin Mary Luke 1. 42. Hee through death hath destroyed him that had the power of death that is the Devill Hebrewes 2. 14. Secondly it implyeth Christians the children of Christ Heb. 2. 13 who resisting the Devill stedfastly in faith the God of peace bruiseth Satan under their feet 1 Pet. 5. 9. Rom. 16. 20. When promise is made concerning the seed the faithfull parents are also included and so on the contrary as when Moses saith I will multiply thy seed Gen. 22. 17. Paul alledgeth it thus I will multiply thee Heb. 6. 14. Againe where Moses saith All families shall be blessed in thee Gen. 12 3. Peter alledgeth it they shall be blessed in thy seed Act. 3. 25. Also this word seed is used either for a multitude as Gen. 15. 5. or for one particular person as Gen. 21. 13. and 4. 25. so here it meaneth one speciall seed Christ Gal. 3. 16. This the ancient Hebrew Doctors also acknowledged for in Thargum Ierusalemy the fulfilling of this promise is expresly referred to the last dayes the dayes of the King Messias And the mystery of originall sinne and thereby death over all and of deliverance by Christ R. Menachem on Lev. 25. noteth from the profound Cabbalists in these words So long as the spirit of uncleannesse is not taken away out of the world the soules that come downe into the world must needs die for to root out the power of uncleannesse out of the world and to consume the same And all this is because of the decree which was decreed for the uncleannesse and filthinesse which the Serpent brought upon Eve And if it be so all the soules that are created become unclean by that filthinesse must needs die before the comming of the Messias c. and at the comming of the Messias all soules shall be consummate thenceforth bruise or pierce crush the Hebrew word is of rare use onely here and in Iob 9. 17. thy head or thee on the head Hereby is meant Satans overthrow destruction in respect of his power and workes Ioh. 12. 31. 1 Ioh. 3. 8. for the head being bruised strength and life is perished So in Thargum Ierusalemy it is expounded thus The womans children shall be cured but thou ô Serpent shalt not be cured And he saith thee rather then thy seed because Christ was to vanquish that old serpent which overcame our first parents who being destroyed his seed perish with him Revel 12. 9. Ioh. 14. 30. and 12. 31. 32. his heele or his foot sole for the Hebrew and Greeke here used signifie not onely the heele but the whole foot sole and sometime the foot step or print of the foot By the heele or foot bruised is meant Christs wayes which Satan should seeke to suppresse by afflictions and death for our sinnes here foretold as appeareth by the reference which other Scriptures make to this prophesie Psal. 56. 7. and 89. 52. and 49. 6. and 22. 17. He was crucified through infirmity and put to death concerning the flesh but was quickned by the spirit liveth through the power of God 2 Cor. 13. 4. 1 Pet. 3. 18. and so his foot not his head was bruised by the Serpent Who yet brought upon him a death that was shamefull and painfull and cursed because hee was hanged on a tree Gal. 3. 13. for it is probable that partly in remembrance of this first sinne by eating of the tree of knowledge which tree was a signe of curse and death if man transgressed Gods law after accounteth such as dye on a tree to have in more speciall manner the signe of curse upon them Deut. 21. 23. But Christ swallowed up death in victory Esay 25. 8. through whom God also giveth us the victory 1 Cor. 15. 57 unto which promise the Prophet hath reference saying Why should I feare in the dayes of evill when the iniquity of my heeles shall compasse me about God will redeeme my soule from the hand of Hell Psalm 49. 6. 16. Vers. 16. multiplying I will multiply that is I wil much and assuredly multiply see this phrase opened on Gen. 2. 16. Here are annexed not curses but chastisements for Eve and Adam that their faith in the promised seed might continually bee stirred up and their sinfull nature subdued and mortified Heb. 12. 6. Psal. 119. 71. conception meaning painfull conception and this word is used for the whole space that the child is in the mothers body untill the birth and so here implyeth all the griefes and cumberances which women do endure that time The Greeke translateth it groning The reason of this chastisement is because sinne is from Adam derived by propagation to all his posterity Psalm 51. 7. Roman 5. children Heb. sonnes which implyeth daughters also therefore the Greeke translateth it children so for sonne and sonnes the Holy Ghost saith in Greek children as in Mat. 22. 24. from Deut. 25. 5. Gal. 4. 27. from Esay 54. 1. By bringing forth is also meant bringing up after the birth as Gen. 50. 23. Vnto the sorrows of childbirth the Scripture often hath reference in cases of great affliction in body or mind Psalm 48. 7. Mich. 4. 9. 10. 1 Thess. 5. 3. Ioh. 16. 21. Rev. 12. 2. Howbeit this chastisement hindreth not a womans salvation with God for neverthelesse shee shall be saved in childbearing if they women continue in faith and love and holinesse with sobriety 1 Tim. 2. 15. desire The Greeke translateth it thy turning or conversion the word implyeth a desirous affection as appeareth by Song 7. 10. And that this should be to her husband it noteth subjection as in Gen. 4. 7. Elsewhere this word is not used the Apostle seemeth to have reference unto it in 1 Thess. 2. 8. rule So Paul saith I permit not the woman to usurpe authority over the man 1 Tim. 2. 12. And Peter Wives bee in subjection to your owne husbands 1 Pet. 3. 1. And this being here a chastisement for sinne implyeth a further rule then man had over her by creation and with more griefe unto womankind Vers. 17. the ground or the earth whereby is implyed all this visible world made for man Psal. 115. 16. 2 Pet. 3. 7. So all hope of blessednesse on earth is hereby cut off for all
to time and afterwards they circumcise him By which words is meant if he have an ague or like sicknesse but if hee have sore eyes or the like they circumcise him so soone as they are whole If a child be found on the 8 day to be very pale coloured they circumcise him not till the blood come againe into his countenance like the countenance of children that are in health Likewise if hee be very red they circumcise him not till his blood be sunk down into him and his countenance come againe like other children for this is a sicknesse and men must be admonished well of these things If a woman circumcise her first sonne and he die through fervency of the circumcision which decayed his strength Also she circumciseth her second child and he dye through the fervency of the circumcision whether shee have this child by her first husband or by a second loe her third child shall not bee circumcised in the time thereof but they defer it till he wexe great and his strength be made firme They circumcise none but children that are without sicknesse for perill of life putteth away all And it is possible to circumcise after the time but unpossible to restore the life of any one of Israel for ever Maimony treat of Circumcis ch 1. S. 16. 17. 18. your flesh that is the secret part or member of generation for so the word flesh here and in other places in speciall meaneth Ezek. 16. 26. and 23. 20. Lev. 15. 2. God set not the signe of his covenant on the lips eares or other parts of man which yet the Scripture calleth also uncircumcised Exod. 6. 30. Ier. 6. 10. but on the privy member to teach the regeneration of nature even of the whole man who is borne in sin Psal. 51. 7. and the derivation of his covenant to the seed of the faithful who are thereby holy Ezr. 9. 2. 1 Cor. 7. 14. and to signifie that the true circumcision is inward and secret Rom. 2. 28. 29. This which in the eyes of man seemeth a thing unprofitable foolish and ignominious doth God chuse to make a signe of the covenant of his grace in Christ who is also himselfe a scandall and foolishnesse to the world but the foolishnesse of God is wiser then the wisedome of men 1 Cor. 1. 23. 25. And that member of the body which man thought to be lesse honourable on it God put on more abundant honour as 1 Cor. 12. 23. that it should beare the marke of the heavenly covenant Vers. 14. that soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth it that man see Gen. 12. 5. cut off The Greeke and Chaldee translate it destroyed and consumed This word is used before in Gen. 9. 11. and after often in the law Exod. 12. 15. 19. and 31. 14. Lev. 7. 20. 21. 25. 27 c. It is sometime spoken of God cutting off men by death for their sinnes Lev. 17. 10. and 20. 3. 5. 6. and so the Hebrewes understand it here and in all other like places that for willing transgression in secret God will cut them off by untimely death and if there be witnesses of it the Magistrate is to punish or kill them but for ignorant transgression they were to bring the appointed sacrifices Vnder this also eternall damnation is implyed Maimony in treat of Repentance chap. 8. S. 1. speaking of eternall death saith And this is the Cutting off written of in the Law as it is said in Num. 15. 31. that soule shall bee cut-off he shall be cut off Which we have heard expounded thus cut off in this world and cut off in the world to come Of this sanction here they say If the father or master doe transgresse and circumcise not they break a commandement but are not guilty of cutting-off for cutting-off belongs but to the uncircumcised person him-selfe Maimony treat of Circumcis c. 1. S. 1. Howbeit Moses the father had almost beene killed for not circumcising his sonne Exod. 4. 24. c. broken or made frustrate broken downe this word is opposed to the former stablishing or making firm in vers 7. The Hebrewes have a canon who so breaketh the covenant of Abraham our father and leaveth his superfluous-foreskin or gathereth it over again although he have in him the law and good workes hee hath no portion in the world to come Maimony treat of Circumcis chap. 3. S. 8. Which rule is true according to the Apostles interpretation applying circumcision to the heart spirit and faith in Christ Rom. 2. 29. and 4. 11. Col. 2. 11. Vers. 15. Sarah in Greeke Sarrha The letter j changed into h signified the multiplication of her children as before in Abrams name vers 5. And the Greeke having no h at the end of words doubleth therefore the letter r with an aspiration Sarrha and so the Apostles also write it Rom. 9. 9. 1 Pet. 3. 6. Sarai the Chaldean name is made Hebrew Sarah which is by interpretation a Princesse The Apostle calleth her a Freewoman and maketh her a figure of the new Testament and heavenly Ierusalem Gal. 4. 22. 24. 26. and the example of Abraham and Sarah thus called blessed and increased is set forth for their children the Church to consider and comfort themselves withall Esay 51. 1. 2. 3. Vers. 16. shall be to nations that is shall become nations and bee a mother of them both in the flesh and in the Lord. For all godly women are called her children 1 Pet. 3. 6. and Ierusalem her answerable type is the mother of us all Galat. 4. 26. Psal. 87. 5. 6. Vers. 17. laughed that is as the Chaldee translateth it rejoyced and so the word after importeth Gen. 21. 6. though sometime it implyeth also a doubting as in Gen. 18. 12. 13. but the praise of Abrahams faith who was not weake nor staggering but gave glory to God Rom. 4. 19. 20. seemeth to free him from this imputation Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it he marvelled Of this word laughed in Hebrew jsaak the child promised was called Isaak in whom Abraham saw the day of Christ and rejoyced old Hebr. sonne of 100 yeeres that is going in his hundred yeere So Sarah was daughter of ninety yeeres See Gen. 5. 32. At these yeeres both their bodies were now dead unapt for generation Rom. 4. 19. Heb. 11. 12. Vers. 19. shall beare or beareth speaking as of a thing present for God calleth the things which bee not as though they were Rom. 4. 17. Isaak Heb. Iitschak the same word used before in vers 17. and signifieth laughing or joy for besides his father and mother all that heare have occasion to laugh and rejoice for his birth Gen. 21. 6. in whom both Christ the joy of the whole earth was represented and all the children of promise Iohn 8. 56. Rom. 9. 7. 8. Gal. 4. 28. seed the Greeke version addeth to be a God to him and to his seed as before in verse 7. Vers. 20. heard the Chaldee
home as Iudg. 5. 24. or being with the sheepfolds as an heirder for shepherds kept in tents Gen. 4. 20. Esa. 38. 12. and such was Iakobs trade and his childrens Gen. 46. 34. Besides that dwelling in tents signified his pilgrimage in the land Heb. 11. 9. Hereupon Iakobs tents are used for the state of the commonwealth of Israel Num. 24. 5. Mal. 2. 12. The Greeke here translateth dwelling in house but the Chaldee saith A minister of the house of doctrine as giving himselfe to religious study and schollership So other of the Hebrew Doctors as in Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 32. it is said After the children were growne the one walked in the way of life the other walked in the way of death Iakob our father walked in the way of life for he dwelt in tents and studied the law all his dayes but Esau the wicked walked in the way of death to kill Iakob Gen. 27. 41. Vers. 28. in his mouth or for his mouth namely his meat as the Greeke explaineth it that is because he delighted to eate of Esaus venison This love for carnall respect continued contrary to the Oracle of God but it was disappointed Genes 27. 4. 33. Vers. 29. pottage or broth Hebr. sod a seething faint with wearinesse as the word implyeth This signified Esaus vaine imployment of his time and strength whereas they that wait on the Lord spiritually faint not Esay 40. 30. 31. but the righteous eateth to the satisfying of his soule Pro. 13. 25. Vers. 30. Let me cast or let me have a draught the Greeke and Chaldee translate it tast It is a word not used but in this place red which in Hebrew is Adom whereupon his name was called Aedom The doubling of the word red and omitting the word pottage noteth Esaus hast and greedinesse increased also by the colour he called or his name was called Aedom that is Red for hee was ruddy when hee was borne vers 25. and now longing for red broth and selling his birthright for it this name was given him as a brand-marke of his greedinesse and profanenesse Vers. 31. this day or even now the Hebr. Cajom As to day is often used for hajom this day as the Greeke here interpreteth it and in vers 23. following So 1 Sam. 2. 16. and 9. 13. 27. 2 Chron. 18. 4. And the Hebrew word for As is often a very affirmation see Gen. 27. 12. firstbirthright The dignity whereof the Law sheweth to be great in that all the first-borne were peculiarly consecrated and given unto God Exod. 22. 29. were next in honour to their parents Gen. 49. 3. had a double portion of their fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. succeeded them in the government of the family or kingdome 2 Chron. 21. 3. and administration of the priesthood and service of God Num. 8. 14. 17. Therefore the first-borne is used for one that is loved and deare to his father Ex. 4. 22. and higher then his brethren Psal. 89. 28. and figured Christ Rom. 8. 29. and true Christians heyres of the kingdome of heaven Heb. 12. 23. This honour Iakob strove to have at his birth but missing then hee seeketh now and obtaineth it The Greeke translateth it plurally firstbirthrights and so doth the Apostle in Heb. 12. 16. Vers. 32. going to dye that is ready or in danger to dye which may bee meant both in respect of his present hunger which could not as he prophanely thought bee satisfied with the title of his birth-right and of his daily danger to bee killed by the wild beasts in the field where hee hunted wherefore serveth or what profiteth as if he should say nothing at all Vers. 33. Sweare to confirme the bargain Heb. 6. 16. and to make it irrevocable Psalm 110. 4. and 15. 4. So by oath he renounced his birthright before God whose name is therfore used in othes Deut. 6. 13. he sold It is recorded in the Iewes canon lawes that the first-borne who selloth the portion of his birthright even before it be parted his sale standeth in force because the firstborne hath part in the birthright before the parting thereof Maimony Treat of Inheritances ch 3. S. 6. Vers. 34. of lentiles a kind of pulse much like to vetches or small pease and but course food so vile an exchange did Esau make of his heavenly dignity that not without cause doth the holy Ghost call him a profane person who for one meales meat sold his first birthrights Heb. 12. 16. It is a tradition of the Hebrew Doctors that Lentiles were wont to be eaten of men in their sorrow and mourning and that Iakob did feed upon Lentiles in mourning and sorrow for that the kingdome and dominion and first-birthright was Esaus Whereupon they also gather that the sonnes of Esau should not fall untill the Remainder of Iakob come and give to the sonnes of Esau food of lentiles with mourning and sorrow and take from them the dominion kingdome and firstbirthright which Iakob bought of him by oath Pirkei R. Eliezer ch 35. eat and drinke This seemeth to intimate not onely a satisfying of his hunger but a carnall secure despising of his honor now sold as in 1 Cor. 15. 32. let us eat and drinke for to morrow wee shall dye went away without shewing any remorse or sorrow for his profane bargaine despised unto this the Ierusalemy Paraphrast addeth that he also despised his portion in the world to come and denyed the resurrection of the dead Thus the Iewes esteemed his fact most irreligious and profane as the Apostle also doth Heb. 12. 16. CHAP. XXVI 1. Isaak because of famine goeth to Gerar 2 God biddeth him not goe into Aegypt but dwell in the land and promiseth him the blessings of Abraham 7 Isaak denyeth his wife 9 Abimelech therefore reproveth him 12 He groweth rich 18 Hee diggeth three wels Esek Sitnah and Rechoboth 23 Abimelech maketh a covenant with him at Beersheba 34 Esaus wives ANd there was a famine in the land besides the first famine which was in the dayes of Abraham and Isaak went unto Abimelech King of the Philistims unto Gerar. And Iehovah appeared unto him and said Goe not downe into Aegypt dwell in the land which I shall say unto thee Sojourne in this land and I will bee with thee and will blesse thee for to thee and to thy seed will I give all these lands and I will stablish the oath which I sware unto Abraham thy father And I will multiply thy seed as the starres of the heavens and will give unto thy seed all these lands and in thy seed all nations of the earth shall blesse themselves Because that Abraham obeyed my voyce and kept my charge my commandements my statutes and my lawes And Isaak dwelt in Gerar. And the men of the place asked of his wife and he said she is my sister for he feared to say my wife left the men of the place should kill mee for Rebekah because shee was of a good
was he when hee interpreted Pharaohs dreame Gen. 41. 46. and nine yeeres after when there had been 7 yeers plenty and two yeeres famine did Iakob with his family goe downe into Egypt Gen. 41. 53. 54. and 45. 6. 11. and at their going-downe thither Pharez the sonne of Iudas whose birth is set downe in the end of this chapter had two sonnes Ezron and Hamul Gen. 46. 8. 12. Seeing then from the selling of Ioseph unto Israels going into Egypt there cannot bee above three and twenty yeeres how is it possible that Iudas should take a wife and have by her three sonnes one after another and Selah the yongest of the three bee mariageable when Iudas begat Pharez of Thamar Gen. 38. 14. 24. and Pharez bee growne up maried and have two sonnes all within so short a space The time therefore here spoken of seemeth to bee soone after Iakobs comming to Sechem Gen. 33. 18. before that historie of Dinah Gen. 34. though Moses for speciall cause relateth it in this place Iudah or Iudas as the Greeke alwaies nameth him Mat. 1. 2. a man an Adullamite that is an heathen man dwelling in Adullam or Odollam as the Greeke calleth it a citie in the land of Canaan which afterward was given for a possession to the Sonnes of this Iudas Ios. 15. 1. 35. The word man here as in the verse following may be omitted for the sense see Gen. 13. 8. or it may be read a man of Adullam as where one Evangelist writeth The men Ninivites Mat. 12. 41. another writeth The men of Niniveh Luk. 11. 32. Vers. 2. Canaanite the Chaldee translateth it a merchant and so the word is sometime used in Scripture Prov. 31. 24. Iob. 41. 6. but the Greeke here calleth him a Chananaean Shua in Greek Saba but in vers 12. Saua tooke her namely to wife as verse 12. Contrary to his dutie for he should not have maried with such Gen. 24. 3. and 27. 46. and 28. 1. Iudas was now in likelihood about 13. or 14. yeeres of age went in that is lay with her see Gen. 6. 4. Vers. 4. Onan in Greeke Aunan Vers. 5. Selah or Shelah in Greeke Selom so after verse 11. c. he was the Greeke saith she was Chezib a towne called also Achzib which likewise fell to the tribe of Iudah Ios. 15. 44. The Greeke calleth it Chazbi The name hath in Hebrew the signification of lying and to it the Prophet alludeth saying the houses of Achzib shall be Achzab a Lye to the Kings of Israel Micah 1. 14. Vers. 6. to Er or for Er when in likelihood he also was about 14. yeeres of age Thamar or Tamar that is by interpretation a palme tree Song 7. 7. Of what kindred she was the scripture speaketh not but shee became the mother to our Lord Christ according to the flesh Mat. 1. 3. Vers. 7. evill in the eyes that is displeasing The letters in Hebrew of this word * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 evill and of his name * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Er are the same the order onely changed the like whereof is before in Noes name and Grace Gen. 6. 8. slew him this was very soone after his mariage in his youth So evill doers shall bee cut off Psal. 37. 9. And this judgement on Iudahs first borne is mentioned sundry times Gen. 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 1 Chron. 2. 3. And as our Lord Christ was to come of Iudas Hebr. 7. 14. so God would have no wicked man to be his progenitor Vers. 8. marie her the Hebrew word is not meant of usuall solemnization of mariage but peculiar for marying with his brothers widow and doing that dutie of a kinsman whereof there was a law after given of God according to this case Deut. 25. 5. which law as many other God had made knowne before unto the Patriarchs as this scripture manifesteth The Hebrew Doctors say It is commanded by the Law in Deut. 25. 5. 6. that a man shall marie the wife of his brother by the fathers side if they have beene maried or if they have beene betrothed together if he dye without seed Brethren by the mothers side onely are not counted brethren in this case of marying the brothers wife or for matter of inheritance c. Maimony in Misneh tom 2. in Iibbum and Chalitsah chap. 1. S. 1. 7. See the annotations on Deut. 25. seed a childe which may bee counted thy brothers who is deceased that his name be not wiped away out of Israel Deut. 25. 6. Otherwise excepting this case it was unlawfull for a man to have his brothers wife Levit. 18. 16. and 20. 21. Vers. 9. not be his but stand up with his brothers name as his brothers childe though this was onely for the first borne all the rest should have beene counted his owne Deut. 25. 6. So the Chaldee translateth that the seed should not bee called by his name when or if at any time Whensoever spilled or corrupted which the Greeke translateth shed or spilled An unkinde and most unnaturall fact to spill the seed which by Gods blessing should serve for the propagation of man-kinde and in this man for the propagation of the sonne of God according to the flesh in whom all nations of the earth should be blessed Gen. 22. 18. which made the sinne most impious and hastened Onans speedy death from the hand of God Vers. 11. Remaine or sit dwell a widow so sending her home to her fathers house but without permission to mary another man yet not purposing she should have his sonne for whom hee made her stay This was in him very injurious which God soone chastened him for by the death of his wife and giving him over to incest with his daughter in law By the law in Levit. 22. 13. a widow that had no childe might returne to her fathers house and her estate was as in her youth he sayd in his heart as the Greeke explaineth it lest hee dye meaning I will not give her unto Selah to wife lest he dye also vers 14. An unperfect speech wherof see Gen. 3. 22. and an evill surmise that he had of Thamar as if shee had caused his other sonnes death Vers. 12. the daughter of Shuah the Greek translateth and Saua the wife of Iudas dyed was comforted after mourning for his wives death as Gen. 23. 2. and 24. 57. sheepe shearers At such times they used to have feasts 1 Sam. 25. 8. 11. So hee went to make merry after his mourning his friend the Greeke translateth Eira his shepheard reading for Regneh a friend without vowels Rogneh a shepheard and so in verse 20. but the Chaldee translateth friend and it hath the name in Hebrew of feeding-together and so generally of society friendship neighbourhood Timnath or Thamna a citie in the Philistines country which also befell to Iudahs children for a possession Ios. 15. 57. There Sampson tooke a wife Iudg. 14. 1. c. Vers. 14. wrapped
her selfe that she might not be knowne The Greeke and Chaldee understand it of trimming and adorning the opening or doore of Enaim as being the name of a place so the Greeke translateth the gates of Ainan Enaim signifieth eyes or fountaines and the doore or opening of the eyes may be understood an open place to be viewed or place of two wayes After it is called onely Enaim verse 21. Such open places harlots used Ezek. 16. 25. Ier. 3. 2. Vers. 16. Grant or Give me leave as the Greeke saith Suffer me or Come on now let me c. An example of inordinate lust in this Patriarch so lightly to be affected unto a stranger and esteemed harlot But God hereby would shew how the Iewes so named of this Iudas have nothing whereof to rejoyce in the flesh more then other nations but onely in Christ his holy seed if they would receive him who came to save sinners 1 Tim. 1. 15. Vers. 17. a pledge or pawne earnest in Hebrew Erabon whence the Greeke Arrhaebon is borrowed By this meanes she provided for her security against the danger which after followed verse 24. 25. Yet she caried her selfe herein after the manner of Harlots Fzek. 16. 33. Vers. 18. signet or seale the Greeke translateth it ring on the finger Men did weare such for honour Luk. 15. 22. Ier. 22. 24. bracelet or riband or handkerchiefe Vers. 21. her place that is the place where shee was So the prayer of this place that is made in this place 2 Chron. 6. 40. the whore the word here used in Hebrew Kedesah commeth from Kadas which commonly signifieth holinesse and the man thus prostitute unto filthinesse is called Kades usually Englished a Sodomite 1 King 14. 24. This name is thought to bee given by a contrary meaning to common whores who are most unholy and unchast But it may bee such abomination was committed among the Canaanites under a pretext of religion and holinesse For in the apostasie of Israel houses of such uncleane persons were in the house of the Lord 2. King 23. 7. and they sacrificed with such whores Hos. 4. 14. An expresse law was given to Israel that there should bee no such Sodomite or Sodomitesse among them nor their hire brought into Gods house for any vow Deut. 23. 17. 18. become in contempt or to be contempt be laughed to scorne for being thus deceived by a whore Among the heathens this sin was infamous Vers. 24. be burnt by Gods law after given to defile a betrothed woman which here was Thamars case with Selah was death by stoning them Deut. 22. 23. 24. and a Priests daughter if she plaid the harlot was to be burnt with fire Levit. 21. 9. These lawes it seemeth were executed before and after even among the heathens so the King of Babylon rosted two Iewes in the fire for committing adulterie Ier. 29. 22. 23. Here Iudas in judging another condemned himselfe Rom. 2. 1. so David in like case 2 Sam. 12. 5. 7. Vers. 26. know her that is lye with her see Gen. 4. 1. By this free confession according to Iudahs name which signifieth a Confessor and abstaining from further evill with her appeareth the true repentance of the Patriarch And though hee was now in all likelihood not above thirty yeares of age yet find we no mention of any children that euer he had more but these two of Thamar and Selah his son before from w ch three onely the families of Iudah are reckoned Gē 46. 12. Num. 26. 19. 22. 1 Chr. 2. 3. 4. Either he maried not after this time or God blessed him not with any more seed Vers. 28. gave out that is put forth the Greeke translateth the one brought forth the hand This sheweth the birth to be most hard and dangerous not according to the course of nature God so chastening the sinne of Thamar with her father See the like also in Iakobs birth Gen. 25. 26. is come out the Greeke translateth shall come out as comforting the woman in the extremity of her travell Vers. 29. Hast thou broken forth or hast thou madea-breach upon thee that is the breach is thine thou hast made it and shalt cary the name of it upon thee The Greeke translateth Why is the partition divided for thee The Chaldee How great strength hath beene in thee that thou mightst prevaile This strange perillous childbirth may be compared with that of Iakob and Esau Gen. 25. 22. 26. who strove for the first birth-right in the wombe as these also did at the birth Pharez Hebrew Perets that is by interpretation Breach so named upon this fact of his at the birth He violently tooke the dignity of the first birth-right from his brother is set before him in the genealogie Numb 26. 20. 1 Chron. 2. 4. 5. and became father of Christ after the flesh Matth. 1. 3. Zarah Hebrew Zerach which signifieth Risen or sprung up as the Sun is said to rise because he should first have risen that is have beene borne but for the breach which his brother made The Hebrew Doctors say that Zarah had his name of the Sun and Pharez had his name of the Moone which sometime is broken as in peeces sometimes is full And that in Pharez the strength of Davids house was portended and therefore from him proceedeth the kingdome of the house of David R. Menachem on Gen. 38. In the birth of these two brethren the estate of the two Churches of Iewes and Gentiles may as in a figure bee considered The Iew as the elder drawing backe the hand through unbeliefe Rom. 10. 3. 21. The Gentiles as by violence getting the heavenly birth-right Math 11. 12. Luk. 15. 11. 32. Act. 13. 46. 48. and when the Gentiles are fully borne then shall the Iewes that had the signe of the first birthright on their hand come forth againe Rom. 11. 11. 25. 26. CHAP. XXXIX 1 Ioseph being sold into Egypt is there advanced in Potiphars house 5 The Lord blesseth the house for Iosephs sake 7 His Mistresse tempteth him to lye with her but he refuseth and shunneth her 15 She complaineth of Ioseph to the men of her house 17 and fasly accuseth him to her husband 19 who in anger casteth him into prison 33 but God is with him there ANd Ioseph was brought-downe to Egypt and Potiphar an Eunuch of Pharaoh the Provost Marshall an Egyptian man bought him of the hand of the Ismaelites which had brought him down thither And Iehovah was with Ioseph and hee was a prosperous man and hee was in the house of his Lord the Egyptian And his lord saw that Iehovah was with him and all that he did Iehovah made it prosper in his hand And Ioseph found grace in his eyes and ministred to him and hee made him over-seer over his house and all that he had hee gave into his hand And it was from the time that hee had made him over-seer in his house and over all that he had that Iehovah
Hebrew doctors gathered from Deut. 21. 13. she shall bewaile her father and her mother a moneth of daies those thirtie daies they might not trim the haire of their head or beard nor weare white new garments nor marrie and the like Maimony ibidem ch 6. Vers. 11. inhabitants Hebrew inhabitant and Canaanite See Gen. 10. 16. heavy in Greek great as before in verse 9. was called Hebrew he that is every one called see the notes on Gen. 16. 14. The mourning Hebr. Abel Mizaim Vers. 15. peradventure or it may be The guilty conscience causeth feare Levit. 26. 36. rewarded him that is done of our owne accord unto him Vers. 16. commanded that is sent some on their message to Ioseph and after went themselves verse 18. The word command is effectually to procure a thing to be done as God commandeth his blessings and mercies by effectuall sending them Psal. 42. 9. and Levit. 25. 21. Deut. 28. 8. where the Greeke translateth send Here the Greeke expoundeth it they came unto Ioseph and said Vers. 17. of the God by this speech they seem both to insinuate their repentance and faith to obtaine mercy at Gods hand and use a reason to obtaine the like at Iosephs For if we forgive men their trespasses our heavenly Father will also forgive us otherwise not Mat. 6 12. 14. 15. Wherefore it is said forgive one another even as God for Christs sake forgave you Ephes. 4. 32. But the Hebrew Doctors observe a difference betweene dammage to our neighbour in his goods and hurts or injurie to his person which here was Iosephs cause They say hee that doth his neighbour dammage in his goods when hee hath paid that which hee ought to pay atonement is made for him But he that hurteth his neighbour although hee gave unto him for satisfaction the five things namely 1. dammage it selfe as when eye must bee given for eye tooth for tooth 2. for the smart 3. for his healing 4. for his resting from his labour 5. for his shame or dishonour of which see the notes on Exod. 21. 19. yet atonement is not made for him yea though he should sacrifice to God all the Rams of Nebaioth Esay 60. 7. yet atonement is not made for him nor his iniquitie forgiven unill he request it of him that was hurt and he doe forgive him Maimony in Misneh Tom. 4. treat of Hurt and dammage chap. 5. S. 9. Vers. 21. unto their hart that is friendly comfortably and which pleased them as that which came into Solomons heart 2 Chron. 7. 11. is expounded that which he was pleased to do 1 King 9. 1. See also the notes on Gen. 34. 3. Here Ioseph is an example of lenitie and readinesse to forgive and to doe good for evill as Christ teacheth all Matt. 5. 44. So the Hebrew canons say It is unlawfull for him that is hurt to bee cruell and not to forgive this is not the way of the seed of Israel But when hee that did the hurt doth request it and aske grace of him once or twise and hee kneweth that hee turnes from his sinne and repenteth of his evill hee shall forgive him Maimony in his said treat of Hurt and dammage ch 5. S. 10. Vers. 23. third generation or third sonnes So was his blessing begun to bee accomplished Gen. 49. 22. and 28. 19. borne that is brought up Of Machir see Num. 32. 39. Vers. 24. visiting c. that is will surely visit meaning in mercy See Gen. 21. 1. This was a testification of his faith in Gods promises as is written by faith Ioseph at his ending made mention of the departure of the sonnes of Israel and gave commandement concerning his bones Heb. 11. 22. The land of Canaan was a signe of their heavenly inheritance as before is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. 17. 8. Heb. 11. 13. 14. 16. and there Christ rising from the dead should bee the first fruits of them that slept by whom the resurrection of the dead which Ioseph exspected was to come 1 Cor. 15. 20. 21. 22. And there many bodies of the Saints which slept arose and came out of the graves after Christs resurrection Matt. 27. 52. 53. Vers. 25. from hence or from this place the Greeke addeth with you This charge was fulfilled when at their going out of Egypt Moses tooke the bones of Ioseph with him Exod. 13. 19. which afterward were buried in Sechem Iakobs purchase and Iosephs sonnes heritage Ios. 24. 32. Stephen sheweth that the other Patriarchs the sonnes of Iakob were buried also in Sychem in the land of Canaan Act. 7. 16. Vers. 26. old Hebrew sonne of 110. yeeres Gen. 5. 32. The same was the age of Iesus or Iosuah when he dyed the conqueror of Canaan and one of Iosephs seed Ios. 24. 29. an arke or chist coffin to be ready at their removall out of Egypt This death of Ioseph whereat the first book of Moses endeth was after the creation of the world 2369. yeeres ANNOTATIONS VPON THE SECOND BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED EXODVS VVHEREIN BY CONFERRING THE HOly Scriptures comparing the Chaldee and Greeke versions and other records of the Hebrewes MOSES his Words Lawes and Ordinances are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH PSAL. 103. 7. The Lord made knowne his wayes unto Moses his acts unto the sonnes of Israel ACTS 7. 38. This is that Moses which was in the Chruch in the wildernesse with the Angel which spake to him in the mount Sina and with our fathers who received the lively Oracles to give unto us IOHN 1. 17. The Law was given by Moses but Grace and Truth came by Iesus Christ. LONDON ¶ Printed by Miles Flesher for John Bellamine and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The Summe of EXODVS THis second booke of Moses sheweth the increase and oppression of Israel in Egypt the sending of Moses to deliver them the tenne plagues of God upon Egypt the bringing out of Israel with strong hand the leading of them through the sea where Pharaoh was drowned the safe conducting of them in the wildernesse the Covenant betweene God and them at Mount Sina where he gave them Lawes and Iudgements and Statutes ordaining a Priesthood for his service and erected a Tabernacle for to dwell therein among them More particularly ISrael increase are oppressed in Egypt and their sonns drowned Chap. 1 Moses his birth education pietie and persecution 2 Moses keeping sheepe seeth a vision and is sent to deliver Israel 3 He is confirmed by signes is sent with Aaron to Pharaoh and Israel 4 Pharaoh resisteth and vexeth Israel they cry out of Moses and grieve him 5 God incourageth Moses and sends him again to Israel and Pharaoh 6 Moses worketh miracles and is resisted by Pharaohs sorcerers 7 Egypt is plagued with Frogs Lice and Flies Pharaoh is hardned 8 Moe plagues of Murrain Boyls and Haile yet Pharaoh resisteth 9 Plagues of Locusts and Darknesse Pharaoh is more hardned 10 Egypt is appointed to the spoile
first plagues w ch were from the waters and earth cameby Aarons hand stretching out the rod Exod. 7. 19. 8. 5. 16. three which were from the heavens and aire came by Moses stretching out his hand and rod as the Haile Exod. 9. 22. 23. the Locusts Exod. 10. 12. 13. and the Darknesse Exod. 10. 21. 22. Three came without the hand either of Moses or Aaron as the Mixed swarme Exo. 8. 21. 24. the Murraine Exod. 9. 3. â—and the death of the First borne Exodus 12. 29. and one was by Moses hand but not with the rod as the plague of Boiles Exodus 9. 8. 10. V. 17. there were lice Hebr. there was the lowse put generally for the multitude of this vermine which being of the least sort of Gods creatures did greatly plague the proud nation This David rehearseth among other Gods wonders in Egypt Psal. 105. 31. Humane writers doe record that the Priests of Egypt did shave their whole bodies every third day lest any lowse or other filth should breed upon them that served their gods Herodot in Euterpe So with things which they superstitiously loathed did God plague them The Greeke calleth this plague Sknipes which are a kinde of small stinging gnats but by the Chaldee and others they were lice V. 18. did so that is endevored to doe so but could not and when men are said to doe things above their ability it meaneth their labour and endevour thereto as Matt. 7. 13. enter in at the strait gate that is strive to enter Luk. 13. 24. V. 19. the finger that is the worke Spirit and power of God who is said after the manner of men to doe things by his hand and finger Psam 102. 26. and 8. 4. 109. 27. 1 SaÌ„ 6. 9. To this speech Christ hath reference when he refuted those that withstood his miracles as these Magicians did Moses If I with the finger of God cast out devils Luk. 11. 20. which another Evangelist explaines to bee the spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. Here the coÌ„fession of Iannes and Iambres of whom see before in Exodus 7. 〈◊〉 condemned Pharaoh and themselves that in further resistance they manifested their folly unto all men as 2 Tim. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 9. The Chaldee expoundeth their speech thus it is a plague from before the Lord. Vers. 20 stand or present thy selfe V. 21 a mixed swarme of flies wasps hornets or as somethinke of wilde beasts serpents mice and the like The Hebrew and Chaldee words signifie onely a mixed multitude but shew not of what creatures The Greeke now extant hath Kunomnia that is the Dog flye Hierom saith of old the Lxxij Interpreters called it Koinomuia and Aquila translated it Pammuia that is the common or all sorts of flies The Chaldee paraphrase on Psalme 78. 45. expoundeth it a mixed swarme of wilde beasts of the field so the latter Hebrewes as Aben Ezra and Sol. Iarchi on Exodus 8. name them Lyons Wolves Beares Leopards and all kindes of evill beasts Serpents and Scorpions With whom accordeth Philo or the author of the booke of Wisdome who saith that as the Egyptians worshipped Serpents void of reason and vile beasts so God sent a multitude of unreasonable beasts upon them for vengeance for the Lord wanted not meanes as he saith to send among them a multitude of Beares or fierce Lions or unknowne wilde beasts full of rage newly created breathing out either a fiery vapour or filthy sents of scattered smoake c. Wisd. 11. 15. 17. 18. As in Exodus 12. 38. gnereb is used for a mixed multitude of people of sundry nations so gnarob here seemeth to intend not one but many sorts of creatures flying or running and such they were as did eate or devoure the Egyptians Psalme 78. 45. and corrupted or destroyed the land Exodus 8. 24. and because hee saith their houses should bee full of them I thinke rather they were small creatures than Lyons Beares or the like Vers. 22. will marvellously sever will separate and exempt in a marvellous and glorious manner wherefore the Greeke expoundeth it paradoxaso that is I will marvellously glorifie or miraculously honour See Exodus 33. 16. Goshen in Greek Gesem a province in Egypt where Israel dwelt see Gen. 45. 10. standeth that is staieth or tarieth from being sent away to serve me as Exodus 9. 28. or standeth that is dwelleth in the midst The Greeke translateth ruling all the earth or land Vers. 23. a redemption that is as the Greeke translateth a division or distinction whereby it shall appeare that I doe redeeme and save them from this plague The Chaldee explaineth it thus I will put a redemption to my people and upon thy people I will bring a plague So in Psalme 111. 9. he sent a redemption to his people and herein Gods grace in Christ was figured for by him God hath made a redemption for his people Luk. 1. 68. Vers. 24. did so he said and there came a mixed swarme Psal. 105. 31. which here Moses calleth heavy or grievous both for the multitude of these noysome creatures as the Greeke interpieth the word and for the hurt which they did to the people and and which was corrupted or as the Greeke saith destroyed by them Vers. 26. not meet or not right as being not so appointed of God who called into the wildernes Exod. 3. 18. The Greeke translateth it cannot so be done the abomination that is the beasts which the Egyptians doe worship and doe abhorre to kill or to see killed for sacrifice And the sentence twice repeated may imply two senses 1. Shall we sacrifice to our God such things as the Egyptians sacrifice that would bee abomination to the Lord. 2. Or shall we sacrifice such things as God requireth that would be an abomination to the Egyptians The Greeke translateth plurally abominations the Chaldee explaineth it thus for the beasts which the Egyptian worshippeth we shall offer for sacrifice loe shall we sacrifice the beasts which the Egyptians worship c. The Scripture often calleth the Gods and services of the heathens abominations as Deut. 7. 25. and 12. 30. 31. 2 King 23. 13. Ezra 9. 1. Esay 44. 19. Now the principall sacrifices of the Hebrewes were Oxen and Sheep Gen. 15. 9. and all sheepe-keepers were an abomination to the Egyptians Gen. 46. 34 for as humane writers doe record they that kept in the Temple of Iupiter Thebanus or dwelt in that province in the land of Egypt they all abstained from sheepe and sacrificed goats and those Thebane Egyptians killed no rammes but counted them holy and they had an image of Iupiter with a rammes face Likewise the Egyptians might sacrifice no cowes because they were consecrated unto Isis whose image also they had like a woman with cowes hornes and all the Egyptians reverenced cowes above all of other cattle as witnesseth Herodotus in his historie booke 2. and and other writers testifie the like things of them as Plutarch in his booke of
which I have wrought in Egypt and my signes which I have put amongst them and that ye may know that I am Iehovah And Moses and Aaron came in unto Pharaoh and sayd unto him Thus saith Iehovah the God of the Hebrewes How long reâ—usest thou to humble thy selfe before mee Send away my people that they may serve mee For if thou refuse to send away my people behold I bring to morrow the Locusts into thy coast And they shall cover the eye of the earth and one shall not bee able to see the earth and they shall eate the residue of that which is escaped which remaineth unto you from the haile and shall eate every tree which groweth for you out of the field And they shall fill thy houses and the houses of all thy servants and the houses of al the Egyptians which thy fathers and thy fathers fathers have not seene since the day that they were upon the earth unto this day and he turned himselfe and went out from Pharaoh And Pharaohs servants said unto him How long shall this man be a snare unto us send away the men that they may serve Iehovah their God knowest thou not yet that Egypt is destroyed And Moses and Aaron were brought againe unto Pharaoh and hee said unto them Goe serve Iehovah your God who and who are they that shall goe And Moses said We will goe with our yong and with our old with our sonnes and with our daughters with our flockes and with our herds will we goe for we have a feast of Iehovah And he said unto them Let Iehovah be so with you as I will send away you and your little ones see to it for evill is before your faces Not so goe now yee men and serve Iehovah for that you did request and he drove them out from Pharaohs presence And Iehovah sayd unto Moses Stretch out thy hand over the land of Egypt for the Locusts that they may come up upon the land of Egypt and eate every herbe of the land all that the haile hath left And Moses streched out his rodde over the land of Egypt and Iehovah brought an East wind upon the land all that day and all the night the morning was and the East wind brought up the Locusts And the Locusts went up over all the land of Egypt and rested in all the coasts of Egypt exceeding heavie before them there were no such Locusts as they and after them shall no such be And they covered the eye of all the earth and the land was darkned and they did eate every herbe of the land and all the fruit of the trees which the haile had left and there remained not any greene thing in the trees or in the herbes of the field in all the land of Egypt And Pharaoh hastened to call for Moses and for Aaron and he said I have sinned against Iehovah your God and against you And now forgive I pray thee my sinne onely this once and intreat ye Iehovah your God that he may take away from me this death only And he went out from Pharaoh and intreated Iehovah And Iehovah turned a vehement strong sea wind and tooke away the Locusts and fastened them to the red sea there remained not one Locust in all the coast of Egypt And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee sent not away the sonnes of Israel And Iehovah said unto Moses Stretch out thy hand toward the heauens and there shall bee darkenesse over the land of Egypt that one may feele the darkenesse And Moses stretched out his hand toward the heavens and there was obscure darknesse in all the land of Egypt three daies They saw not any man his brother neither rose they any man from his place three daies but to all the sonnes of Israel there was light in their dwellings And Pharaoh called unto Moses and said Goe yee serve Iehovah onely let your flockes and your herds be stayed let your little ones also goe with you And Moses said Thou also shalt give into our hand sacrifices and burnt-offrings that we may doe sacrifice to Iehovah our God And our cattell also shall goe with us there shall not an hoofe be left for thereof shall wee take to serve Iehovah our God and we know not with what we shall serve Iehovah untill we come thither And Iehovah made strong the heart of Pharaoh and hee would not send them away And Pharaoh said unto him Get thee from mee take heed to thy selfe see my face no more for in the day thou seest my face thou shalt die And Moses said Thou hast spoken well I will not see thy face againe any more Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the fifteenth Section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 1. for I or though I have made heavy that is hardned see Exod. 7. 14. of him of Pharaoh and his servants therefore the Greeke translateth it them saying that these signes may hereafter come upon them Vers. 2. thou this also meaneth Moses and the Israelites as after he saith yee and so the Greeke translateth here And in Deut. 6. 20. 22. Moses willeth Israel to tell their sonnes of the signes and wonders great and evill which the Lord had brought upon Egypt The like is in Psal. 78. 5. 6. 7. c. the things the Chaldee saith the miracles Vers. 3. Hebrewes in the Chaldee Iewes humble thy selfe The Greeke translateth how long wilt thou not reverence me Vers. 4. Locusts or Grashoppers the Hebrew is Locust put generally for a multitude of Locusts as tree for trees Gen. 3. 2. And the originall Arbeh hath the denomination of a multitude because their nature is to be many together as Prov. 30. 27. the Locusts have no king yet goe they forth all of them by heapes and huge multitudes are therefore resembled to Locusts Ier. 46. 23. Iudg. 6. 5. Vers. 5. the eye put for the whole face or upmost part of the earth which is seene with the eye as the Greeke translateth it the sight or superficies The Chaldee explaines it of hiding the sight of the sunne from the earth so in verse 15. Humane writers testifie that the great Locusts flie and make great noise with their wings as if they were birds and doe darken the Sunne Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. that which is escaped Hebr. the escaping or evasion Vers. 6. houses the Locusts are reported to gnaw all things even the doores of houses Plinie booke 11. chapter 29. Some of the Hebrewes write that these Locusts did not onely hurt the fruits of the earth but men also as the author of the booke of Wisedome c. 16. vers 9. saith the bitings of Locusts and of flies killed them neither was there found any remedy for their life Vers. 7. servants the nobles and counsellors of Egypt a snare that is a destruction by the plagues that he bringeth vpon us This word snare usually signifieth the meanes of destruction as Exod 23.
sonnes of Israel went and did even as Iehovah had commanded Moses and Aaron so did they And it was that at midnight Iehovah smote every first-borne in the land of Egypt from the first-borne of Pharaoh that sate on his throne unto the first-borne of the captive that was in the prison house and every first-borne of beasts And Pharaoh rose up in the night he and all his servants and all the Egyptians there was a great crie in Egypt for there was not a house where there was not one dead And hee called for Moses and for Aaron in the night and said Rise up goe out from amongst my people both you and the sonnes of Israel and goe serve Iehovoh as ye have spoken Also take your stockes and your herds as ye have spoken and goe and blesse me also And the Egyptians were urgent upon the people making hast to send them away out of the land for they said We be all dead men And the people tooke up their dough before it was levened their lumps of dough bound up in their cloathes upon their shoulders And the sonnes of Israel did according to the word of Moses and asked of the Egyptians jewles of silver and jewels of gold and garments And Iehovah gave the people grace in the eyes of the Egyptians and they gave them their asking and they spoiled the Egyptians And the sonnes of Israel journied from Rameses to Succoth about sixe hundred thousand on foote that were men beside little ones And also much mixed people went up with them and flockes and herds a very great possession of cattell And they baked the dough which they brought forth out of Egypt cakes unlevened for it was not levened for they were thrust out from Egypt and could not tarry neither had they made ready for themselves any victuall And the dwelling of the sonnes of Israel who dwelt in Egypt was foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres And it was at the end of the foure hundred yeeres and thirty yeeres even in the selfe-same day it was all the armies of Iehovah went out from the land of Egypt It is a night of observations to Iehovah for bringing them out from the land of Egypt this is that night of Iehovah of observations for all the sons of Israel through-out their generations And Iehovah said unto Moses and Aaron This is the statute of the Passeover no strangers sonne shall eat thereof But every servant of any man bought for money when thou hast circumcised him then he shall eat thereof A forreiner and an hired servant shall not eat thereof In one house shall it be eaten thou shalt not carry forth ought of the flesh abroad out of the house and yee shall not breake a bone thereof All the congregation of Israel shall doe it And when a stranger shall sojourne with thee and will doe the Passeover to Iehovah let every male of his be circumcised and then he shall come neere to doe it and he shall be as the home-borne of the land but any uncircumcised shall not eat thereof One law shall be to the home-borne and to the stranger that sojourneth among you And all the sonnes of Israel did even as Iehovah commanded Moses and Aaron so did they And it was in this selfe-same day Iehovah brought forth the sonnes of Israel out of the land of Egypt by their armies Annotations ANd or Also Iebovah had said to wit before Moses had gone out from Pharaohs presence and threatned the death of the first borne Exod. 11. 4. for this pasch all Lambe was got ready the fourth day before it was killed as after is manifest in verse 3. and 6. This moneth â—named in Hebrew Abib Exod. 13. 4. and Nisan Nehem. 2. 1. by which name the Chaldee calleth it in this chapter verse 18. it is with us called March or Aprill for it fell out sometime to be part of both the head that is as the Greeke translateth the beginning So the head that is the beginning of the yeere Ezek. 40. 1. unto you By reason of this their going out of Egypt the yeere which before began in September Exod. 23. 16 hath his beginning to the Iewes Ecclesiastically in Abib or March but for the Iubilees and civill affaires it began as it had done before Levit. 25. 8. 9. 10. This also Iosephus testifieth in Antiq. b. 1. c 4. See the notes on Gen. 7. 11. Because this release of Israel was a figure of the Churches redemption by Christ who reneweth the world 1 Cor. 5. 7. 8. 2 Cor. 5. 17. and who was to suffer death also in this moneth Iohn 18. 28. c. therefore God made it the head and first of the yeere that by it the Church might bee taught to expect the acceptable yeere of the Lord which Christ preached Luk. 4. 19. Vers. 3. the tenth that is the 10. day as the first Matth. 26. 17. is expounded the first day Mar. 14. 12. On this day the Israelites after did goe through Iordan into the land of Canaan Ios. 4. 19. And Christ our paschall Lambe on this day entred Ierusalem riding upon an asse colt and was received of the people with palme branches and crying Hosanna c. Ioh. 12. 1. 12. 13. c. In him this type was truly fulfilled that they or and let them take the Greeke translateth let them take leaving on t the word and which the Hebrew sometime doth as is noted on Gen. 8. 6. lambe or kid a young sheepe or goat as is explained in vers 5. It was a figure of Christ the true Lambe of GOD 1 Cor. 5. 7. Ioh. 1. 29. house that is as the Greeke translateth houses The whole armie of Israel was divided into twelve tribes those tribes into families the families againe into houses and then to particular persons as appeareth by Num. 1. and Ios. 7. 14. c. Vers. 4. to befor or to be above a lambe so that they cannot overcome the same by eating it up The words following shew this to be meant for eating and the Greeke translateth thus if there bee few in the house so that they are not enough for the lamb As the word little or lesse sometime signifieth unworthinesse Gen. 32. 10. so here and elsewhere it signifieth inability which the Scripture maketh plaine as too little to receive 1 King 8. 64. is expounded not able to receive 2 Chro. 7. 7. soules that is persons 〈…〉 make your count or shell number to wit how many are meet and sufficient for the cating of the lambe Our Saviour and his twelve disciples did eat the same together Matth. 26. 18. 20. Of this counting the Iewes doe write gathering it from this law that it must be made whiles the Lambe is yet alive and the passeover might not be killed but for such as were made count of and those they called sonnes of the society that is communicants And that if the Lambe were killed for such as were not counted therefore or for
either sitting or lying but this night lying onely Then the table is brought againe before him and hee faith This Passeover which wee eat is in respect that the Lord passed over the houses of our fathers in Egypt Then holdeth hee up the bitter herbs in his hand and saith These bitter herbs which wee eat are in respect that the Egyptians made the lives of our fathers bitter in Egypt Then hee holdeth up the unlevened bread in his hand and saith This unlevened bread which wee eat is in respect that the dough of our fathers had not time to bee levened when the Lord appeared unto them and redeemed them out of the hand of the enemie and they baked unlevened cakes of the dough which they brought out of Egypt Exodus 12. 39. Then hee saith Therefore are wee bound to confesse to praise to laud to celebrate to glorifie to honour to extoll to magnifie and to ascribe victory unto him that did unto our fathers and unto us all these signes and brought us forth from servitude to freedome from sorrow to joy from darknesse to great light and wee say before him Halelujah Halelujah Praise O yee servants of the LORD c. unto the fâ—â—â—trocke to a fountaine of waters that is the hundred and thirteenth and to the end of the hundred and fourteenth Psalme Then they blesse the Lord which redeemed them and their fathers out of Egypt and hath brought them unto that night to eat unlevened bread therein and bitter herbs And hee blesseth GOD who createth the fruit of the vine and drinketh the second cup. After this hee blesseth for the washing of hands and washeth his hands the second time and taketh two cakes parteth one of them c. and blesseth GOD that bringeth bread out of the earth Because it is said the bread of affliction or of povertie Deuteronomie 16. 3. as it is the manner of the poore to have broken meat so heere is a broken part Afterwards hee wrappeth up of the unlevened bread and of the bitter herbs together and dippeth them in the â—auce and blesseth GOD which commanded to eat unlevened bread and bitter herbs and they eat Then hee blesseth GOD which commanded the eating of the sacrifice and hee eateth the flesh of the feast offring and againe blesseth GOD which commanded the eating of the Passeover and then hee 〈◊〉 of the body of the Passeover After this they â—it long at Supper and eat every one so much as he will and drinke as much as they will drinke Afterward he eateth of the flesh of the Passeover though it bee but so much as an olive and tasteth nothing at all after it that it may be the end of his supper and that the taste of the flesh of the Passeover may remaine in his mouth After this he lifteth up his hands and blesseth for the third cup of wine and drinketh it Then filleth hee the fourth cup and accomplisheth for it the Praise or Hymne and sayeth for it the blessing of the Song which is All thy workes praise thee O Lord c. Psalme 145. 10. and blesseth God that created the fruit of the vine and tasteth nothing at all after it all the night except water And hee may fill the fift cup saying for it the great Hymne the hundred thirty sixe Psalm Confesse ye to the Lord for hee is good for his mercie endureth for ever unto the end of that Psalme But he is not bound they say to that cup as to the foure former cups These things are shewed by Maimony in his treatise of Leven and unlevened bread chapter 8. where also hee noteth some differences at this time when having no Temple they can have no sacrifice neither kill the paschall Lambe but onely use the unlevened bread bitter herbs and wine in their private houses After in his Copie of the Haggadah or Narration of the Passeover hee sheweth what words they used at the breaking and delivering of the unlevened bread This is the bread of affliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt whosoever is hungry let him come and eat whosoever hath neede let him come and keepe the Passeover c. These observations of the Iewes whiles their common-wealth stood and to this day may give light to some particulars in the Passeover that Christ kept as why they lay downe one leaning on anothers bosome Ioh. 13. 23. a signe of rest and security and stood not as at the first Passeover neither â—ate on high as wee use Why Christ rose from supper and washed and sate downe againe Iohn 13. 4. 5. 12. Why hee blessed or gave thankes for the bread apart and for the cup or wine apart Marke 14. 22. 23. and why it is said hee tooke the cup after supper Luke 22. 20. also concerning the Hymne which they sung at the end Matthew 26. 30. and why Paul calleth it the shewing forth of the Lords death 1 Corinthians 11. 26. as the Iewes usually called their Passeover Haggadah that is a Shewing or Declaration But specially we may observe how the bread which was of old a remembrance of their deliverance out of Egypt was sanctified by the Sonne of God to bee a remembrance of his death and of our redemption thereby from Sathan 1 Corinthians 11. 24. 25. 26. for which we have much more cause to praise honour and magnifie the Lord than the Hebrewes had for their temporary salvation Verse 9. raw That raw whereof the Law warneth us is flesh whereon the fire hath begunne to worke and it is roasted a little but not fit for man to eat as yet saith Maimony in Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 6. It might figure a full and due preparation by the preaching of the Gospell and shewing forth of Christs death with an examination of our selues that wee eat not unworthily and so eat judgement to our selves 1 Corinthians 11. 26. 28. 29. sodden at all or any way sod Hebr. sodden sod in water The Iewes explaine it so generally neither to be sodden in water nor in any other liquor or juyce of fruits Neither roasted and afterward sodden nor perboyled and afterward roasted c. Yet they say it was lawfull to baste it with wine or oyle or any liquor except water also lawfull to dip the flesh when it was roasted in liquors or juyce of fruits Maimony in Korban Pesach chapter 8. S. 7. 8. At the Passeover which Christ did eat the Euangelists mention his dipping of a sop and giving it to Iudas Iohn 13. 26. In seething the water is mixed with the flesh the forbidding whereof seemeth to teach the simplicitie that should be in Christ that wee know nothing but Christ and him crucified 2 Corinthians 11. 3. 1 Corinthians 2. 2. with fire a figure both of Gods Spirit compared to fire Matthew 3. 11. through which Christ offred himselfe to God Heb. 9. 14. and of the fire of Gods wrath which Christ was to suffer whiles he was made a curse for us by
terrours of the Law as did the shining face of Moses afterward Exod. 34. 30. 2 Cor. 3. 7. Ps. 119. 105. remooved away being afraid as the Gr. translateth Shewing the effect of the law in their consciences to worke feare by the spirit of bondage which all that are borne of the bondwoman Agar or mount Sina are possessed with Rom. 8. 15. Gal. 4. 24. 25. For they had before come neere and stood under the mount Deut. 4. 11. V. 19. they said by the chiefe of their Tribes and their Elders Deut. 5. 23. will heare do it This speech of theirs God well approved of Deut. 5. 27. 28. For as they desired Moses to bee a mediatour between God and them so the Law is a Schoolemaster to bring us to Christ the mediator of the new Testament Gal. 3. 24. Heb. 12. 24. wherefore upon this speech of theirs God promised Christ unto them Deut. 18. 15. 16. 17. 18. lest we die for this great fire will consume us if we heare the voice of the Lord our God any more we shall dye Deut. 5. 25. Hereby was manifested that there was not a Law given which could give life but that the just should live by faith Gal. 3. 11. 12. 21. For the Law of God and the will of man are adversaries which cannot bee reconciled but by grace in Christ onely through feare man faineth to love the Law but by faith it is fulfilled Rom. 5. 1. 2. and 8. 1. 4. Vers. 20. Feare not but as the Gr. translateth be of good comfort He encourageth them against the exceeding feare which dismaied them for otherwise it was the purpose of God that by this they might learne to feare him Deu. 4. 10. So when the Angell said Feare not Matt. 28. 5. he meant bee not affrighted or dismayed Mar. 16. 6. is come as the Chaldee paraphraseth his glorie is revealed to tempt or to prove see Exod. 15. 25. not sinne thus the Law was added because of trangressions Gal. 3. 19. to manifest sin and to restraine men from it Rom. 3. 20. Psal. 119. 11. Iam. 2. 9. for without the Law sinne is dead Rom. 7. 8. But sin which dwelleth in us that it might appeare sin and might become exceeding sinfull reviveth by the Law taketh occasion by the Commandement deceiveth us and slayeth us so that which was ordained unto life we find to be unto death Rom. 7. 13. 9. 10. 11. But what the Law could not doe in that it was weake through the flesh God hath done sending his owne sonne in the likenesse of sinfull flesh and for sin condemned sinne in the flesh Rom. 8. 3. Ver. 21. thicke darknesse or tempestuous darknesse The Hebrew gnaraphel which signifieth thicke or obscure darknesse is by the Holy Ghost translated in Greeke thuella Heb. 12. 18. which signifieth a tempest and so the Lxx. translate it in Deut. 4. 11. and 5. 22. Ver. 22. the heavens This was when God came downe upon mount Sina Neh. 9. 13. upon earth also he shewed them his great fire and they heard his voice out of the midst of the fire which did ever people heare and live Deut. 4. 36 33. Ver. 22. with me to wit any gods with me which the Chaldee translateth before me as in verse 3. So with me in Esth. 7. 8. is used for before me and with the arke of God 2 Sam 6. 7. is expounded before God 1 Chron. 13. 10. gods that is idols of gold or silver representing God unto you Thus Israel when they made the calfe in the wildernesse which was an idoll Act. 7. 41. are said to have made them Gods of gold Exod 32. 8. 31. and the idols or images of the Philistines are called their gods 2 Sam. 5. 21. 1 Chron. 14. 12. Vers. 24. of earth this seemeth to differ from the brazen altar which was after made in the Sanctuarie Exodus 27. 1. 2. though some thinke it was the same and being hollow was filled with earth But earthen altars were used before as is noted on Genesis 8. 20. And an altar was made by Israel Exodus 24. 4. before that altar of brasse Exodus 38. Here an altar of earth is opposed to the gods of silver and gold before prohibited For God is to be worshipped in spirit and truth not with outward carnall pompe Iohn 4. 24. And as the altar figured Christ Hebrewes 13. 10. so his earthly or humane nature was hereby signified for he was made of the seed of David according to the flesh Romanes 1. 3. peace-offrings or thanke-offrings of these see Levit. 1. and 3. make the memoriall or cause the remembrance of my name to be or make you to remember my name that is all places of publike worship and service of God and monuments of him such as were the many encamping places in the wildernesse and sundry afterward in the land of Canaan altars arke tabernacle temple c. For as Absalom erected a pillar to keepe his name in remembrance 2 Samuel 18. 18. so God chose out places to put his name there Deuter. 12. 5. as in Ierusalem 1 King 14. 21. and in his temple there 1 King 8. 29. and before that in his Tabernacle and Arke where David set Levites to make mention or memoriall and to confesse and praise the Lord God of Israel 1 Chron. 16. 4. So in the heavenly Ierusalem builded by Christ Esay 62. 6. The Chaldee paraphraseth in every place where I shall make my Divinity or my glory to dwell the Greek where I shall name my name which phrase Paul useth 2 Tim. 2. 19. blesse thee Hereupon are those speeches he blesseth thy sonnes within thee Ierusalem Psal. 147. 13. and Iehovah blesse thee out of Sion Psalm 134. 3. and Obed-Edoms house was blessed because of the Arke of the Lord 2. Sam. 6. 12. and sundry the like Vers. 25. of hewen stones so the Greek and Chaldee expresse the Hebrew phrase of hewing whereby is meant stones of hewing as is expressed in 1 King 5. 17 that is stones hewed of such the altar might not be built but of whole stones over which no man had lift up any iron as Iesus did on mount Ebal Ios. 8. 30. 31. thy toole or thy axe thy sword any iron or edge toole therefore in Deut. 27. 5. Moses useth the word iron And the Hebrew Chereb an axe or sword here used hath the name of wasting or destroying being instruments of warre for destruction of men and of towers as in Ezek. 26. 6. 9. and is here forbidden in making the altar and in the building of Salomons Temple no iron toole was heard 1 King 6. 7. polluted Thus that which in mans judgement and art should polish it Gods Law maketh to be pollution So humane wisdome of speech in preaching the Gospell maketh the crosse of Christ vaine and of none effect 1 Cor. 1. 17. and 2. 4. 5. Vers. 26. by steps or by stayres greeces albeit the altar was higher then other places and the
of Israel From hence the Hebrewes gather as R. Solomon on this place that it was not lawfull for them to have their causes judged by infidels And Paul hath a much like doctrine in 1 Cor. 6. 1. Vers. 2. Hebrew servant that is as the Chaldee explaineth it a sonne of Israel see Exod. 3. 18. A man might not buy an Hebrew but either when hee willingly sold himselfe for extreme poverty Deut. 15. 12. Levit. 25. 39. or when he was sold against his will by the Magistrate for theft which he was not able to restore Exod. 22. 3. shall serve the Greeke explaineth it shall serve thee This might not be with the service of a bond-servant but as an hired servant and without rigour Levit. 25. 39. 40. 43. For the time the Hebrew canons say He whom the Synedrion the Magistrates sell serveth sixe yeeres from the day of his sale and in the beginning of his seventh yeere he goeth out free If the yeere of release Deut. 15. 1. fall out within any of the sixe yeeres yet hee serveth in it but if the yeere of Iubilee fall though he be sold but one yeere before yet he goeth out free as Levit. 25. 40. 41. 54. He that selleth himselfe may doe it for moe than sixe yeeres If it be for tenne or twentie yeeres and the Iubilee fall out within a yeere after he is sold hee goeth out free Maimony in Misneh treat of servants cap. 2. S. 2. 3. free or a free man as both Greeke and Chaldee doe interpret it This state of servitude figured their subjection unto sinne under the Law Rom. 6. 6. 16. 17. Galat. 4. 25. the seventh yeere figured the time of grace by Christ who proclaimed by his Gospell the acceptable yeere of the Lord Esa. 61. 2. Luke 4. 18. 19. he by his truth maketh men free in deed Ioh. 8. 32. 36. that sinne hath no more dominion over them Rom. 6. 14. 18. for nothing or for nought freely without money as is explained verse 11. or moneys worth Gen. 29. 15. It signified the free gift of mans redemption and iustification by the grace of Christ Rom. 3. 24. where the Apostle useth the same Greeke word Dorean by which the Hebrew is in Greeke translated here Vers. 3. with his body onely and hath no wife as the words following manifest therfore the Greeke and Chaldee translateth it himselfe alone of a wise which is entred into servitude with him therefore the Greeke translateth it thus If a wife came in together with him then the wife shall goe out together with him Vers. 4. given him a wife to wit an heathen bond woman for such onely with their children might be left in servitude Levit. 25. 44. neither might any man thus deale with an Hebrew woman as is after shewed in vers 7. c. And this thing which God here commandeth not but tolerateth the Hebrew Doctors restraine to him onely that is sold by the Magistrate saying Hee whom the Magistrates doe sell his master may give him a Canaanitesse bond woman c. and compell him hereunto that he may beget servants or slaves of her and hee may lawfully use her all the daies of his servitude Exodus 21. 4. but he that selleth himselfe is forbidden a Canaanitesse bond-woman as are all other men of Israel But An Hebrew servant may not have to wife a Canaanitesse untill he have an Israelitesse wife and children For if he have not a wife and children his master may not give him a Canaanitesse And this is by tradition that although he be a Priest that is sold yet he may have a Canaanitesse bond-woman all the daies of his servitude If he have wife and children though his master may give him a Canaanitesse yet may hee not separate him from his wife and children as it is written vers 3. HIS WIFE WITH HIM And hee may not give him two bond women nor give one bond-woman to two Hebrew servants as is the manner to give unto two Canaanite servants These things are recorded by Maimony in his treat of Servants chap. 3. S. 3. 4. 5. with his body that is alone as the Greeke translateth it For his children borne of the bond-woman are bond-men also as the example of Ismael whom Abraham begat of Agar sheweth Genes 21. 9. 10. Galat. 4. 22. 23. 30. So the Hebrew canons also testifie An Israelite that lieth with a Canaanitesse bond-woman c. begetteth a Canaanite in every respect who may be sold and bought and made to serve for ever as other bond-men Maimony treat of Servants chap. 9. Sect. 1. Vers. 5. saying shall say that is shall freely openly and plainely say Greeke shall answer and say my master in Deut. 15. 16. is mentioned also his house from which the Hebrewes gather that if the master have not wife and children the servant is not to be bored in the eare or if his master love not him or if either the master or servant be sicke the servant is not to be bored for it is said in Deut. 15. 16. because he is well with thee Maimony treat of Servants chap. 3. Sect. 11. Vers. 6. the gods that is the Iudges or Magistrates called gods in Psalme 82. 1. 6. because the Word of God was given to them Ioh. 10. 34. 35. So the Chaldee translateth it Iudges the Greeke the judgment of God The Rabbines expound it the Synedrion or Court of three judges and that was the lowest Court. Maimony in Servants chap. 3. Sect. 9. But withall they say None are called Elohim Gods but the Iudges ordained in the land of Israel onely and such as were wise men fit for to judge whom the Senate of the Land of Israel sought out and appointed and imposed hands upon them Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 4. Sect. 4. the doore either of his masters house or of any other mans saith Maimony in treat of Servants chap. 3. his master this the Hebrew Doctors hold strictly must be done by the master himselfe not by his sonne nor by his messenger nor by a messenger of the magistrates Maimony in the same place his eare this the Hebrewes explaine to be his right eare and through the body of it And because the Law saith for servants that at the Iubilee they should return unto their familie Leviticus 25. 41. they doe except the priests from this An Hebrew servant that is a priest may not be bored in the eare because he is made thereby blemished and cannot therefore returne unto his dignitie Maimony treat of Servants chap. 3. Sect. 8. serve him for ever that is as Maimony there explaineth it till the Iubilee or till his masters death If hee die and leave a sonne yet he that is bored serveth not his sonne for it is said he shall serve him not his sonne for ever to his ever of Iubilee The Law for the Iubilee which was every fiftieth yeere see in Levit. 25. 13. 28. 40. 41. and as the word Ever for many things
reached but to the Iubilee so sometime it is but during life as 1 Sam. 1. 22. Thus by all meanes God provided to keepe men out of bondage as he had brought them out of Egyptian servitude to be his servants Levit. 25. 42. Nehem. 5. 8. And the Apostle saith If thou canst be made free use it rather 1 Cor. 7. 21. Especially God taught them hereby to labour for the Libertie which Christ at his Iubilee should bring unto them Ioh. 8. 32. 34. 36. and not to be the servants of men 1 Cor. 7. 23. And by this outward state of servants led them from the bondage of the Law at mount Sina to the freedome of the Gospell at mount Sion Galat. 4. 24. 25. 26. c. For the aule through the eare signified the sharpe iron precepts which men were bound to obey in their going out and comming in their whole administration till either the death of the master or the Iubilee did release them So the Apostle saith The Law hath dominion over a man as long as he liveth c. When wee were in the flesh the passions of sinnes which were by the Law wrought effectually in our members to bring forth fruit unto death but now we are delivered from the Law that being dead wherein we were held that we should serve in ne 〈…〉 of the spirit and not in oldnesse of the letter Romans 7. 1. 5. 6. Vers. 7. sell his daughter which the Hebrew canons say hee might not doe but while shee was a girle under the age and state of mariage not after neither might he sell her but for extreme povertie when he had nothing left of goods moveable or unmoveable unto the cloathes on his backe Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 1. 2. An example hereof was among the poore Iewes returned our of Babylon Nehem. 5. 1. 5. 8. maid-servant or hand maid see Gen. 16. 1. This servitude by the Law must bee but till the seventh yeere as was before for men-servants whom the Magistrates sold or till the Iubilee if it fell out before Deut 15. 12. Levit. 25. 40. or by the Hebrew canons till the death of her master as the servants that is as slaves basely and with dishonour for the Hebrew men and women might not be made to serve as servants but as hired persons and sojourners Levit. 25. 39. 40. Although therefore this by some is referred to the former law of men-servants in verse 2. 3. c. yet the Greeke translation changeth the gender and so understandeth it of bond-women or slaves And the Iew Doctors referre it to that which followeth in verse 26. 27. that an Hebrew handmaid goeth not out for losse of limme as of eye tooth c. but must receive satisfaction for such hurts as any other of Israel according to the Law in verse 24. Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 6. Vers. 8. evill that is displeasing as the Greeke also translateth it that he doe not betroth her unto himselfe oâ—to his sonne verse 9. Or who hath betrothed her to himselfe for the Hebrew hath both readings the first in the line the latter in the margine And the writing differeth in the eye * 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 lo not and to to himselfe but hath no difference in the eare so Moses hearing it of God did by his spirit write both and the margine is that which in the Hebrew is noted to be read The Hebrew Doctors in Thalmud Bab. in Nedarim chap. 4. fol. 37. b. say The words read and not written and written and not read were the tradition of Moses from mount Sinai that is as the Hebrew scholion on that place noteth so Moses received in Sinai and delivered to Israel The Chaldee version in this and other the like places translateth according to the margin an evident proofe that these divers readings were not added by the Masorites as some thinke seeing the Masorites were not so ancient The Greeke copies here varie some having hath betrothed her to him othersome hath not betrothed and so Theâ—lotio and Symmachus also translated hath not betrothed The meaning seemeth to bee if he take dislike of her either before or after shee is betrothed By the Iewes canons An Hebrew maid might not be sold but unto one who either himselfe or his sonne might betroth her when she was mariageable As a man might not sell his daughter to his sonne because she was not meet for her master who was her brother nor for her masters sonns because shee was his fathers sister Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 11. shall he let her or cause her to be redeemed the Greeke translateth he shall redeeme her The Hebrewes say If her master have bethrothed her to him-selfe or to his sonne she is as other betrothed women and goeth not out but by the death of her husband or by bill and the commandement to betroth is before the commandement to redeeme If her master dye his sonne cannot betroth her to himselfe because she goeth out free by her masters death Maimony treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 7. 8. to a strange people that is to any stranger the Chaldee interprets it to another man And Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 10. saith he may not sell her nor give her to another man whether he be one farre off or neere and if he either sell or give her it is nothing that he doth unfaithfully transgressed or dealt deceitfully and treacherously failing of that which was expected at his hands The Chaldee translateth he hath ruled over her Vers. 9. of daughters which the Chaldee explaineth of the daughters of Israel as is right and custome to be done with all other maids which are not servants This may be understood of giving a a dowrie as Exod. 22. 16. 17. and all other priviledges of a free woman Vers. 10. take him this the Greeke interpreteth take to himselfe though it may imply both the father and the sonne forespoken of her mariage dutie the due benevolence betweene man and wife such as the Apostle speaketh of 1 Cor. 7. 3. and so the Greek translateth it conversation or companying together the Hebrew Doctors also explain it from the phrase in Gen. 19. 31. to goe in unto her after the way of all the earth Vnto these three the Hebrewes adde seven moe their words are When a man marieth a wife whether she be a virein or otherwise be she great or small a daughter of Israel or a proselyte he oweth unto her ten things and she oweth foure Of the ten three are in the Law her food her rayment and her mariage duty that is to goe in unto her after the manner of all the earth And seven are by the doctrine of the Scribes The first is the principall of the dowrie which for a maid was fiftie shekels as is noted on Exod. 22. 17 and the other are called conditions of the dowrie and they are these to heale her
if she be sicke to redeeme her if she be taken captive to bury her if she dye and to let her be nourished of his goods and to dwell in his house after he dye all the time of her widowhood that her children which shee hath by him be nourished of his goods after his death untill they be espoused that her male children which she hath by him be heires of her dowrie above their portion of inheritance which they have with their brethren And the foure things which she oweth are that the workes of her hands be his that her presence or attendance be upon him that he eat of all the fruits of her goods during her life and if she die while he live that he be her heire hee is before any man in inheriting that she hath Maimony treat of Wives chap. 12. Sect. 1. 2. 3. withdraw or keepe backe as the word signifieth in Numbers 9. 7. the Greeke translateth it defraâ—â— which word Paul useth in speech of the like thing Defraud not one the other 1 Cor. 7. 5. Vers. 11. these three mentioned last in verse 10. or one of those three fore-mentioned touching her bethrothing to himselfe or to his sonne or her redeeming In this latter sense Maimony expoundeth it in his treat of Servants chap. 4. Sect. 9. freely or for nothing as verse 2. Vers. 12. that smiteth to wit wilfully as the next verse manifesteth See the notes on Gen. 9. 6. put to die or made to die that is killed by the Magistrate and the doubling of the word maketh the charge more strait for no ransome might be taken for the life of a wilfull murderer Numbers 35. 31. The Hebrew Doctors say Foure deaths were in Israel by the Iudges Stoning and Burning and Slaying with the sword and Strangling or Hanging Stoning was heavier than burning and burning heavier then killing with the sword and the sword heavier then strangling All that were to be stoned to death by the law were eighteene namely these 1 Hee that lieth with his owne mother 2 or with his fathers wife 3 or with his daughter in law 4 or with a betrothed maid 5 or with the male 6 or with any beast 7 The woman that lieth downe to a beast 8. The blasphemer 9 He that worshippeth on Idoll 10 or that giveth of his seed to Molech 11 He that hath a familiar spirit 12 and the Wizard Leviticus 20. 27. 13 The inticer to idolatrie Deuter. 13. 6. 14 and the withdrawer or thruster away to idolatrie Deuteronomie 13. 13. 15 The witch 16 The prophaner of the Sabbath 17 He that curseth his father or his mother 18 and there bellious some Deuter. 21. All that were to be burned were ten 1 The priests daughter that playeth the whore under her husband 2 and he that lieth with his daughter 3 or with his daughters daughter 4 or with his sons daughter 5 or with his wives daughter 6 or with her daughters daughter 7 or with her sonnes daughter 8 or with his mother in law 9 or with the mother of his mother in law 10 or with the mother of his father in law Who so lay with any of these whiles his wife lived was to be burned The killed with the sword were two 1 The murderer 2 and the drawne away to idols Deuteâ—onomie 13 15. The strangled were sixe 1 He that lieth with another mans wife 2 Hee that smiteth his father or his mother 3 Hee that steales a soule of Israel 4 The Elder that rebelleth against the decree of the Senate Deuteronomie 17. 12. 5 The false Prophet 6 and he that prophesieth in the name of another god So there are â—ound in all which were to be slaine by the Magistrate thirty and sixe Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 14. Sect. 1. 4. and chap. 15. Sect. 10. 13. Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin chap. 7. and 9. Likewise the Chaldee paraphrase on Ruth 1. 17. in the Masorites Bible saith Naomi said wee have foure judgements of death for malefactors Stoning with stones Burning with fire Killing with the sword and Hanging on tree Vers. 13. not lâ—en in wait not hunted as 1 Samuel 24. 12. The Greeke translateth not willing See this more explained in Num. 35. 22. 23. occasionally delivered or offered by chance an example whereof is set downe in Deut. 19. 5. The Greeke and Chaldee translate delivered a place in the land of Canaan the cities of refuge whereof see Num. 35. 6. c. before that there were not any vnlesse Gods Sanctuary and Altar in the wildernesse as may be conjectured by the verse here following and the practice of Ioab 1 Kin. 2. 28. Vers. 14. shall come presumptuously or shall deale proudly the Chaldee saith doe wickedly It meaneth wittingly wilfully and presumptuously from my in Chaldee from before my altar The Greeke addeth and flee unto the altar from my altar shalt thou take him c. But Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it thus though hee be the high priest who standeth and ministreth before me from thhnce shall yee take him and kill him Ioab fearing his life fled unto and caught hold on the hornes of the altar 1 King 28. and among the Heathens altars were places of refuge The wilde beast hath the Rocke for a refuge and seruants the altars of God saith Euripides in Supplic to die or unto death that is to put him to death as the Greeke and Chaldee translate Vers. 15. his father c. though he kill him not yet hee is to die for it as by comparison with the 12. verse appeareth So the Hebrew Doctors also expound it but with limitation for they teach if a childe smite father or mother and leave no print of the stripe on the flesh he is to be punished but not with death if hee leave an impression or skarre or that which is equivalent as when hee smiteth his father on the eare and maketh him deafe such a one is to be put to death as Maimony sheweth it treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 5. 6. Vers. 16. a man any of the sonnes of Israel saith the Greeke translation and also the Chaldee paraphrase And so doth Moses explaine this Law in Deut. 24. 7. a soule that is man woman or child of his brethren of the sonnes of Israel Vers. 17. curseth or speaketh evill to revileth useth light vile and reproachfull speech see Genesis 12. 3. put to die the holy Ghost in Matth. 15. 4. following the Greeke version translateth let him be ended with death that is killed This law is repeated in Levit. 20. 9. The Hebrew Doctors say that if he curse them either alive or dead hee is to be stoned to death for it But they restraine this to his next parents onely if he curse his grand-father they teach hee is not to be stoned but punished as for cursing anotherman Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 5. Sect. 1. 2. Vers. 18. fist so the Greeke translateth but the Chaldee is a clod of earth falleth that is lieth on
in his beast and shall feed in anothers field of the best of his owne field and the best of his vineyard shall he pay When fire shall goe forth and finde thornes and a stacke of corne or the standing corne or a field bee consumed he that kindled the fire shall paying pay When a man shall give unto his neighbour money or stuffe to keep and it be stollen out of the mans house if the theefe be found he shall pay double If the theefe bee not found then the master of the house shall be brought unto the gods if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods For every matter of trespasse for oxe for asse for sheepe for raiment for every losse which he shall say that this is he the matter of them both shall come unto the gods whom the gods shall condemne he shall pay double unto his neighbour When a man shall give unto his neighbour asse or oxe or sheepe or any beast to keepe and it die or be broken or driven away none seeing it An oath of Iehovah shall be betweene them both if he have not put forth his hand unto his neighbours goods and the owner of it shall accept it and he shall not pay And if it be stollen by stealth from him hee shall pay unto the owner thereof If it bee torne in pieces let him bring it for witnesse that which is torne he shall not pay And when a man shall borrow ought of his neighbour and it be broken or die the owner thereof being not with it paying he shall pay If the owner thereof be with it hee shall not pay if it be an hired thing it came for his hire And when a man shall entice a maid that is not betrothed and lie with her endowing he shall endow her to himselfe to wife If her father refusing shall refuse to give her unto him hee shall weigh the money according to the dowrie of virgins Thou shalt not suffer a witch to live Whosoever lieth with a beast hee shall bee put to die the death Hee that sacrificeth to the gods shall be utterly destroied except unto Iehovah even to him onely And a stranger thou shalt not vexe neither shalt thou oppresse him for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt Ye shall not afflict any widow or fatherlesse childe If afflicting thou shalt afflict him surely if crying he shall cry unto me hearing I will heare his cry And my anger shall wax hot and I will kill you with the sword and your wives shall be widowes and your sons fatherlesse If thou lend money to my people to the poore man with thee thou shalt not be to him as an exacting cred 〈…〉 ye shall not lay upon him biting usurie If for a pledge thou take to pledge thy neighbours raiment thou shalt returne it unto him before the Sunne goeth down For that is his covering that only that is his raiment for his skin wherein shall he sleepe And it shall be when he crieth unto me then I will heare for I am gracious Thou shalt not revile the gods the ruler of thy people thou shalt not curse Thy full-ripe fruit and thy liquor thou shalt not delay the first-borne of thy sons shalt thou give unto me So shalt thou doe with thine oxe and with thy sheep seven daies it shall be with his mother in the eighth day thou shalt give it unto me And ye shall be unto mee men of holinesse and ye shall not eat flesh torn in the field ye shall cast it to the dogge Annotations A Sheepe or a lambe a young sheepe or young goat for the Hebrew word comprehendeth both Exod. 12. 3. Deut. 14. 4. five oxen or five of the herd for an oxe and foure of the flocke for a sheepe the Hebrew differeth in word but the Greeke version keepeth the same words here that were before This Law was if the oxe were killed or sold but if it were found in his hand alive hee paid but two for one v. 4. neither was it for any other theft than of the oxe and sheepe for all other the theefe paid but the double as the Hebrew canons plainely expresse Maimony treat of Theft chap. 1. Sect. 6. But these bâ—cause of the profit use and service which the owners might have of them and in particular for sacrifices to God which might not be with any other beasts were to be paid five and fourefold And as the theft was bolder and the losse greater of an oxe than of a sheepe so the punishment was more Vers. 2. in the digging through that is digging or breaking through an house as Matthew 24. 43. or in the hole digged and so entring by the breach By this the Hebrewes understand all other indirect waies by which the theefe may enter but this is specified because it is the way of most theeves to enter by digging through in the night Maimony treat of Theft chap. 9. sect 8. no bloods for him that is none shall be put to death for killing that theefe Or it may bee read thus no bloods shall be to him meaning to the killer of the theefe he shall not have murder imputed to him so the phrase is used in Numbers 35. 27. The Hebrew Doctors explaine it thus If the master of the house or any other man kill him they are guiltlesse yea it is free for any to kill him either on the working day or on the Sabbath day with any death that they can put him to c. And wherefore doth the Law permit this Because it is the manner of such that if the masier of the house should withstand and hinder them they will kill him And it is found that hee which comes into his neighbours house to steale is as hee that pursueth his neighbour to kill him Such a one therefore may be killed be he great or small man or woman Maimony treat of Theft chap. 9. Sect. 7. 9. Vers. 3. risen upon him if it be cleere day when the theefe breaketh in who so killeth him his blood shall bee shed therefore For the Sun the Chaldee paraphrast translateth the eye of witnesses But Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 10. giveth this sense If the matter be cleere to the master of the house that this theefe will not kill him and that he commeth not but to steale goods it is unlawfull to kill him and if he kill him he is a man slayer as it is written IF THE SVN BE RISEN VPON HIM if the thing be cleere as the Sunne unto thee that he is at peace with thee thou shalt not kill him he the theefe shall surely pay therefore kill him not But the Greeke version referreth it to the slayer that he shall pay that is be put to death for him he shall be sold for a servant by the Magistrate see Exodus 21. 2. c. And in the Iewish canons it is explained thus If hee have nothing neither moveable goods nor
afarre off This though it were a speciall favour to the Elders and served for confirmation of the things spoken by Moses yet signified it the impotency of the Law which kept men afar off and could not bring them neere unto the Lord nor unite them unto him as the Gospell of Christ doth by faith Heb. 10. 19. 22. and 12. 18. 22. c. Vers. 2. with him with Moses not with the Elders therefore the Greeke translateth with them For the people abode beneath at the foot of the mount the Elders went up as it were halfe way and saw part of Gods glory vers 9. 10. but Moses himselfe went up to the top of the mount into the darke cloud v. 18. For the Law was to bee given by the hand or ministerie of a mediatour Gal. 3. 19. Ver. 3. will doe the Greeke addeth and heare or obey as is expressed in v. 7. Thus the covenant between God and Israel was established by mutuall and willing consent albeit they yet knew not the impossibilitie of the Law which is weak through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. So in Exod. 19. 8. Vers. 4. wrote in a booke Heb. 9. 19. for the stonie tables were written by the finger of God him-selfe Exod. 31. 18. an altar which represented God the first and chiefe party in the covenant pillars or statues the Gr. translateth them stones and pillars were wont to be of stones erected Gen. 28. 18. 22. and 31. 45. and 35. 14. according to or for the twelve tribes that is to represent them the other party in the Covenant and their hard stony nature as the tables of stone signified their stony hearts 2 Cor. 3. 3. 14. See Exod. 31. 1â— Vers. 5. the yong men that is the first borne as the Chaldee translateth which were priests or sacrificers untill the Levites taken in stead of the first-borne of Israel Numb 3. 41. had the priesthood in their tribe And the Hebrew word doth not alwaies signifie men yong in yeers but fit for service or ministerie to their elders so Iesus the servant of Moses and other such servants are often called yong men Exod. 33. 11. Gen. 14. 24. 22. 3. 2 Sam. 18. 15. 1 King 20. 14. of peace-offerings Gr. of salvation By these two sorts of sacrifices whereof see Lev. 1. and 3. chap. the sanctification of the people was testified who by the death of Christ whom these sacrifices did figure out presented themselves wholly to God as obedient servants and shewed thankfulnesse for the peace and salvation which through him they had obtained Rom. 12. 1. 2. Heb. 13. 15. See also the notes on Exod. 19. 10. bullocks and other beasts as the Apostle testifieth of bullocks and of goats Heb. 9. 19. but the one is here named as principall Vers. 6. on the altar and so on the booke Heb. 9. 19 which as it seemeth was laid on the altar to bee sanctified thereby Vers. 7. and obey or heare hearken unto that is g 〈…〉 y learne and obey See the notes on Exodus 4. 31. Vers. 8. on the people which may be meant of the twelve pillars set up to represent the people vers 4. Howbeit the Chaldee paraphrase saith he sprinkled it on the Altar to make propitiation for the people Thus the first covenant or testament was not dedicated without blood as the Apostle observeth in Heb. 9. 18. 23. and the patternes of heavenly things were purified by the blood of these sacrifices signifying that Christ by his death should sanctifie himselfe for his people and them unto himselfe by the blood of a better testament Iohn 17. 19. Heb. 9. 13. 14. 1 Pet. 1. 2. And whereas the sprinkling and purifying in the Law was usually done with water scarlet wooll and hyssope Levit. 14. 6. 7. the Apostle telleth us that this here was so done though Moses nameth them not Heb. 9. 19. behold c. the Apostle explaineth it thus This is the blood of the Covenant or of the Testament which God hath commanded unto you Heb. 9. 20. Thus the Sacrament of the old Testament confirmed by the blood of beasts had a resemblance unto the New Testament established upon better promises and confirmed by the blood of Christ. But that was for workes of the Law this is for remission of sins Mat. 26. 28. Heb. 9. 15. Vers. 10. the God that is signes of the glory and presence of the God of Israel For never man saw God neither can see him 1 Tim. 6. 16. Therefore the Chaldee expounds it The glory of the God of Israel and the Greeke translateth they saw the place where the God of Israel stood of Saphire bricke Hebrew bricke of Saphire whereby is meant Saphire stone hewed like bricke wherewith the place under him was paved So also the Greeke translateth it Or it may be Englished of whitenesse of Saphire that is of white Saphire stone for bricke â—ath the name in Heb. of whitenesse The Chaldee translateth under the throne of his glory was as 〈◊〉 were a worke of precious stone The Saphire is also mentioned in Ezekiels vision of Gods Throne and glorie Ezekiel 1. 26. It is a very precious transâ—atent stone of the colour of the skie see Ex 〈…〉 s 28. 19. The worke of bricke might call them 〈◊〉 remember their bricke worke in Egypt Exodus 1. 14. and 5. 16. 19. from which bondage God now had brought them to labour in the heavenly worke of his Law and the mysteries of â—he same whereby the throne of his glory should be erected among them and his Church which â—s as the footstoole of the Lord Lam. 2. 1. should have the foundations laid with Saphires Esay 54. â—1 and such should be the polishing of the Saints Lamentations 4. 7. the body the Greeke â—nd Chaldee translate the sight or semblance of heaven And this cleere heavenly appearance â—id see forth the favour of God towards them 〈◊〉 keepe his Covenant as on the contrary a darke or cloudy Heaven is a signe of Gods displeasure Ieremy 4. 23. 28. Zeph. 1. 15. It signified also the cleannesse puritie that should be in the people of God for clearnesse or in puritie Vers. 11. the Nobles or the select or chosen men as the Greeke translateth meaning those Elders spoken of in verse 9. laid not his hand that is hurt or affrighted them not because they went up by the leave and Word of God not of their owne temeritie which was before forbidden Exodus 19. 21. So the laying of the hand often signifieth Nehemiah 13. 21. Psal. 55. 21. so the Chaldee translateth they had not hurt and the Greeke not one of them was dismayed or killed did eate c. The Chaldee paraphraseth they saw the glory of God and rejoyced in their sacrifices which were accepted as if they had eaten and drunke So other of the Hebrewes as in Elle shemoth rabbah say they fed their eyes with the brightnesse of the Majestie of God Christ promising felicitie to his Disciples sayth
great among the gentiles and in every place incense should be offred unto his name Mal. 1. 11. and the Spirit of grace and of supplications should be in larger measure poured out upon the Church Zach. 12. 10. roofe by the roofe and wals are meant the top and sides a similitude taken from an house The Greek translateth hearth and walls a crowne The like was made about the Arke Exodus 25. 11. and about the Table Exodus 25. 24. To these the Hebrewes apply the three crownes as they call them of Israel the Crowne of the Law that is the Arke the Crowne of the Priesthood that is the golden Altar and the Crowne of the Kingdome that is the Table R. Elias in Preface to Sepher Reshith chocmah page 2. Vers. 4. places Hebrew houses so Exodus 25. 27. By the barres in these the golden Altar was caried when the host and tabernacle removed Num. 4. 5. 11. 25. Vers. 6. 〈…〉 t with thee to answer by oracle as before Exod. 29. 42. The Greeke translateth I will be knowne unto thee there the Chaldee saith I will prepare my word for thee there This golden Altar figured out Christ in respect of his mediation with God for his Church by whom and in whose name we offer up praises and prayers unto God 〈…〉 3. 15. Ioh. 16. 23. 24. which prayers 〈…〉 unto incense Psalm 14â— â—â— There 〈…〉 〈◊〉 the foure hornes of the golden Altar a â—â— heard Revel 9. 13. as answering to the 〈…〉 God 's people in Christ. 〈…〉 or cense perfume of-sweet 〈…〉 〈…〉 that is sweet odoriferous in 〈…〉 compounded of sundry things as after 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈…〉 Therefore the Greeke translateth it 〈…〉 every morning Hebrew in 〈…〉 in the morning dresseth or trim 〈…〉 Hebrew maketh well As the Lamps signified the light of Gods Word and incense prayers so the doing of these both at one time signified our joyning of prayers with our exercises in the Word 〈…〉 Acts 6. 4. Vers. 8. to ascend that is to burne see Exodus 27. 20. The order of burning incense as the Hebrew Doctors have recorded was that one went and gathered the ashes from off the Altar into a golden vessell another brought a vessell full of incense another brought a censer with fire and put coales on the Altar and he whose office it was to burne the incense when the other having bowed themselves downe were gone out strowed the incense on the fire when he was bidden so to doe by the governour At which time all the people went out of the Temple from betweene the porch and the Altar in Solomons Temple And every day they burned the weight of an hundred 〈◊〉 of incense fifty at morning and fifty at evening Those 100 denarios were a pound amongst them and weighed fifty shekels of the Sanctuary every shekell being in weight 320 Barley cornes And when the priest had burned the incense he bowed him downe and went his way 〈◊〉 Maimony treat of the Daily service Chap. 3. so that Zachary as his lot fell burned incense in the Temple the whole multitude of the people were without at prayer while the incense was burning Luk. 1. 9. 10. By this service God taught then that the faithfull prayers of his people are sweet as incense and acceptable unto him whiles our priest Christ Iesus doth by his mediation put 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the prayers of all Saints Psalm 141. 〈…〉 3. 4. Heb. 8. 1. 2. and 9. 24. Rom. 8. 34. For the Priests in the Law served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things Heb. 8. 5. 〈…〉 Hebrew incense of continuation that is which continually every day should be offred So wee are willed to pray without ceasing 〈…〉 and Christ our High Priest ever liveth to make intercession for us Hebrewes 7. 25. and 〈…〉 〈…〉 〈◊〉 incense in Greeke other incense the 〈…〉 received from other persons or made of othâ—â— composition then is after commanded 〈…〉 34. 35. 36. The Chaldee translateth it 〈…〉 The Hebrew Doctors explaine If they put honey amongst it it was all 〈…〉 if there wanted any one of the sweet spices thereof he was in danger of death for loe it 〈…〉 if hee burned other in 〈…〉 or burned upon it incense like this which was voluntarily brought by any private person or by many c. Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary Chap. 2. Sect. 8. 11. It figured the prayers of the Saints which must be according to the will of God by his Spirit and in faith not after the tradition of man or will of the flesh 1 Ioh. 5. 14. Rom. 8. 26. Matth. 21. 22. and 15. 9. Luke 11. 1. 2. c. Vers. 10. once or one time which was the tenth day of the seventh moneth the day of Reconciliation as Levit. 16. 18. 29. 30. See the annotations there of the Sinne offring the Greeke translateth of the purgation of sinnes which phrase Paul useth saying of Christ that he made a purgation of our sinnes that is cleansed us from them Heb. 1. 3. of atonements that is whereby reconciliation was made Which being a figure of the blood of Christ reconciling us to God Heb. 2. 17. signified that the imperfections and sinnes which cleave even to the best prayers of the Saints are to be pardoned and purified by that blood and death holy of holies that is a most holy thing Hebr. holinesse of holinesses 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 21 Section of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 12. summe or compt in Hebrew head because the summe is as the head of the number Therfore the Gr. here interpreteth it computation and the Chaldee Compt or Number So in Numb 1. 2. by those that are to be numbred the Greeke saith in or by their visitation the Chaldee by their Numbers of his soule that is of his life which he should now lose when he was particularly visited and looked unto of God if hee redeemed not himselfe with money By this God taught his people to judge themselves for their sinnes that they might not be judged of him Ezek. 20. 43. and 36. 31. 1 Cor. 11. 31. And this redeeming of their soules with money taught them faith in Christ who was to redeeme his people not with gold and silver but with his owne precious blood 1 Pet. 1. 18. 19. no plague for their sinnes if they were not redeemed When David numbred the people the Lord sent a pestilence among them to the death of 70 thousand men 2 Sam. 24. 9. 15. For plague here the Greeke translateth fall or ruine the Chaldee death Vers. 13. of the Sanctuary which was twice so much as the common shekell See the notes on Gen. 20. 16. twenty gerahs as if we should say twenty pence this summe is also expressed in Levit 27. 25. Numb 3. 47. and 18. 16. Ezek. 45. 12. A Gerah which the Hebrew Doctors name also Megnah weighed sixteen barley cornes twenty gerahs made the shekel of the Sanctuary which was
sanctifieth And he doth not sanctifie sitting because it is as a service and no service is dont but standing as it is written in Deut. 18. 5. TO STAND TO MINISTER and who so serveth sitting is profâ—â—e and his service not allowable c. Maimony ibidem Sect. 3. 4. 5. 8. 16. 17. and Thalm 〈…〉 Bab. intreat Zâ—bachim Chap. 2. Vers. 〈◊〉 dye not by the hand of God as 〈◊〉 Aarons sonnes in Levit. 10. 1. 2. So Maimony in the foresaid place Sect. 1. saith The Priest that serveth and sanctifieth not his hands and his feet in the morning is in danger of death by the hands of the God of heaven as it is written They shall wash with water that they die not and his service is unlawfull whether â—e 〈…〉 the high Priest or an inferiour This rite did teach them and us faith in Christ in whose blood we are washed from our sinnes and made Kings and Priests unto God Revel 1. 5. 6. also sanctification by the washing of regeneration and renewing of the holy Ghost Tit. 3. 5. that we being sprinkled in our hearts from an evill conscience and washed in our bodies with pure water may draw neere with a true heart in assurance of faith Heb. 10. 22. and washing our hands in innocencie may compasse the Altar of the Lord Psal. 26. 6. to burne the fire offring which the Greeke explaineth to offer the Burnt-offrings and the Chaldee more generally to offer oblations before the Lord. Vers. 21. wash in the Chaldee sanctifie to his seed the posteritie of Aaron the Chaldee expounds it his sonnes Vers. 23. chiefe or head spices that is the principall and most excellent so in Ezek. 27. 22. Song 4. 14. pure myrrh in Greeke choise myrrh Hebrew myrrh of freedome that is free pure naturall as it floweth Myrrh so named of the Hebrew Mor is a sweet gumme or moisture that issueth out of the myrrh tree and none is preferred before it as Plinie sheweth in his hist. booke 12. chap. 15. The graces of Christ and of his Church are often resembled by this myrrh Song 1. 13. and 3. 6. and 4. 14. and 5. 1. 5. 13. Psal. 45. 9. shekels this word is added by the Greeke and the Chaldee in Thargum Ierusalemy and in the verse following it is here expressed sweet or aromaticall cinamon which commeth of the Hebrew name Kinnemon and is the barke of a tree used for sweet odours and signified spirituall grace Prov. 7. 17. Song 4. 14. halfe thereof that is halfe the fore-said quantity as followeth 250. shekels weight But the Hebrew Doctors understand it otherwise and say there was of this 500. shekels as of the former and this which the Law saith Cinamon the halfe thereof 250. is because they weighed it at two times 250 at each time saith Maimony in treat of the Implements of the Sanctuarie chap. 1. Sect. 2. Calamus or Cane according to the Hebrew name 〈◊〉 for Calamus is after the Greeke name It is a kinde of sweet reed bought and brought out of farre Countries as appeareth by Ieremie 6. 20. Esay 43. 24. Verse 24. Cassia or Costus another sweet cane called in Hebrew Kiddah mentioned onely here and in Ezek. 27. 19. an Hin whereof see Exod 29. â—0 Maimony in the fore-named treatise chap. 2. Sect. 2. saith the Hin was twelve logs of which measure see Levit. 14. 10. and every log foure qu 〈…〉 ants Others more fully thus a quadrant or quarter containeth is much as an egge and a halfe A 〈…〉 ineth foure quadrants that is sixe egges A Kab containeth foure logs that 24. egges A Hin twelve legs that is 72. egges A Seah or Pecke wherof see Gen. 18. 6. contained sixe Kabs that is 24. logs two Hins or 144. egges An Epha was three Seahs 18. Kabs sixe Hins 72. logs or 432. egges R. Alphes in treat of the Passeover chap. 5. Vers. 25. make it The manner is recorded to be thus Every of those foure spices was pounded severally then mixed altogether and steeped in waier pure and sweet till all the strength of them was gone out into the water then they put unto the water an Hin of oile olive and boyled all on the fire till the water was consumed and the oile left in the vessell for use afterward Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 3. compound-ointment or sweet-consection Apothecarie or compounder of ointments Such in the ages following were of the Priests Sonnes 1 Chron. 9. 30. holy anointing Hebrew unction of holinesse or as the Greek translateth it an holy chrisme Vers. 26. anoint therewith the Tent or the Tabernacle with all things about the same which was performed in Exod. 40. and Lev. 8. 10. c. These sweet odours signified the joyfull graces of Gods Spirit and the anointing with this oile the pouring out of the holy Spirit upon Christ his Church and ministers Acts 10. 38. Esay 61. 1. Psal. 45. 8. 2 Cor. 1. 21. 22. Song 3. 6. Psal. 133. 2. As it is written Ye have an ointment from him that is holy and knâ—w all things and the Anointing that ye have received of him dwelleth in you and yee need not that any man teach you but as the same Anointing teacheth you of all things c. 1 Ioh. 2. 20. 27. Vers. 29. whatsoever or whosoever so the Greek saith every-one that toucheth them shall be sanctified Vers. 32. poured in Greeke anointed not make the Greeke addeth not make unto your selves holinesse shall it be unto you â—â—e Greeke translateth holy it is and a sanctification or sanctified thing shall it be unto you Therefore it might not be used unto common â—ffaires God hereby teaching the holy and reverend use of his graces and sanctified ordinances which must not bee communicated with the unregenerate and sensuall which having not the Spirit doe turne the grace of God into lasciviousnesse Matth. 7. 6. 1 Ioh. 2. 19. 20. Iude verse 4. 19. 1 Cor. 2. 6. 14. V. 33. like it Of this point the Heb. doe record He that maketh anointing oile according to the work according to the weight of this without adding or diminishing if he do it presumptuously is guilty of cutting off if ignorantly he is to bring the sacrifice appointed for it He that shall anoint any with the anointing oile presumptisously is guilty of cutting-off if ignorantly he is to bring a sacrifice whether he anoint himselfe or another man Maimony treat of the Implements of the Sanctuary chap. 1. Sect. 4. 5. a stranger whosoever was not Priest or King Maimony in the foresaid place saith They anointed none herewith in the generations following but the high Priests and him that was anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 1. 2. and the Kings of Davids house onely Though he be a Priest and Sonne of a Priest yet they doe anoint him Lev. 6. 22. But they anoint not the King that is Sonne of the King because the kingdome is the Kings inheritance for ever
great If a man have no lambe to redeeme it with hee may redeeme it with the value of it and give the price to the Priest The Law commandeth not a Lambe to make it heavier upon him but lighter For if hee have the firstling of an Asse which is worth ten shekels he may redeeme it with a lambe worth a quarter of a shekell But the price in money is from three zuzims and upward that is three quarters of a shekell for one zoz is the fourth part of a shekell If the price be lesse then three zuzims they redeeme it not therewith and a good eye that is a liberall person giveth not lesse then a shekell Maimony in treat of Firstfruits Chap. 12. Sect. 10. c. breake the necke the Chaldee saith kill it They might have no use or benefit of the Asse till it was redeemed If hee sold it before it was redeemed the price was unlawfull If it dyed before it was redeemed or if the necke was broken it was buried For it was unlawfull to make benefit of it even after the necke was broken because it was not redeemed Therefore if hee redeemed it not but gave the Asse it selfe to the Priest it was unlawfull for the Priest to put it to any service vntill it was redeemed with a lambe Maimony ibidem Chap. 12. Sect. 4. they shall not appeare or my face shall not be seene to wit by any man the Greeke saith thou shalt not appeare empty without an oblation see Exod. 23. 15. Vers. 21. labour or serve see the notes on Exodus 20. 9. For this in Exod. 23. 12. is written sixe dayes thou shalt doe thy workes Vers. 22. observe to thee Hebr. doe to thee meaning observe or make holy celebrate According to this phrase is to doe the Sabbath day Exod. 31. 16. Deut. 5. 15. to dee the Passeover Deut. 16. 1. Matt. 26. 18. to doe the feast of Boothes Deut 16. 13. and the like The Greeke translateth Thou shalt doe that is observe to me of weeks or of sevens a feast seven weeks after the Passeover called Pentecost Lev. 23. 15. 16. Act. 2. 1. it was also called harvest Exod. 23. 16. revolution or circumvolution circuit that is the returne as the revolution of the yeere 2 Chron. 24. 23. is explained to be the returne of it 1 King 20. 26. when the old yeere endeth and the new beginneth This was in the seventh moneth which we call September see the notes on Exod. 23. 16. Vers. 23. every male of thee or all thy male-kind see Exod. 23. 17. Deut. 16. 16. Vers. 24. no man to wit of thy neighbours or enemies round about thee shall have the heart to set upon thy coasts when all the men are gathered before me Vers. 25. not slay for sacrifice as in Exodus 23. 18. see the notes there sacrifice in Greeke sacrifices meaning of the Passeover as after is explained Hence the Hebrewes gather their rite of purging Leven out of their houses before the Passeover they expound it thus Thou shalt not slay the Passeover whiles Leven yet remaineth Now the killing of the Passover is the fourteenth of Abib after midday Maimony treat of Levened and Unlevenedbread Chap. 2. Sect. 1. See more in the notes on Exod 12. vers 15. and vers 10. Vers. 26. first or beginning of the fruits see Ex. 23. 19. a kid in Greeke a lambe in Chaldee thou shalt not eate flesh with milke and the Ierusalemy Thargum addeth not to boyle nor to eat flesh and milke mixed together See Exod. 23. 19. Vers. 27. tenour Hebrew the mouth of these words which the Chaldee expounds the speech of these words have stricken or doe strike that is make for these precepts were both given before and now repeated Vers. 28. he that is God wrote vers 1. ten words that is ten commandements which therefore we call of the Greeke name the Decalogue Ten is often used for many as ten times meane many times Gen. 31. 7. Iob 19. 3. ten men Zach. 8. 23. and ten women Lev. 26. 26. and ten thousands Heb. 12. 22. that is many and as other numbers are made of ten by reduplication so all other writings of the Law and Prophets depend upon these ten words so by this number ten God gave a perfect and compleat Law And Words are used for whole sentences or commandements as Paul saith also one word Cal. 5. 14. when he rehearseth a commandement and that is called the Word of God in Marke 7. 13. which another calleth the Commandement of God Matt. 15. 6. These ten words were according to the first writing and to the words which were spoken before in the day of the Assembly Deut. 10. 4. Vers. 29. shone which the Greeke translateth was glorious and so the Apostle alleadgeth it in 2 Cor. 3. where by glory is meant shining brightnesse as in 1 Cor. 15. 41. there is one glory of the Sun and another glory that is brightnesse of the Moone c. and the Israelites could not behold the face of Moses for the glory that is the brightnesse of his countenance 2 Cor. 3. 7. and the earth was lightned with the glory of the Angell Rev. 18. 1. The Chaldee also translateth Moses knew not that the brightnesse of the glory of his face was multiplied The Latine version saith Moses face was horned mistaking the word for of the Hebrew Karan which is to shine or cast forth glorious beames the name Keren or Horne is derived in which sense the Latine translated it here and gave occasion unto the ignorant to paint Moses face with two hornes like an Oxe whereby this glorious mystery hath been obscured and turned to a fable For the glory of Moses face signified the glory of the Law which he preached 2 Cor. 3. 7. c. Vers. 30. feared for Moses his ministration was death and condemnation 1 Cor. 3. 7. 9. because the Law giveth knowledge of sin and causeth wrath Rom. 3. 20. and 4. 15. and therefore the more bright and glorious that it is the more terrour it striketh in all mens hearts there being a weaknesse and impossibility in all men to do the same Rom. 8. 3. For Aaron himselfe and all the Rulers were afraid of Moses as well as the other people even as at the first giving of the Law Moses himselfe with all the people were affrighted and trembled Exodus 19. Vers. 33. and he put or and hee had put a veil but the Greeke translateth And when he had ceased speaking unto them he put a veil c. that is after this first communing with them when hee knew the cause of their feare he put on a veil or covering which signified the obscurity of the Law whos 's first true and proper meaning and end could not easily be discerned also the darknesse that is in all mens hearts naturally till God take away the veil and hardnesse that is upon them For so the Apostle speaketh of a double veile one outward
his peace So the Apostle saith I adjure you by the Lord that this Epistle hee read unto all the holy brethren 1 Thess. 5. 27. And by the Hebrew Canons whether a man sweare by his owne mouth or be adjured by the mouth of others and he answer Amen though he that adjured him were an infidell or a child he is bound For who so answereth Amen after an oath is as if he uttered the oath with his owne mouth And whether he answer Amen or speak a word of like meaning as if he say yea or I am bound or doe take upon me this oath or any the like in any language hee is as a sworne man for any matter whether he be for sinning therein to be beaten or to bring an oblation Whether he sweare or be adjured by Gods proper name or by any of his titles as that he sweare by him whose name is Gracious or Mercifull or Long-suffring or any the like in any tongue it is a full oath And so an exsecration and a curse is an oath Maimony tom 3. in Shebugnoth or treat of Oathes chap. 2. sect 1. 2. Accordingly the Euangelists set downe these two as one the Sonne of God Matth. 26. 63. and the Sonne of the Blessed Marke 14. 61. witnesse The Hebrewes say there are foure kinds of oathes the oath of pronouncing a thing wherof see verse 4. and vaine or rash oathes for bidden in Exod. 20. 7. the oath concerning that which was delivered to keepe whereof see Levit. 6. 2. 3. and the oath of witnesse here spoken of Which they explaine thus as when witnesses can give testimony concerning goods and the owner requireth them to â—itness and they deny that they can give testimony and sweare that they cannot c. for such an oath they arc bound to bring the sacrifice here appointed verse 6. c. Maimony treat of Oathes chap. 1. sect 1. 12. 〈◊〉 utter or not shew declare tell it And this may bee though a man bee not particularly called forth to witnesse as the Hebrewes say if the party that requireth testimony doe say I adjure all that st 〈…〉 here if they can witnesse for me that they come and beare witnesse if there be any witnesses among them 〈◊〉 and they deny or dissemble it they are guilty of the oath of testimony Maimony treat of oathes chap. 9. sect 9. his iniquity that is the punishment of his iniquity if he repent not and be reconciled by sacrifice as the like is sayd in Levit. 19. 8. and 20. 17. where such as beare their iniquity are threatned to be cut off It may also be english ed thus if he utter or shew it not and beareth his iniquity that is is subject to the wrath of God So in vers 16. Vers. 2. carkase which who so touched was by the law uncleane Levit. 11. 8. 31. it be hiddenâ— that is the uncleannesse be hidden from him as â—ol Iarchi expoundeth it is uncleane that is afterward knoweth himselfe to be uncleane as the explanation in vers 3. seemeth to manifest 〈◊〉 guilty or trespasseth sinneth for of this Hebrew word Ashem the sacrifice appointed for it is called A 〈…〉 in v. 6. that is a Trespasse-offring or Guilt-offring But what sin or guiltines was upon a man for touching an uncleane carkasse And seeing the law maketh such uncleane but till evening Lev. 11. 24. 31. when washing themselves and their clothes they were cleane and for uncleannesse by a dead man the sprinkling water cleansed them Num. 19. 16. 17. 18. 19. wherefore is here confessing of sinne and a trespasse-offring required in v. 5. 6. The Hebrew doctors say this is meant for an uncleane person who when he was uncleane came into the sanctuarie or did eat of an holy thing ignorantly For it is expresly said in Lev. 7 20. 21. if any eat of the flesh of the peace-offrings of the Lord having his uncleannes upon him the same person shall be cut off c. And of comming into the sanctuarie it is said in Num. 19. 20. that soule shal be cut off from among the church because he hath defiled the sanctuarie of the Lord. And when the law condemneth men to be cut off for defiling the sanctuarie and holy things therof to weet presumptuously it implieth the sacrifice which they are to bring for the ignorant doing therof Maim treat of Ignorances c. 10. S. 1. 5. And thus Sol. Iarchi also expoundeth it is guilty for eating of the holy thing or for comming into the Sanctuarie These things figured the pollutions which men have not only by sins proceeding originally from themselves but by partaking also with other mens sins 1 Tim. 5. 22. 2 Cor. 6. 17. from which we are to be cleansed by the sacrifice and death of Christ. V. 3. according to all or as the Gr. translateth it of all or of any his uncleannes which might be sundry waies as the law after sheweth in the 12. 13. 14. and 15 chap. of this book shall be uncleane withall by touching it as the Gr. explaineth it which when he toucheth he is defiled and he knoweth to weet if afterward by some means it be manifested This the Gr. version plainly sheweth saying and after this he knoweth of it And herein it differeth from an other case following in v. 17. which he knew not whereupon two sorts of trespasse-offrings are appointed for this which he knew a female lambe or a lesser sacrifice if he were poore v. 6. 7. c. for that which he knew not a ram v. 18. Of which difference more is spoken hereafter It may also be traÌ„slated whether it be hidden from him or he know of it Howbeit of this matter of uncleannes the Hebr. canons say The case of ignorance about defiling the san 〈…〉 y and holy things differeth from the case of other 〈◊〉 that deserve cutting off For all such sins when one hath ignorantly done them and it be knowne unto him in the end that he hath sinned although he had no knowledge of it in the beginning yet he is bound to bring a Sin-offring but for defiling the sanctuary holy things â—e brings not the offring which is lesse if the man be poor Lev. 5. 7. 11. unlesse he have knowledg of the uncleannesse and knowledge of the holy thing or of the sanctuary in the beginning And the knowledge of the uncleannesse and knowledge of the holy thing or of the sanctuary in the end and it be hid from him between both As a man is unclean and eateth of a holy thing c. and afterwards it is known unto him that he is uncleane and was unclean when he did eat and that it was a holy thing which he did eat Lâ—â— he is not bound to bring a sacrifice unlesse he knew that he was uncleane and that the thing was holy before hee did eat As a man is uncleane and knowes that hee is uncleane and knowes that the thing is holy And afterwards the uncleannesse
day that the dayes of your consecration be fulfilled which the Chaldee translateth thus till the day that the dayes of your offring be fulfilled for seven daies shall your offring be offred seven daies shall â—e fill that is the Lord shall fill or consecrate In Exod. 29. 35. God said to Moses thou shalt fill their hand so the same thing is attributed unto the Lord and unto Moses These seven daies signified their whole life which should be consecrated to the service of God see verse 11. and Levit. 4. 6. From hence also the Hebrewes gathered as Sol. Iarchi here noteth that the high Priest was to be separated from his house seven dayes before Atonement day every yere Of which point see the annotations on Levit. 16. Vers. 34. he hath done or is done As he â—â—ld 2 Sam. 15. 31. that is it was told And they brought Marke 10. 3. or Then were brought Matth. 19. 13. Vers. 35. abide Hebr. sâ—t which word is often used for abiding or câ—ntinuing as Lev. 12. 4. Ioâ— 5. 8. 1 Sam. 22. 5. Exod. 16. 29. Act. 18. 11. châ—rge or watch ward Hebr. keepe the keeping or observe the observation in Greeke the observations The Chaldee translateth it the charge or observation of the word of the Lord. This phrase is used in Luke 2. 8. of the shepheards observing the observations or keeping the watches of the night over their flocke So in Num. 9. 19. Vers. 36. things Hebr. words Thus the covenant of the Priesthood was confirmed unto the tribe of Levi in Aaron and his sonnes which covenant was life and peace Mal. 2. 5. But these are made Priests without an oath also they were many Priests because they were not suffred to continue by reason of death and they served unto the example and shadow of heavenly things offring gifts and sacrifices which could not make him that did the service perfect as pertaining to the conscience for they were carnall ordinances imposed on them till the time of reformation that is untill the comming of Christ who now is sprung out of the tribe of Iudah and was made Priest of God with an oath and suretie of a better testament all-covenant established upon better promises And because he continueth for ever he hath a Priest-hood that passeth not from him to another and is a Minister of the Holies and of the true Tahernacle which the Lord pitched and not man and not by the blood of goats and bulls but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holy place into Heaven it selfe having found eternall redemption and is able to save fully and wholly them that come unto God by him as the Apostle largely manifesteth in Heb. 7. 8. 9. and 〈◊〉 chapters which Iehovah commanded R. Menachem here observeth In every other plaâ—e it is said As the LORD commanded Moses but 〈◊〉 because they added unto the commandement 〈…〉 so for they did not as the LORD had com 〈…〉 but did all things which the LORD commandâ—â— and added moreover unto them strange fire which he had not commanded them Levit. 10. 1. CHAP. IX 1 The first offrings of Aaron for himselfe and the people 8 The Sin-offring 12 and the Burnt-offring for himselfe 15 The offrings for the people 23 Mâ—ses and Aaron blesse the people 24. Fire commeth from the Lord upon the altar 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 AND it was on the eight day Moses called Aâ—ron and his sonnes and the Elders of Israel And hee said unto Aaâ—â—â— Take thee a calfe a yongling of the herd for a Sin offring and a ram for a Burnt-offring both perfect and offer before Iehovah And unto the sonnes of Israel Ihou shale speake saying Tak 〈…〉 a goat-bucke of the goats for a Sin offring and a calfe and a lambe both of the first yeere perfect for a Burnt-offring And a Bull and a Ram for Peace-offrings to sacrifice before Iehovah and a Meat-offring mingled with oile for to day Iehovah appeareth unto you And they tooke that which Moses commanded before the Tent of the Congregation and all the congregation drew-neere and stood before Iehovah And Moses said this is the thing which Iehovah hath commanded that yee should doe and the glory of Iehovah shall appeare unto you And Moses said unto Aaron goe neere unto the Altar and make thy Sin offring and thy Burnt-offring and make-atonement for thy selfe and for the people and make the oblation of the people and make-atonement for them as Iehovah commanded And Aaron went-neere unto the Altar and killed the calfe of the Sin offring which was for him selfe And the sonnes of Aaron brought neere the blood unto him and hee dipt his finger in the blood and put it upon the hornes of the Altar and poured out the blood at the bottome of the Altar And the fat and the kidneyes and the caule of the liver of the Sin offring he burnt upon the Altar as I 〈…〉 commanded Moses And the flâ—sh and the skin he burnt with fire without the campe And hee killed the Burnt-offring and Aarons sonnes presented unto 〈◊〉 the blood and he sprinkled it upon the Altar round-about And they presented unto him the Burnt-offring by the pieces thereof and the head and hee burnt them upon the Altar And he washed the inwards and the legges and burnt them upon the Burnt-offring on the Altar And he brought-neere the peoples oblation and tooke the goat-bucke of Sinne which was for the people and killed it and offred-it-for-sinne as the first And hee brought-neere the Burnt-offring and made it according to the manner And hee brought-neere the Meat-offring and filled his hand out of it and burnt it upon the Altar beside the Burnt-offring of the morning And he killed the bull and the ram the sacrifice of Peace-offrings which was for the people and Aarons sonnes presented the blood unto him and hee sprinkled it upon the Altar round-about And the fat of the bull and of the ram the rumpe that which covereth the inwards and the kidneyes and the caule of the liver And they put the fat upon the breasts and he burnt the fat upon the Altar And the breast and the right shoulder Aaron waved for a wave-offring before Iehovah as Moses commanded And Aaron lift-up his hand towards the people and blessed them and came-downe from making the Sin offring the Burnt-offring and the Peace-offrings And Moses and Aaron went into the Tent of the congregation and came-out and they blessed the people and the glory of Iehovah appeared unto all the people And there came out a fire from before Iehovah and consumed upon the Altar the Burnt-offring and the fat and all the people saw it and showted and they fell on their faces Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 26. section or lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe eight day which was the first day after the Priests consecration Lev. 8. 33. All creatures for the most part were in their uncleannesse and
in their administration betweene Gods wrath and the people Num. 16. 46. 48. And their publike duty might not bee interrupted by private passion or affection Vers. 7. not goe out that is not leave off your ministration for griefe of this which is befallen you See the annotations on Levit. 21. 12. the oile c. which signifieth the Anointing that is the graces of the Spirit whereof Ioyfulnesse was one speciall Psal. 45. 8. 1 Thes. 1. 6. Therfore it was sin for the Priests to mourn when they administred before the Lord compare Levit. 21. 10. 11. 12. Vers. 9. wine or strong drinke The Hebrewes as Baal hatturim and others thinke that Aarons sons had sinned in drinking too much wine when they offred strange fire and that thereupon this law was given Whether that were so or not the Lord by this precept required sobrietie in the Priests and carefulnesse to administer justly lest they should drinke and forget the law as Prov. 31. 5. should erre through wine be out of the way through strong-drinke as Esay 28. 7. Accordingly the Ministers of the Gospell must be sober and not given 〈◊〉 wine 1 Tim. 3. 2. 3. It is likely that all wine was forbidden the Priests when they were to serve yet the Hebrewes have their limitations as that they might not drinke above the fourth part of a Lâ—g or of an halfe pinte of wine and that 〈◊〉 wine and at one time and of wine that was 〈◊〉 daies old at the least But if he drinke lesse then afâ—â—â—th part of a Log of wine or drinke a fourth part 〈◊〉 pause of time betweene or if it be mixed with water 〈◊〉 if hee drinke wine from the presse within 40. 〈◊〉 though more then a fourth part he is discharged and profaneth not his service If he drink more then 〈…〉 part of wine though it be mixed and though he p 〈…〉 tweene and drinke a little and a little he is guilty of death and his service is disâ—llowable Maimony in â—ath ha 〈…〉 kdash c. 1. S. 1. But the Law forbidden wine absolutely as here so in Ezek. 44. 21. 〈◊〉 shall any priest drinke wine when they enter into the 〈◊〉 ner court strong-drinke in Hebrew She 〈…〉 〈◊〉 which the Greekes borrow the word Sâ—â—â—â—â— in Luke 1. 19. and it meaneth all whatsoever maketh drunken whether drinke made of mault or of the juyce of fruits as Pearrie Sider and the like When ye goe into the Tent meaning the courtyard of the Tent to serve therein as it is opened by the Prophet when they enter into the inner court Ezek. 44. 21. The Hebrewes understand it of the court betweene the Tent and the Altar that stood in the court Every Priest that is fit for service if he drinke wine it is unlawfull for him to goe into the Sanctuarie from the Altar forward and if he doe â—oe in and serve his service is disallowed and he is guilty of death by the hand of God as it is written That ye dye not Leviticus 10. 9. And as it is unlawfull for a Priest to goe into the sanctuarie for drunkennesse so is it unlawfull for any man whether Priest or Israelite to teach when he is drunke Though he have but eaten dates c. if his senses bee troubled a little let him not teach as it is written And that yee may teach the sonnes of Israel Levit. 10. 11. Maimo ny in Biath hamikdash chap. 1. Sect. 1. 3. Vers. 10. that ye may separate or to make difference and this is meant not onely for themselves but others as in Ezek. 44. 23. they shall teach my people the difference between holy and prophane and cause them to discerne betweene uncleane and cleane And for not doing this the Priests are blamed Ezek 22. 26. See also Levit. 20. 25. holy Hebr. holinesse meaning of persons and things In Greeke between the holy ones and the profane Vers. 11. all the statutes a part of the Priests office was to teach the people as here and in Deut. 33. 10. therefore it is said The Priests lips should preserve knowledge and they should seeke the Law at his mouth for he is the Angell or Messenger of the Lord of hosts Mal. 2. 7. And as they were to teach so the things to be taught should be al Gods statutes as the Apostle saith I have kept nothing back but have shewed you al the counsel of God Act. 20. 27. Vers. 12. the Meat-offring that before mentioned in Levit. 9. 17. unlevened or eat it made into unlevened cakes See Levit. 6. 16. and 2. 10. where this law was before given which Moses here repeateth leâ—t through trouble of mind for the judgment now befallen them the Priests should forget or neglect any of Gods ordinances Vers. 13. the holy place the court of the Sanctuary as Levit. 6. 16. due or statute ordinance The Chaldee expounds it thy portion So in v. 14. Vers. 14. wave brest of the peoples Peace-offrings before mentioned Lev. 9. 18. 21. in a cleane place in Greeke an holy place meaning the campe of Israel and in ages following the citie Ierusalem where the light holy things were eaten see the notes on Levit. 6. 17. Sol. Iarchi here saith The former things in verse 13. were not eaten in an uncleane place but they being most holy were to be eaten in the holy place and these needed not be eaten within the curtatnes of the courtyard but must be eaten within the campe of Israel for that was cleane that Lepers might not come into it Num. 5. 6. so the light holy things might be eaten in all the citie Vers. 15. by a statute or for an everlasting due Of this statute see before Levit. 7. 34. Vers. 16. seeking sought that is diligently sought the Goat that spoken of in Levit. 9. 15. with Eleazar and why not with Aaron seeing he should have eaten of it vers 19. Sol. Iarchi saith For honour of Aaron he turned his face towards his sonnes and was angry Vers. 17. he that is God hath given it you by the law foregiven in Levit. 6. 26. 30. to beare or to take away as the Greeke translateth that ye should take away To beare iniquity often signifieth punishment without forgivenesse Exod. 28. 43. Levit. 20. 19. and 5. 1. 17. c. The same word is also used for bearing-away whereupon God forgiveth the sinner Exod. 28. 38. So the Priests bare that is took away the peoples sins by eating their sin-offrings wherein they figured Christ Ioh. 1. 29. Sol. Iarchi saith The Priests were they that did eat and the owners they that had the atonement Vers. 18. within into the Tabernacle for if it had then it should not be eaten but burnt Lev. 6 30. seeing it was not ye should have eaten it in the holy place without that is in the courtyard Levit 6. 26. Vers. 19. they the Targ. called Ionathans explaineth it the sonnes of Israel have offred such things that is as the Chaldee expoundeth
obedience to the word with a right foot Rom. 2. 18. and 3. 20. 21. 22. and 10. 4-8 Gal. 2. 12. 14. The chewing of the eud signified the meditating in the law of God which the godly man doth day night Psal. 1. 2. for that is the food of the soule Amos 8. 11. which all ought to remember Mal. 4. 4. 1 Cor. 11. 2. and having heard it to search the scriptures daily whether the things be so Acts 17. 11. and having tried it to keepe that which is good 1 Thes. 5. 21. and remember the commandements of God for to doe them Psal. 103. 18. And as that which was borne of an uncleane beast was uncleane and on the contrary so the children of unbeleevers are uncleane and the children of beleevers holy 1 Cor. 7. 14. Ezra 9. 1. 2. Vers. 4. not eat to weet ordinarily but in case of necessity they might be eaten Soldiers that come into the heathens countrie and subdue them it is lawfull for them to eat carkasses or torne beasts or swines flesh or the like if they be hungry and finde not what to eat save these forbidden meats and so they may drinke wine offred to idols saith Maimony in tom 4. treat of Kings chap. 8. Sect. 1. or of them Heb. and of them camel named of the Hebrew Gamal from which the Greekes also derived the name Kamelos the Arabians Gemal the Chaldaeans Gamla It is a beast that hath a long necke and a bunch on the backe upon which men lay burdens Esay 30. 6. by reason of this shape it is not easie for a camel to enter in a straight place whereupon is that proverbe of a camel to goe thorough the eye of a needle Math. 19. 24. Camels are of common use in other countries both for service of warre and of peace for men to ride upon to use in charrets or to lade with burdens Gen. 24. 10. Iudg. 6. 5. 1 Sam. 30. 17. Esay 21. 7. and 30. 6. But for to eat of the camel was uncleane because it parted not the hoofe Deut. 14. 7. Vers. 5. conie in Hebrew Shaphan which hath the name of hiding in holes as it is said The conies are but a feeble folke yet make they their houses in the Rockes Prov. 30. 26. and The Rockes are a shelter for the coneyes Psal. 104. 18. In Chaldee it is called Taphsa of skipping Vers. 6. hare in Hebrew arnebeth mentioned onely here and in Deut. 14. 7. Vers. 7. swine in Hebrew chazir so named of returning for this beast returneth after it is washed to wallowing in the mire 2 Pet. 2. 22. It is also given to wastand spoile Psal. 80. 14. To feed on it or offer it for sacrifice is counted most abhominable Esa. 65. 4. and 66. 3. 17. Vers. 8. not eat to weet any whit of it at any time The Hebrew canons say All meats forbidden by the law the quantity of them is as much as a common olive whether the punishment be beating or cutting off or death by the hand of God This measure or quantity we have learned by tradition And it is forbidden by the law to eat any whit at all of the thing that is forbidden notwithstanding a man is not beaten save for the quantity of an olive yet if be eat any lesse he is chastised with stripes Maimony treat of forbidden meat chap. 14. Sect. 1. 2. carkasse The originall word is used for that which dyeth of it self Lev. 22. 8. The Greeke here translateth carkasses or caions A carkasse is one of the principall uncleane things as an olive of the flesh thereof maketh men and vessels unclean by touching and an ear then vessell by the ayre and maketh men uncleane by bearing Maimony in Aboth hatumoth chap. 1. Sect. 1. See after in the notes on vers 40. As eating so touching signifieth communion and fellowship and is forbidden to teach us to refraine from all fellowship in evill Esa. 52. 11. 2 Cor. 6. 17. for dead carkasses figured such as are dead in sinnes Eph. 2. 1. Vers. 9. fin and scale or as the Chaldee and Greeke translate finnes and scales one being put 〈◊〉 many The Iewes canons open it thus For fiftes there are two signes the fin and the scale the fin is that which groweth out of it the scale is that which cleareth unto all the body and whatsoever hath scales hath sinnes also c. If it hath not scales to cover it all over it is lawfull neverthelesse though it hath but one fin and one scale yet it is lawfull Maimony treat or forbidden meates chap. 1. Sect. 24. The fin of the fish serveth as wings to guide her way the scale is to coveâ— protect and adorne the body These two figures in men faith in Gods word whereby all religioa is guided and directed and good workes the fruits of faith by which it is manifested and adorned Vers. 10. every moving or any creeping thing of the waters which the waters bring forth see Gen. 1. 20. and the notes thereon The Greeke translateth of all things which the waters bring forth The Hebrew doctors say what is this moving thing of the waters They be the lesser creatures as worâ—es and horsleeches which are in the water and the greater creatures which are the wilde beasts of the sea And generally whatsoever hath not the forme of fishes c. 〈◊〉 sea dogges frogs and the like Maimony treat of forbidden meats chap. 2. Sect. 12. soule that is living creature see the notes on Gen. 1. 20. a abhomination that is uncleane as Deut. 14. 10. But from this word Chazkuni teacheth that it was not lawfull to make merchandize of them Vers. 11. their flesh so Paul mentioneth the 〈◊〉 of fishes 1 Cor. 15. 39. Vers. 13. have in abomination or abhorre of the foule There are no fignes of cleane fowles explained in the law but it reckoneth the sorts of uncleane fowles onely and other sorts of fowles are lawfull saith Maimony in treat of Forbidden meats ch 1 s. 14. eagle in Hebrew Nesher it is the chiefe of fowls flyeth most high and swiftly sucketh blood and feedeth on carkasses Deut. 28. 49. Iob 39. 27. 30. used to signifie violent persecutors Lam. 4. 19. Ier. 4. 13. and 48. 40. Hos. 8. 1. Heb. 1. 8. ossifrage the Greeke translateth it Gryphen in Hebrew Peres so named of Breaking for with strength of beake and talons she breaketh her prey The Ossi frage by interpretation bonebreaker is bigger theÌ„ the eagle and much of the same kind It is mentioned only here and in Deut. 14. 12. The Chaldee of Onkelos nameth it Ar and Ionathan Uzza osprey in Hebrew Oznijah in Chaldee Azja called so of strength in her sight and flying in Greeke haliaetos that is a sea eagle or Osprey which is a bird with a great necke and broad taile strong sighted and can looke on the Sunne and from on high espieth fishes in the sea and lakes falleth violently upon the waters taketh them Vers.
you and ye shall afflict your soules it is a statute for ever And the Priest whom he shall anoint and whose hand hee shall fill to administer-the Priests-office in his fathers stead he shal make-the-atonement and shall put-on the linnen garments the garments of holinesse And hee shall make-atonement for the Sanctuary of holinesse and for the Tent of the congregation and for the altar shall he make-atonement and for the Priests and for all the people of the Church shall he make-atonement And this shall be to you a statute for ever to make-atonement for the sonnes of Israel for all their sinns once in a yeere And he did as Iehovah commanded Moses Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the nine and twentieth section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe two sons Nadab and Abihu Lev. 10. 1. after whose death for transgressing Gods ordinances this Law here is given for the purging and reconciliation of the Church unto God one day in the yeere they offred to weet strange fire as the Gr. and Chaldee versions here annex and as Moses shewed before Lev. 10. 1. V. 2. speake unto Aaron God appointeth Moses to informe the Priest of his duty and to see that hee performed this service aright so in ages following there were appointed with the high priest elders of the elders of the Synedrion which did read before him and taught him the service of this day and the order of it as Maim recordeth in Misneh in Iom hakippurim or Day of atonement ch 1. sect 5. that he come not or as the Greek translateth it and let him not come Of this the Apostle sayth The Priests went alwayes into the first Tabernacle accomplishing the services but into the second went the high priest alone once in the yeere c. The holy Ghost this signifying that the way into the Holies was not yet manifested while as the first Tabernacle had yet a standing Which was a figure for the time then present in which were offred both gifts and sacrifices that could not make him that did the service perfect as pertaining to the conscience c. But Christ being come an high Priest of the good things to come by a greater and more perfect Tabernacle not made with hands that is not of this creation or building neither by the blood of Goats and bullocks but by his owne blood he entred in once into the Holies having found an eter 〈…〉 redemption Heb. 9. 6. 7. 8. 9. 11. 12. But now wee have libertie to enter into the Holies by the blood of Iesus by a new and living way which he hath consecrated for us through the veile that is his flesh Heb. 10 19. 20. the Holy place Hebrew the holinesse which the Greeke translateth the Holy meaning the Holie of holies or most holy place which the Apostle therefore calleth Holies and sheweth it to be a figure of Heaven it selfe into which Christ our high Priest entred for us Heb. 9. 12. 24. that he dye not for presuming to do that which he is not commanded as his sonnes Levit. 10. I will appeare Targum Ionathan expoundeth it the glory of my Majestie or presence shall be reveiled upon the Covering-mercy-seat Compare this with Exod. 25. 22. Because Gods Maiestie dwelled there betweene the Cherubims therfore the Priest might not come there but by leave from God and with reverence And by this cloud hee meaneth the cloud of glory which should bee upon the Mercie-seat saith R Menachem on Lev. 16. It may be understood of the cloud the smoake of the incense whereof see v. 〈◊〉 Ver. 3. With this in Greeke Thus. a yongling Hebrew a son of the herd this was to be of the second yeere or a two yeerling bullock as is noted on Exod. 29. 1. And of that age was the Ramme after mentioned Observe that on this day he offred also the two Lambes for the daily sacrifice Numbers 28. 3. and one bullocke and seven Iambes for a Burnt-offring and an hee goat fot a Sinne offring besides that goat after mentioned in verse 5. as is expressed in Num. 29. 7. 8. 11. all which with other services the high priest him-selfe offred this day which on other dayes might be done by other priests The Hebrew canons lay them downe thus In the day of the Fast they offer the daily sacrifice in the morning and evening according to the order of every day And they offer more for that day a bullocke and a ramme and seven lambs all of them Burne-offrings And a goat for a Sin-offring which is eaten at evening Over and besides this they offer a Bullocke for a Sin-offring and that is burnt aram for a Burnt-offring and these both are for the high Priest And the Ram which is for the Congregation is spoken of in Lev. 16. and it is the Ram spoken of in the generall addition Num. 29. and it is called the peoples Ram. And further they bring for the Congregation two goat bucks the one is offred for sinne and is burnt the other is the goat sent away So all the beasts that are offred this day are found to be fifteene the two daily sacrifices and a bullocke and two rammes and seven lambes all of them Burnt-offrings and two goats for sinne the one done without and eaten at even the other done within and burnt and the high Priests bullocke for Sin and that is burnt The service of all these 15. beasts offred this day is not performed but by the high Priest onely And if it fall out to be the Sabbath day the sacrifice added for the Sabbath in Num. 28. 9. none doe offer it but the high Priest And so the other services of this day as the burning of the daily incense and the trimming of the lamps all is done by the high Priest c. Maimony in Iom hakippurim c. 1. s. 1. 2. The high Priest and his worke this day figured Christ and his worke of reconciling the Church unto God Heb. 9. 7. 8. 11. 12. and in that the high Priest performed all the services himself it signified how Christ should by himselfe purge our sins Heb. 1. 3. and shewed the weakenesse of the legall priesthood which served but untill the time of reformation and then should bee abolished Heb. 9. 10. and 8. 4. 5. 6. a burnt-offring these both were for the Priest himselfe as after in verse 11. 24. Therefore the other sacrifices are not here mentioned Ver. 4. holy Hebr of holinesse the Gr. casseth it a sanctified linnen Coat This and the rest were peculiar for this day and for the service of this day that is for making atonement the other service which was ordinary hee performed this day in his other priestly garments as appeareth by v. 23. 24. What the high priests eight ornaments were which he usually ware are noted on Ex. 28. 4 c. the four that were for this day are here expressed These the Hebrewes call his white
profaneth the Name of God and if it be before ten of Israel hee profaneth it publikely and he disanulleth the affirmative precept for sanctifiyng Gods name and transgresseth against the prohibition of profaning his name Maimony tom 1. in Iesudei hatorah ch 5. sect 4. Vers. 22. with a male or with man-kinde this was the sin of Sodom Gen. 19. 5. and of other heathens Rom. 1. 27. called the going after other flesh Iuce vers 7. They that thus sinned were by Moses Law to be stoned to death Lev. 20. 13. by the law of Christ they shall bee shut out of the kingdome of God 1 Cor. 6. 9. 10. like copulation with a woman Hebrew with the lyings or copulations of a woman Vers. 23. to lye downe thereto or that it may lye with her which sense the Greeke version also affordeth So in Lev. 20. 16. where such beastlinesse is punished with death And whether it be tame-beast or wild-beast or fowle all are to be stoned to death Maimony in Issureibiah ch 1. sect 16. confusion in Greeke a detestable thing Vers. 24. in any of these or in all these which Targum Ionathan expoundeth in any-one of all these every of which the Hebrewes call Nakednes after the scripture phrase and they say There are also other women which are forbidden by tradition and the doctrine of the Scribes these they call Secondaries as being second or next to the foresaid nakednesses and of them there be 20. women and they are these 1 The mothers mother and this is infinite as the mothers mothers mothers mother and so all upward are unlawfull 2 The mother of his mothers father onely and no further are forbidden 3 His fathers mother infinite as the fathers mothers mothers mother and all upward are unlawfull 4 The mother of his fathers father and no further 5 The wife of his fathers father infinite Though she were the wife of our father Iakob or Noe shee is unlawfull for every of us 6 The wife of his mothers father and no further 7 The wife of his fathers brother by the mother 8 The wife of his mothers brother whether by the mother or by the father 9 His sons daughter in law that is his sons sons wife infinite though it should be his sons sons sons sons wife even to the worlds end So that Noe if he were now living might never marry with any widow that had been wife to any of his sons 10 His daughters daughter in law or sonnes wife and no further 11 The daughter of his sons daughter no further 12 The daughter of his son son and no further 13 The daughter of his daughters daughter onely 14 The daughter of his daughters son onely 15 The daughter of his wives sons son onely 16 The daughter of his wives daughters daughter onely 17 The mother of his wives fathers mother onely 18 The mother of his wives mothers father only 19 The mother of his wives mothers mother onely 20 The mother of his wives fathers father onely So there are found of these which are secondarily unlawfull foure which are infinite The mothers mother and all upward The fathers mother and all upward The grandfathers wife and all upward The sons son wife and all downward Maimony in Ishoth or 〈…〉 of Wives ch 〈◊〉 sect 6. Vers. 25. doe visit or have visited that is punished or as the Greeke translateth recompensed the time past being used for the more certainty 〈…〉 the thing were already done spueth or v 〈…〉 teth out with â—othsomnesse and indignation 〈◊〉 the Greek explaineth it So after in Lev. 20. 〈◊〉 Vers. 26. any of these or any of all these abo 〈…〉 tions So in vers 29. stranger or sojourner 〈◊〉 Greeke proselyte Vers. 28. the nation in Greeke the nations 〈◊〉 Chaldee the peoples Vers. 29. the soules that is the persons 〈…〉 rooted out or destroyed as the Greeke and Chald 〈…〉 explaine it Of this judgement see Levit. 20. 〈◊〉 Gen. 17. 14. Vers. 30. my charge Hebrew my keeping or 〈…〉 die that is which I command to be kept In Greek my ordinances in Chaldee the custodie of my 〈◊〉 statutes of abominations that is most abo 〈…〉 statutes meaning their sinfull practices which 〈…〉 orow custome grew to be as a Law amongst them CHAP. XIX Sundry lawes teaching 2 holinesse 3 obed 〈…〉 4 and true religion To leave some of the fruits of the Land for the poore 11 Against lying swearing defraud 〈…〉 sing and unrighteousnesse 16 Against talebearing hate revenge 19 unlawfull mixtures and fornication 23 The law for uncircumcised fruits 26 Against observing heathenish manners 29 whoredome 31 familiar spirits 32 To honour the ancients 34 to love strangers 36 to have just ballances 37 and to observe all Gods statutes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto all the Congregation of the sonnes of Israel and say unto them Ye shall be holy for I Iehovah your God am holy Ye shall feare every-man his mother and his father and keepe my Sabbaths I am Iehovah your God Turne yee not unto Idols and make not to your-selves molten gods I am Iehovah your God And when ye sacrifice a sacrifice of Peace offring unto Iehovah yee shall sacrifice it for your favourable acceptation In the day that ye sacrifice it it shall bee eaten and on the morrow and that which remaineth untill the third day shall bee burnt in the fire And if it be eaten at all in the third day it is a polluted-thing it shall not bee favourably-accepted And they that eate it every one shall beare his iniquity because he hath profaned the holy thing of Iehovah and that soule shall be cut-off-from his peoples And when ye reape the harvest of your land thou shalt not wholly-rid the corner of thy field in reaping neither shalt thou glean the gleaning of thy harvest And thou shalt not gather-the-single-grapes of thy vineyard nor gleane the grapes that are broken off of thy vineyard thou shalt leave them for the poore and for the stranger I am Iehovah your God Ye shall not steale neither falsly-deny nor deale-falsly any-man with his neighbour And ye shall not sweare by my name to falshood and thou shalt not profane the name of thy God I am Iehovah Thou shalt not fraudulently-oppresse thy neighbour neither rob him the work of him that is hired shall not abide-all-night with thee untill the morning Thou shalt not curse the deafe and before the blinde thou shalt not put a stumbling-blocke but thou shalt feare thy God I am Iehovah Ye shall not do unrighteousnesse in judgment thou shalt not respect the person of the poore nor honor the person of the great man in justice shalt thou judge thy neighbour Thou shalt not walke a talebearer among thy people thou shalt not stand against the blood of thy neighbour I am Iehovah Thou shalt not hate thy brother in thine heart rebuking thou shalt rebuke thy neighbour and not beare sin for him
my fellowes are against me 〈◊〉 what can I do seeing they are moe then I. And if he 〈◊〉 speake he is in the compasse of this HE THAT WAâ—â—ETH as A TALEBEARER REVEALETH SECRETS Prov. 11. 13. Maim in Sanhedrin ch 22. s. 7. Whereto the Greeke version of that place agreeth A double-tongued man revealeth counsels or secrets 〈◊〉 the Synedrion or Council And so in Proverbs 20. 19. The Ierasalemy Thargum followeth the formet exposition but with another phrase expounding this Law thus My people the house 〈…〉 rael yee shall not follow the third or the threefâ—â— tongue against your neighbours meaning hereby the slaunderous or calumniating tongue So 〈…〉 Psalme 101. 5. He that slandereth or hurteth with the tougue is translated there by the Chaldee He that speaketh with a third tongue and in Psal. 140. 12. A man of tongue that is an evill tongued or evill speaker the Chaldee expounds it A man which speaketh with a third tongue And hence is that phrase of Iesus ben Syrach in Ecclus. 28. 14. A third tongue hath disquieted many and in v. 15. A third tongue hath cast out vertuous women meaning calumniators backbiters These are called of the Hebrews treble tongued for the much hurt which they doe to their neighbours whom they calumniate and to whom they tell it and to themselves Our wise men have said the evill tongue ki 〈…〉 three the speaker and the receiver and him that is spoken against but the receiver more then the speaker Maimony in Degneth chap. 7. sect 3. 〈◊〉 against the blood that is not stand and see thy neighbors blood spilt thou withdraw thy helpe from him either by word or deed So the Hebrewes explaine this Law saying Hee that pursueth his neighbors to kill him all Israel are commanded to deliver the pursued from the hand of the pursuer yea though it be by the life of the pursuer As if he hath been neighbors to leave off and yet hee pursueth him c. hee may be killed And if they can deliver him with the lesse of some of the pursuers limmes as by striking off his hand or breaking his leg or striking out his eye let them doe it Who so can deliver him by bereaving the pursuer of a limme and doth not but killeth the pursuer that man sheddeth blood and is guiltie of death how be it the Magistrates may not put him to death Whose can deliver and doth not transgresseth this law Thou shalt not stand against thy neighbours blood And so bee that seeth his neighbour sinking in the sea or theeves or some wilde beasts comming upon him and can deliver him either by himselfe or by hiring of others to deliver him and doth not or that hath heard that infidells or other wicked have purposed his evill or bid asnare for his neighbour and he discloseth it not unto him and the like he that thus doth breaketh this Law Thou shalt not staÌ„d against the blood of thy neighbour Mamony tom 4. tret of Murder ch 1. sect 6. 7. 13. 14. It implieth also all other wayes whereby a man may keepe himselfe or others from spilling innocent blood as in case of judgement or the like So Thargum Ierusalemy expoundeth it Thou shalt not keepe-silent the blood of thy neighbour in the time that thou knowest the truth in judgement And this Law is joyned with the former of tale-bearing as that which often causeth blood-shed and the Prophet complaineth In thee are men that cary tales to shed blood Ezek. 22. 9. Vers. 17. not hate thy brother by brother is meant here any other-man therefore Christ blamed the Pharises glosse Thou shalt love thy neighbour and hate thine enemie and hath said unto us Love your enemies Mat. 5. 43. 44. And this Law followeth the former about blood because Whosoever hateth his brother is a murtherer 1 Ioh. 3. 15. And because hatred often riseth of offences he commandeth to rebuke and not to hate for such things which the Hebrewes explaine thus When one man sinneth against another he must not inwardly hate him and keepe silence as it is said of the wicked And Absalom spake 〈◊〉 his brother Amnon neither good nor bad for Abs 〈…〉 hated Amnon 2 Sam. 1 3. 22. but he is commanded to make it knowne unto him and to say why hast 〈◊〉 done thus unto me Maimony in Degnoth ch 6. sect 6. in thy heart the Greek translateth in thy mind or thought which is an effect of the heart as in luke 1. 51. there is mentioned the thought or imagination of their heart So in Coloss. 1. 21. the Apostle speaketh of enemies in their minde and I will write my Law in their heart ler. 31. 33 is expounded in their minds Heb. 10. 16. rebuking thou shalt rebuke that is thou shalt in any wise rebuke 〈◊〉 plainly soundly reprove The originall signifieth to rebuke with conviction or argument by words to shew what is right and to refell the contrary as to reason Iob 13. 3. Esay 1. 18. to convince Iob 32. 12. to reprove Esay 11. 4. And it is opposed both unto hatred nourished in silence as here and in 2 Samuel 13. 22. and unto flattery Prov. 28. 23. The same Law is given by Christ in Luk. 17. 3. If thy brother sinne against thee rebuke him and if he repent forgive him This duty David desired saying Let the just smite me c. and let him rebuke me Psalme 141. 5. and it is the meanes both to nourish love among the wise Prov. 9. 8. and to encrease knowledge among the prudent Prov. 19. 25. and to procure a goodblessing Prov. 24. 25. The Hebr. doctors say He that seeth his neighbour sin or walk in a way not good is commanded to admonish him to doe better and to certifie him that he sinneth against himselfe by his evill deeds as it is written Rebuking thou shalt rebuke thy neighbour He that rebuketh his neighbour whether it be for things betweene him and him or betweene him and God he must rebuke him betweene him and himselfe alone and speake unto him gently and with a soft tongue and let him know that he speaketh not unto him but for his good to bring him to the life of the world to come If he receive it of him it is well if not let him rebuke him the second and third time and so continually a man is bound to rebuke him untill the sinner resist him and say I will not heare thee Maimony in Degnoth ch 6. sect 7. not beare sinne for him This is the usuall and proper meaning of the Hebrew words as after in Leviticus 22. 9. Numbers 18. 32. and the Greeke and Chaldee versions so explaine it and Chazkuni confirmeth it by the like Gnalaiu saith hee for his sake sake as in Psal. 44. for for thy sake are wee killed all the day c. It teacheth that he who rebuketh not his brother for sinne shall beare sinne that is punishment for his sake because
of the Kabbala that it is Satan one of the high rulers hee meaneth the Ruler of the power of the aire spoken of in Ephes. 2. 2 which is clad with Shagnatnez and is able to doe hurt and is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Satan the Idolater by transposition of letters 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Shagnatnez and the Gentiles which knew not the meaning of the word called him Satanas So the Divell is called in the Greeke tongue Rev. 12. 9. But their Canonists explaine the thing thus Nothing is forbidden concerning divers-kindes in garments but wooll and flaxe only Deut. 22. 11. And there is a thing like wooll that groweth on stones in the salt sea c. which is forbidden with flaxe because to the eye sight it is like sheepes wooll When wooll and flaxe are mixed together as when they are tozed together or spun together and so woven into a garment this is the divers-kindes forbidden in the Law To sow a woollen garment with flaxen threed or a flaxen garment with woollen threed c. is divers-kindes Of these divers-kindes there is no stinted-measure though it be but a threed of wooll in a flaxen garment or a flaxen threed in a woollen garment it is unlawfull If the wooll of sheepe and of camels or the like be tozed and spun together and if the halfe be sheepes wooll loe it is al as sheepes wooll and being with flaxe it is of divers-kindes But if the most part be of camels wooll it is lawfull to mixe it with flaxe for it hath all the forme of camels wooll Likewise hempe and flaxe tozed together if the most part be hemp it is lawfull to weave the threeds thereof with the threeds of wooll but if they be halfe to halfe it is unlawfull Maimony in Kilajim chap. 10. sect 1. c. So in Thalmud Bab. in Kilajim chap. 9. they say Nothing is forbidden by the name of divers-kindes in garments but wooll and flaxe together not come upon thee in Greeke thou shalt not put upon thee and so Moses explaineth it in Deut. 22. 11. Thou shalt not weare or clad thy selfe And this the Hebrewes understand strictly that nothing is forbidden but the wearing of it in garments therefore they say Garments of divers-kindes it is lawfull to make them and to sell them and nothing is forbidden but to weare them onely Deut. 22. 11. It is lawfull to dwell in a Tent made all of linsie-woolsie and to sit upon carpets beds c. made thereof Also to make shrowds of such to wrap the dead in for unto the dead there is no commandement Who so weareth linsie-woolsie or putteth it on is to be beaten Who so putteth it upon his neighbour if he that hath it upon him doe it presumptuously then he is beaten that hath it on him and hee that put it upon him transgresseth this rule Thou shalt not put a stumbling-blocke before the blinde But if hee that hath the garment on him knoweth not that it is linsie-woolsie but he that put it on him did it presumptuously he that put it on him is beaten and hee that hath it on is free Maimony in Kilajim chap. 10. sect 12. 25. 30. 31. Vers. 20. a man in Greeke if any man lye with a woman betrothed so the Chaldee expoundeth the Hebrew Necherepheth which comming of Caraph that is to publish and to reproach is diversly here understood of some for a woman in reproach and publike contempt of others publikely betrothed The Greeke translateth it kept or reserved to a man The Hebrew doctors explaine it thus The bond-woman charuphah betrothed spoken of in the Law is one that is halfe a bondwoman and halfe a freewoman and betrothed to an Hebrew servant Thalmud Bab in Cherethoth chap. 2. and Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 3. sect 13. But this betrothing is not complete as elsewhere he saith He that is espoused to a woman that is halfe bond and halfe free she is not espoused with complete espousals untill she be made free and when she is free they accomplish the espousals as the espousals of a girle which is growne great and he needeth no other espousals Maim treat of Wives chap. 4. sect 16. not redeemed the Chaldee explaineth it thus not redeemed with money or freedome is not given her by a bill of dismission a scourging The Hebrew Bikkoreth signifieth first a carefull-inquisition or visitation and by consequence a scourging or beating and this is meant of her onely as the Chaldee version sheweth and the Greeke saith there shall be a visitation of her and so the Hebrew Canons explaine it She is to be beaten and he is to bring a sacrifice Maimony in Shegagoth chap. 9. sect 1. and elsewhere in Issure biah chap. 3. sect 14. he saith The lying with this bondwoman differeth from all other unlawfull copulations for loe shee is to be beaten Levit. 19. 20. and he is bound to bring a trespasse offring Lev. 19. 21. So in the Thalmud in Cherethoth chap. 2. it is said In all unlawfull copulations whether it be man or woman they are alike in stripes and in sacrifice but in the case of the bond-woman the 〈◊〉 is not like to the woman in stripes nor the woman to the man in sacrifice not free for if she were free the punishment of them both should be death Deut. 22. 24. Vers. 21. his trespasse-offring whereof see Lev. 5. Vers. 23 into the land of Canaan the Greeke addeth which the Lord your God giveth unto you This Law was peculiar for the Land of Canaan not for other countries tree for food or tree of food that is whose fruit serveth for mans meat So this law concerneth not other trees that are for timber and as the Hebrewes thinke not fruit trees which are not intended by the owner for food They say He that planteth a tree for food and he intendeth it to be a fense for a garden or that he hath planted it for timber not for fruit it is free from the Law of the uncircumcised fruits If he plant it for fense and after changeth his minde and reputeth it for food or planteth it for food after reputeth it for fense as he shall please to intend so is hee bound concerning it If he planted it three yeeres for fense and thenceforth for food it is not the fourth yeere sanctified for whatsoever hath not beene three yeeres uncircumcised cannot be the fourth yeere sanctified He that planteth for to observe a commandement as when hee planteth a Citron tree for branches at the feast of Tabernacles or an Olive tree for oile for the Candlesticke in the Sanctuarie it is bound to this law of the uncircumcision That which the heathens planted before Israel came into the land was free from it but after they came into he land though the heathens planted it it was bound thereunto Whether a man plant a slip or branch of a tree or pull up the whole tree out of his place and plant it in
himselfe for it is written AND THOV SHALT LOVE THE LORD THY GOD Deut. 6. 5. And the holy blessed God himselfe loveth strangers Deut. 10. 18. Maimony in Degnoth c. 6. s. 4. Vers. 35. unrighteousnesse or injurious-evill see vers 15. in mete yard the Greeke translateth it in measures The Hebrew Middah is properly such measure or dimension as concerneth the greatnesse of things or length of them by the yard elle inch rod or the like the next two concerne the multitude of things by weight as in skoles or by measure as in vessels Hereof the Hebrewes say Hee that weigheth to his neighbour by lesser weights then the people of that countrie are wont to doe or meteth by a lesser mete-yard then they are wont transgresseth the Law in Levit. 19. 35. Although hee that meteth or weigheth lesse is a theefe yet he payeth not the double as in Exod. 22. 4. but payeth him his measure or his weight Neither is he beaten for this trespasse because he is bound to make restitution Who so hath in his house or in his shop a lesser meteyard or weight transgresseth the Law in Deut. 25. 13. 14. For though he himselfe doe not sell thereby yet an other may coâ—e who knoweth it not and may measure by it Whether he buy and sell with an Israelite or with an Infidell if hee mete or weigh by too little a weight hee transgresseth and is bound to restore And so it is unlawfull to let an infidell erre in accompts but he must exactly reckon with him yea though hee be one that is subdued under thy hand how much more then with others that are not subdued Maimony treat of Theft chap. 7. Vers. 36. just stones Hebr. stones of justice which the Chaldee well explaineth true weights and the Greeke just weights So stones are often used for weights Deut. 25. 12. Prov. 11. 1. and 16. 11. and 20. 20. 23. where double and deceitfull weights are shewed to bee an abhomination to the Lord. The reason of this name is for that they used weights of stone rather then of other things They make no weights either of yron or of lead or of other like metall because they will canker and waxe too light but they make them of the cleare stony-rocke or of glasse or the like Maimony treat of Theft chap. 8. sect 4. Ephah put for all measures as the Greek and Chaldee here translate though the Ephah was one certaine measure like our Bushel containing ten Omers see the annotations on Exod. 16. 36. just Hin Hebr. Hin of justice the Hin was a measure of liquid things as the Ephah was for drie and it contained as much as seventie two hennes egges see the notes on Exod. 30. 24. And under these two names all other measures are comprehended which God requireth to be just and true condemning all falshood and deceit as Ezek. 45. 10. 11. 12. Amos 8. 5. 8. In Israel the Magistrates looked unto these as in the Hebrew canons it is said The Iudges are bound to appoint Officers in every citie and in every shire that they may goe about into shops and look that their ballances and measures be just and determine the stinted measure of them And with whomsoever they finde any weight or measure too light or short or ballances that goe awry they have authoritie to smite him and to mulct him as the Iudges shall 〈◊〉 meet c. Maimony treat of Thft chap. 8. sect 20. These ordinances as they taught men justice in all their civill affaires so especially in spirituall that all things pertaining to religion be faithfully and equally weighed in the ballance of the heart by the measures and weights of the Lords sanctuarie that is by his lawes and words of truth contained in the holy Scriptures Act. 17. 11. 1. Thes. 5. 21. 2. Tim. 3. 16 17. compared with Hos. 12. 7. As also that all persons be tried and judged according to their workes by the word of God Mat. 7. 1 2 3. Ioh. 7. 24. compared with Iob 31. 6. Dan. 5. 27. Psal. 58. p. 3. CHAP. XX. 1. Lawes for the punishment of him that giveth of his 〈◊〉 to Molech 6 of him that goeth to Wizards 9 of him that curseth his parents 10. of adulterers 11 14 17 19. of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 persons 13. of them that lye with mankinde 15 or with beasts 18 or with a woman in her 〈◊〉 7 12 26 Holinesse and obedience 〈◊〉 required 23 the manners of the heathens to be avoided 25 difference to be put betweene beasts clean and uncleane 〈◊〉 Wizards must be stoned to death ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And thou shalt say unto the sons of Israel Every man of the sonnes of Israel or of the stranger that sojourneth in Israel that giveth of his feed unto Molech he shall surely be put to death the people of the land shall stone him with stones And I will set my face against that man and will cut him off from among his people because he hath given of his seed unto Molech that hee might defile my sanctuary and to prophane the name of my holinesse And if the people of the land hiding shall hide their eyes from that man when hee giveth of his seed unto Molech that they put him not to death Then I will set my face against that man and against his familie and will cut off him and all that goe-a-whoring after him to goe-a-whoring after Molech from among their people And the soule that turneth unto them that have familiar spirits and unto wizards to goe-a-whoring after them I will also set my face against that soule and will cut him off from among his people And yee shall sanctifie your selves and be holy for I am Iehovah your God And yee shall keepe my statutes and doe them I am Iehovah that sanctifieth you For every man that curseth his father or his mother shall be surely put to death hee hath cursed his father or his mother his bloods shall be upon him And the man that committeth-adulterie with a mans wife that committeth-adulterie with his neighbours wife the adulterer and the adulteresse shall surely bee put to death And the man that lyeth with his fathers wife hath uncovered his fathers nakednesse both of them shall be surely put to death their bloods shall be upon them And the man that lyeth with his daughter-in-daughter-in-law both of them shal be surely put to death they have wrought confusion their bloods shall be upon them And the man that lyeth with a male like copulation with a woman they have done abhomination both of them they shall be surely put to death their bloods shall be upon them And the man that taketh a wife and her mother it is wickednes they shall burne him and them with fire that there be no wickednes among you And the man that giveth his copulation with a beast hee shall surely bee put to death and yee shall kill the beast And the woman that approcheth unto
that boweth downe or that sacrificeth and such like So hee speaketh of him that hath a Familiar spirit and not of the Wizard who is in the same estate Lev. 20. 6. Of these forementioned some are to dye by the hand of the magistrate some are to be beaten but not put to death as elsewhere is observed defile my Sanctuary that is the Tabernacle Exod. 25. 8. or Temple which was defiled when God was sacrificed unto other where or by other wayes then he commanded Levit. 17. 4. 5. or when they sacrificed to idols and yet would come into the Sanctuarie to serve God also whereas the Temple of God hath no agreement with Idols 2 Cor. 6. 16. And thus the Prophet reproveth them for that they burned incense to Baal and walked after other gods and yet came and stood before him in the house whereupon his name was called Ier. 7. 9. 10. and to prophane that is as the Greek explaineth it and that he might prophane Of prophaning Gods name see Levit. 18. 21. Vers. 4. the people of the land which the Chaldee expoundeth the people of the house of Israel and so the Greeke saith the homeborne of the land hiding shall hide that is shall any waies hide the Greeke explaineth it with winking shall winke at that is neglect or not regard no punish That word Paul useth in Act. 17. 30. the times of this ignorance God wincked at Vers. 5. my face the Chaldee expoundeth it mine anger and so face often signifieth Psal. 21. 10. and 34. 17. Lam. 4. 16. See the notes on Gen. 32. 20. his familie in Greeke his kinred and so the word familie signifieth in Gen. 24. 38. the Chaldee translateth it his helpers that is such as tooke part with him as the next words doe declare that goe a whoring after him that is commit idolatrie as the Chaldec explaineth it that erre so in verse 6. the Greeke translateth all that consent unto him This judgment God executed upon the Iewes for this idolatrie and their other sins as he signified by his Prophet that he would give their city Ierusalem into the hand of the Chaldeans who should set fire upon it and burne it with the houses upon whose roofes they had burnt incense unto Baal c. Because they their Kings their Princes their Priests and their Prophets and the men of Iudah and the inhabitants of Ierusalem had set their abhominations in the house which was called by his Name to defile it and built the high places of Baal to cause their sonnes and their daughters to passe through the fire unto Molech c. therefore it should be delivered into the hand of the King of Babylon by the sword and by the famine and by the pestilence Ier. 32. 28. 29. 32. 34. 35. 36. Vers. 6. the soule that is as the Chaldee expoundeth the man that turneth unto or looketh after in Greeke followeth meaning that consulteth with them as Deut. 18. 11. familiar spirits Targum Ionathan expoundeth it them that aske of familiar spirits Of these and the wizards following whom the Greeke calleth Inchanters see the annotations on Leviticus 19. 31. and Deuteronomie 18. 11. set my face Hebr. give my face in Chaldee give mine anger against that man and destroy him This judgment was executed upon K. Saul who dyed for asking counsell of one that had a familiar spirit 1 Chron. 10. 13. 1 Sam. 28. Vers. 7. And This may bee a reason of the former Therefore ye shall sanctifie your selves by abstaining from all evill and doing good be holy or be saints for I am Iehovah to weet that sanctifieth you as vers 8. or for I am holy as the Greeke addeth and as Moses wrote before in Lev. 19. 2. Vers. 9. For every man or any man Hebr. man man meaning any whosoever as vers 2. And this is inferred upon the former precept be holy For otherwise judgements abide you curseth or revileth speaketh evill as the Greeke translateth which the holy Ghost approveth in Acts 23. 5. See the notes on Exodus 21. 17. or Hebrew and which the Greeke translateth or and so in Matthew 15. 4. For death was his due if he cursed either of them and they are distinguished to make him guilty for the one without the othâ—r as Chazkuni here explaineth it and as Iarchi addeth though it be after his parents death Whose curseth his father or his mother his Lamp shall be pâ—tout in obscure darkenesse Prov. 20. 20. his bloods shall be upon him that is his death shall be upon his owne head for he hath caused it by his sinne So the Greeke translateth he shall be guilty and the Chaldee he is guilty or worthy to be killed so after often in this chapter The manner of his death was stoning as is noted upon Exod. 21. 10. and as Moses after sheweth for the rebellious sonne Deut. 21. 21. And it is observed as a generall 〈◊〉 by the Hebrew doctors Every place where it is 〈◊〉 in the Law they shall be put to death THEIR BLOODS VPON THEM it is meant by stoning Maimony Issureibiah c. 1. s. 6 and Sol. Iarchi on Lev. 20. 9. Vers. 10. that committeth adultery the Greek addeth in the second place or that commits-adul 〈…〉 ry with his neighbours wife It is expouuded in Deut. 22. 22. a woman maried to an husband dye the death the manner of their death is not set downe either here or in Deuter. 22. 22. unlesse by that which is before and after for other unlawfull copulations we say it is meant stoning to death as the man that lyeth with a beast vers 15. is to bee stoned because the womâ—n for like beastlinesse is to be stoned verse 16. The Pharisees which brought unto Christ a woman taken in adulterie said Moses commanded that such should be stoned Ioh. 8. 4. 5. but whether that were this very case is to bee considered Also to lye with a bettothed woman the punishment was stoning as for humbling his neighbours wife Deut. 22. 24. Howbeit the latter Pharisees say the adulterers death was Strangling Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 15. sect 13. And in another place he openeth this and the other like â—â—wes more fully thus Who so presumptuously committeth any of all the unlawfull copulations spoken of in the lâ—w is guilty of cutting off Levit. 18. 29. and if they doe it ignorantly they are bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed And there be some of the Nakednesses that is the unlawfull copulations which deserve death by the Iudges more then the cutting-off which is meet for them all Of those which are to be put to death by the Iudges some are to dye by stoning and some by burning and some by strangling And these are they that are put to death by stoning He that lyeth with his mother or with his fathers wife or with his sonnes wife which is called his daughter-in-daughter-in-law he that lyeth with mankinde or with a beast and the woman that lyeth downe to a beast
And these are burnt to death He that lyeth with his wives daughter whiles his wife liveth or with her daughters daughter or with her sons daughter or with his wives mother or with her mothers mother or with her fathers mother He that lyeth with his daughter or with his daughters daughter or with his sons daughter Thou hast no unlawfull copulation puniâ—hed with Strangling but for lying with a mans wife onely Levit. 20. 10. And the death which the Law speaketh of absolutely that is without naming what kinde of death it shal be is Strangling And if she be a Priests daughter she is burned Levit. 21. 9. and he that lay with her is strangled and if shee be a betrothed maid they are both of them stoned Deuter. 22. 24. and wheresoever the Law saith Their bloods upon them that is by stoning For all other unlawfull copulations there is cutting-off onely and not death by the Magistrate Therefore if there be witnesses and evidence the Iudges are to beat them for all that deserve cutting-off are to be beaten Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 1. sect 1. 7. Thus by their owne grant this case is singular and there is no other reason of the adulterers strangling then the commanding of their death absolutely Among the heathens also adulterie was punished with death as the King of Babylon rosted Zedekiah and Ahab in the fire because they committed adultery with their neighbours wives c. Ieremie 29. 22. 23. This sinne is a fire that consumeth to destruction and will root out all a mans increase Iob 31. 12. Hee that d 〈…〉 h it destroyeth his owne soule Prov. 6. 32. Vers. 11. their bloods upon them that is they shall be stoned in Greeke both of them are guilty and the Chaldee saith worthy to be killed So in the rest that follow Vers. 12. wrought or done confusion which the Greeke translateth have done-impiously Vers. 13. like copulation with a woman Hebr. with the lyings or copulations of a woman see Levit 18. 22. Vers. 14. wickednesse or a wicked purpose in Chaldee counsell of sinnes in Greeke an unlawfull act See Levit. 18. 17. Vers. 17. impietie or reproach ignominie as the Greeke and Chaldee doe translate it cut-off in Greeke destroyed before the sonnes of their kinne that is soone and openly to weet by the hand of God and to be beaten by the Magistrate as the Hebrewes say See the notes on verse 10. his iniquitie that is the punishment due thereunto as Gen. 19. 15. Vers. 18. having her sicknesse her menstrual-infirmitie for which she was separated as uncleane even from her husband therefore the Greeke translateth it put-apart and the Chaldee uncleane See the annotations on Levit. 12. 2. and 15. 19. 24. the fountaine or well figuratively so called because of the issve as in Levit. 12 7. The Greeke here in the first place keepeth the metaphore hee hath uncovered her fountaine the Chaldee saith her ignominie in the second place the Greeke translateth she hath uncovered the issue of her blood where the Chaldee saith the uncleannesse of her blood The Holy Ghost also explaineth it so for where it is said in Marke 5. 29. the fountaine of her blood was dried up an other Evangelist saith her issue of blood stanched Luke 8. 44. By the Hebrew doctors the wombe wherein the childe is formed is called the Fountaine Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 5. sect 3. Therfore also they exempt virgins from this pollution as is noted on Levit. 15. 19. cut-off in the Greek and Chaldee destroyed to weet by the hand of God for presumptuous doing against this Law Levit. 15. 31. and by the Magistrates if it were knowne she was beaten Maimony in Issureibiah chap. 1. sect 22. And from the Law for washing her in Levit. 15. they teach that the woman which hath her sicknesse or hath an issue or hath borne achilde if shee wash not her selfe in water who so lyeth with any one of them though it be after many yeeres is guilty of cutting-off Maimony ibidem chap. 4. sect 3. But those legall washings figured our better cleansing by the blood of Christ Esa. 4. 4. 1 Ioh. 1. 7. Vers. 20. his aunt which the Chaldee expoundeth his uncles or fathers-brothers wife see Levit 18. 14. childlesse meaning either that God will give them no children or soon take them away if he doe give them For by the Hebrew canons the Magistrates might not put them to death but beat them onely for this sinne See the notes on verse 10. Verse 21. shall be childlesse the Greeke translateth shall dye childlesse as verse 20. Sol. Iarchi hereupon noteth Childlesse meaneth if he have children he shall bury them if he have no children hee shall dye without children therefore the scripture differeth saying in verse 20. they shall dye childlesse and in verse 21. they shall be childlesse They shall die childelesse if he have any at the time of transgression he shall have none at his death for he shall bury them whiles he liveth they shall be childlesse for if hee have none when he transgresseth he shall be all his daies as he now is Vers. 22. And or Therefore ye shall keepe spue or vomit you not out which the Greeke and Chaldee turne loathe or abhorre you See Levit. 18. 25. 26. 28. Verse 23. nation in Greeke nations in Chaldee peoples amyrked or am grieved with and consequently doe abhorre them as the Greeke translateth it and the Chaldee my Word abhorreth them Thus also God was affected with Israel and complained Fortie yeeres I was yrked with that generation Psal. 95. 10. Vers. 24. milke and honey that is all good and comfortable blessings which were also figures of heavenly graces see the notes on Exod. 3. 8. separated in Greeke disparted or disbounded you from all the nations Gods lawes are as a wall and hedge to keepe his people from the statutes and manners of the wicked So Solomon said Thou didst separate them to thy selfe for an inheritance from all the peoples of the earth 1 King 8. 53. Vers. 25. separate betweene the cleane beast that is put difference by eating the cleane and refraining from the uncleane according to the Law in Levit. 11. which thing is here spoken of upon their separation from the peoples because their abstinence from uncleane beasts figured their abstaining from the communion of uncleane peoples as Act. 10. 12. 28. and as is shewed on Levit. 11. The Hebrewes say this is mentioned after the unlawfull copulations aforesaid because who so defileth him-selfe with them degenerateth and is as it were transformed into the nature of uncleane beasts c. R. Menachem on Levit. fol. 151. for uncleane that is that you should count them unclean and abstaine from them The Greeke translateth in uncleannesse Vers. 26. from the peoples in Greâ—ke from all the nations as in verse 24. to be mine or to bee unto me which the Chaldee interpreteth to serve before me Vers. 27. familiar spirit
Nazirite walke together in the way light upon a dead the Nazirite must goe about to bury him for his holinesse is not perpetuall and the Priest may not defile himselfe though he be but a common priest If there be the high Priest and a common priest then the common priest is to defile himselfe and whosoever is before his fellow in dignity is to bee after him in pollution And if the second chiefe priest with the priest that is anointed for the war Deut. 20. 2. doe light upon a dead hee that was anointed for the warre must be defiled and not the Sagan or second chiefe priest Maimony ibidem ch 3. sect 8. 9. Vnto this Law that the high Priest might not defile him-selfe for his parents or children the words in Moses blessing of tribe of Levi seeme to have refâ—rence Who saith of his father and of him mother I respect him not and his brethren hee acknowledgeth not and his sonnes he knoweth not c. Deut. 33. 9. Compare also Lev. 10. 2. 7. Ver. 12. goe out of the Sanctuary to weet in the time when he should serve there And this Law was not for the high Priest only but for all priests who if any of their friends there died or tidings of the death of any came unto their eares might not therefore depart and leave off their ministration upon paine of death Lev. 10. 7. So the Hebrewes explaine it A priest that goeth out of the Sanctuary in the time of service onely is guilty of death whether he be the high priest or a common priest Levit. 10. 7. So that which is said of the high Priest in Lev. 21. 12. AND HE SHALL NOT GOE OVT c. is not but for the time of service onely that hee shall not leave his service and goe out If it be so why is this warning repeated for the high Priest Because a common priest which is in the Sanctuarie in his service and he heareth of death of one for whom he is bound to mourne though he may not goe out of the Sanctuary yet he serveth not because he is sorowfull and if he serve when he is sorowfull by the law he prophaneth his service whether it be about the sacrifice of a particular person or the sacrifice of the congregation But the high Priest serveth when he is sorrowfull for it is said Neither shall hee goe-out of the Sanctuary nor prophane the Sanctuary as if he should say hee shall continue and serve the service that he is imployed in and it is not prophaned But though the high Priest serveth when hee is sorrowfull yet is it unlawfull for him to eate of the holy things as it is written in Lev. 10. 19. Had I eaten the Syn-offring to day should it have beene good in the eyes of the LORD So neither hath he a portion to eat at evening Maimony in Biath hamikdash ch 2. sect 5. 6. 8. nor prophane the Sanctuarie the Greeke expoundeth it nor prophane the sanctified name of his God the crowne the anointing oile This may be understood of two things of the golden plate which is called Nezer 2 Crowne Exod us 29. 6. and of the Anointing oile both which were upon him Or the later explaineth the former and the Oile is called Nezer a Crowne or Separation because by it he was separated from other men and other Priests Thus the Greeke translateth it the holy oile the anointing of his God is upon him V. 13. a wife in her virginities that is a wife that is a virgin as the Greeke translateth it Three women are unlawfull for all Priests the divorced the whore and the prophane and the high Priest is forbidden foure the three forenamed and the widow Whether it be the high Priest which is anointed with the anointing oile or ordained in the priestly garments and whether it be the priest that serveth or the great Priest that serveth in his place in stead of the high Priest when hee is pollured called the second Priest 1 King 2. 28. and likewise the Priest anointed for the warre Deut. 20. 2. they all are commanded to mary virgins and forbidden to mary widowes Maimony in Issurei biah chap. 17. sect 1. The high Priest was a figure of Christ Heb. 3. 1. his wife which was to bee a virgin was a figure of the Church which is to be chast pure holy as the Apostle writeth to the Church of Corinth I have espoused you to one husband that I may present you a chast virgin to Christ 2 Cor. 11. 2. See also Rev. 14. 4. V. 14. a widow whether she be a widow after betrothing or after mariage she is forbidden him Maimony in Issure Biah chap. 17. sect 11. a virgin of his peoples that is either of the tribe of Levi or of any other tribe of Israel as Iehojada the Priest maried Iehoshabeath the daughter of King Iehoram of the tribe of Iudah 2 Chron. 22. 11. So in Ezekiel 44. 22. it is said of the Priests they shall take maidens of the seed of the house of Israel And in the Hebrew canons Priests and Levites and Israelites may lawfully goe in that is marry one with another and that which is borne goeth after the male that is if the father bee a Priest or Levite the childe is a Priest or Levitc if the father be a common Israelite the childe is a common Israelite though born of a Priests daughter Maimony in Issure biah ch 19. sect 15. Vers. 15. not prophane his seed which he should doe by marying with any of those forbidden him that his sonnes after him might not execute the priests office because they were borne of an unlawfull mother A priest that goeth in to a divorced woman or an whore and an high priest that goeth in to them or unto a widow those are made profane women for ever and if hee beget a sonne of her that which is borne is prophane Maimony in Issureibiah ch 19. sect 3. Therefore the magistrates punished the priests that maryed and lay with any unlawful woman Every priest that marieth any of the three women in vers 7. and lyeth with her is to be beaten An high priest that goeth in to awidow is to be beaten If an high priest marry a widow and lye with her hee is to bee beaten twise once for transgressing this HE SHALL NOT TAKE A WIDOW and once for this HE SHALL NOT PROPHANE And whether he be an high priest or a common priest that marâ—eth any of those for bidden women if hee lye not with her he is not beaten And in every place where he is to be beaten she is to be beaten Every priest that goeth in to an heathen woman is to bee beaten as for an whore A woman that hath beene a widow and hath beene divorced and hath beene made prophane and hath beene an whore and an high priest goeth in afterward unto her he is to be beaten foure times for lying with her once Like judgement
other was divided to all the custodies the Priests in their charges and both of them were eaten the same day and halfe the night as the 〈◊〉 of the most holy things Maimony in Tamidin chap. 8 sect 11. holinesse that is most holy The Peace-offrings of particular persons were light holy things but the peace-offrings of the Congregation were holy of holies that is most holy as 〈◊〉 Iarchi here observeth for the Priest 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 may eat them as before is shewed The 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 deth for the Priest that offreth them The 〈◊〉 the Priests to eat these and other â—oly things 〈◊〉 in Numb 18. 8. 9. 10. c. Vers. 21. shall proclaime or shall convocate 〈◊〉 is call-together the people in Greeke ye shall 〈◊〉 this day this selfe same day Hebr. the strength or bodie of this body so in verse 14. and 28. and 29. See Gen 7. 13. a convocation of holi 〈…〉 an holy convocation and meeting together of all the people partly in remembrance of their comming out of Egypt Deut. 16. 12. who came thence to-keepe a feast to the Lord in the wildernesse Exâ—â— 5. 1. 3. which they keepe at mount Sinai Exod. 24. where also the Law was given at this time of the yeere Exod. 19. 1. 11. the memoriall where 〈◊〉 celebrated by this yeerely feast and pardy to 〈…〉 ctifie the first fruits of their wheat harvest and to celebrate Gods mercies for the fruitfulnesse 〈◊〉 their land as this place sheweth The chiefe thâ—â—g figured hereby was the solomne giving of the 〈◊〉 of Christ which after was performed in Ierusalem at this feast of Pentecost when he sent his Apostles the gifts of his spirit in fierie tongues Act. 2. 1. 2. 3. whereupon they went forth to reape that which the Prophets had sowne gathcring fruit unto 〈◊〉 eternall and bringing the wheat of God into his garner unto the everlasting praise of the glory of his grace Ioh. 4. 35. 38. Luke 3. 17. Eph. 1. 3. 〈◊〉 And this Feast we now celebrate whiles with joy and thankfulnesse unto God we receive the 〈◊〉 the spirit of life in Christ Iesus which hath macâ—â— free from the law of sinne and death Rom. 8. 2. 15. Galath 3. 2. Vers. 22. not wholly-rid not â—ut downe all 〈◊〉 leave some in the corner of thy field for the 〈◊〉 This law was given before in Levit. 19. 9. in the very words see the annotations there God speaking here of the Feasts which were in harveth which they celebrated to the honour of 〈◊〉 repeateth that law concerning the poore whose reliefe he joyneth with his owne service as in repeating these feasts hee maketh expresse mention of such also to bee made partakers of their joy Deut. 16. 11. 14. See also Deut. 24. 19. 22. where this law is inlarged Vers. 24. the seventh moneth called of the Hebrewes â—isri of us now September in scripture it is named Ethanim 1 King 8. 2. which the Chaldee there expoundeth the moneth of the Ancients which they called the first moneth c. and now it is the seventh moneth So Targum Ionathan here explaineth it In Tisri which is the seventh moneth In this moneth Solomons Temple was dedicated the first day which was at the new moone for all their moneths in Israel were counted by the Moone asabbatisme that is a rest or cessation from your labours Targum Ionathan calleth it a good day blowing-of-trompets or of cornets the Greeke translateth a memoriall of trompets the Chaldee a memoriall of showting The Hebrew Tragnah here used is generally a lowd showing noise commonly for joy as Ezra 3. 11. 12. 1 Chro. 15. 28. sometime for sorrow as Ier. 20. 16. Mich. 4. 9. and is either with mans voice or with sound of trompet and then it is that broken sound called an alarme Numb 10. 5. 7. Againe Trompets were of two sorts some of metall as the silver trompets in the Sanctuarie Numb 10. 2. some of horne called cornets 2 Chron. 15. 14. Psal. 98. 6. That this was with blowing of trompets and cornets appeareth by Numb 10 10. in your solemne dayes and in the beginnings of your moneths yee shall blow with the trompets over your burnt offrings c. and in Psal. 81. 3. Blow up the cornet or trompet in the new-moone c. At every new-moone they had a solemnitie in Israel and offred besides the daily sacrifices two bullockes one ram seven lambs for burnt-offrings with their meat and drinke-offrings and a goat for a sin-offring Numb 28. 11. 15. and at this new moone which was the beginning of the yeere they offered all the foresaid sacrifices and over and besides them one bullocke one ram and seven lambs for burnt-offrings and a goat for a sin-offring Num. 29. 1. 6. The trompet which they proclaimed the new yeere with was the same that they proclaimed the Iubilee with which was a cornet called in Hebrew Shophar Levit. 25. 9. The Hebrew doctors write here of thus It is commanded by the Law to heare the sound of the trompet or cornet in the beginning of the yeere Numb 29. 1. and the trâ—mpet which they blew with either in the beginning of the yeere or at the Iubilee was of arams horne crooked and all cornets save of rammes horne were unlawfull And although it bee not expressed in the law that the blowing at the new yeere should be with the cornet Levit 23. 24. yet of the Iubilee it is said SHOPHAR TRVGNAH the cornet of loud sound Levit. 25. 9. whereupon we have beene taught the sound or blowing at the Iubilee was with the cornet Shophar also the sound at the beginning of the yeere was with the cor 〈◊〉 In the Sanctuarie they did blow in the beginning of the yeere with one cornet and two trompets because it is written in Psal. 98. 6. with trompets and sound of cornet shout triumphantly before the LORD the King but in other places they did not blow in the beginning of the yeere save with the cornet onely All are bound to heare the sound of the cornet Priests and Levites and Israelites and Proselytes and servants that are made free but women and servants and children are not bound The sound Trugnah or alarme spoken of in the law is not certainely knowue of us by reason of the length of yeeres and our many captivities so that we know not how it was Maimony in Shophar c. chap. 1. sect 1. 2. and chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 3. sect 2. Howbeit by the same author and by Thalm. Bab in Rosh hasshanah chap. 3. and 4. it appeareth that they used to blow with these cornets both in Ierusalem and in all other cities in the Synagogues for the feasts were proclaimed in all their cities and not onely in Ierusalem Nehem. 8. 15. and with it they used prayers and blessings and reading of some scriptures â—itting the matter in hand This blowing of trompets by the Priests in the Sanctuarie and Ministers in the Synagogues which all the
law extendeth to all even the mean est Hee that hurteth his owne Hebrew servant is bound to pay all five things before mentioned save for his resting He that hurteth his neighbours Canaanitish or heathenish servant payeth to his master all the five things He that hurts his neighbours Hebrew servant is bound to pay all five c. He that burieth another mans wife payeth for her resting and for her healing to her husband and for the paine to her selfe and for the shame and for the dammage if it be to be seene as if it be on her face necke or hand a third part is payd to her selfe and two thirds to her husband if the dammage bee on a secret place a third part is payd to the husband and two thirds to the wife If an husband hurt his owne wife he is bound to pay unto her out of hand all the dammage and all the shame and the paine and all is hers her husband hath no fruit thereof And if she will she may give the price to another And her husband is to heale her as all sicke persons are wont to be healed It is unlawfull for a man to hurt either himselfe or his neighbour and not he that hurteth-only but whosoever smiteth a righteous man of Israel either small or great man or woman by way of strife bear â—â—sgresseth against a prohibition for it is said in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 3. he shall not adde or exceed to smite him if the law forbiddeth to adde in smiting of a sinner much more it forbiddeth to smite a just man Though he doe but lift up his hand against his neighbor it is unlawfull and whosoever lifteth up his hand against his neighbour though he 〈…〉 ite him not he is a wicked man Maimony in Chobel c chap. 4. sect 10. c. and chap. 〈◊〉 1. 2. Vers. 21. that smiteth the Chaldee translateth that killeth a beast but it extendeth further even to the-hurting or mayming of his neighbours beast and consequently any other of his goods according to the Law Exod. 22. 5. 6. So the Hebrewes expound this law saying Hee that doth d 〈◊〉 age to his neighbours goods is bound to recompence the whole dammage whether hee doe it of ignorance or against his will iâ— is as if he did it presumptuously as if he fall from the top of an house or stumble 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and falleth on a vessell and breaketh it he 〈◊〉 〈…〉 d to pay the whole dammage as it is written AND HEE THAT SMITETH A BEAST 〈…〉 LL RECOMPENCE or PAY FOR IT the 〈◊〉 〈…〉 e putteth no difference whether hee doe it 〈◊〉 〈…〉 y or presumptuously And whether he kill his neighbours beast or break his vessels or rent his clothes or cut downe his plants there is one law for all But this is to be understood if it be within the power or liberties of him that suffreth the dammage for if it be within the liberties of him that doth the dammage he is not bound to recompence unlesse he doe the dammage presumptuously but if he doe it of ignorance or being forced he is discharged Likewise if they be both of them within their liberties or both of them out of their liberties and the one dâ—th dammage against his will to his neighbours goods he is discharged Hee that th 〈…〉 steth his neighbours beast into the water or it is fallen in and hee will not suffer it to come up out of the water till it dye there he is bound to recompence it and so in all like cases Who-soever is the cause of doing dammage to his neighbours goods hee is bound to recompence the whole dammage with the best of his substance as others that doe dammages Although he doth not this dammage himselfe at last forasmuch as he was the cause thereof at first he is bound to pay Maimony in Chobel c. ch 6. sect 1. 2. 3. 12. and ch 7 sect 7. smiteth a man that is killeth him as vers 17. so the Chaldee translateth it killeth and the Greeke addeth hee that smiteth a man and he dye shal be put to death Vers. 22. One judgement that is one manner of law and punishment shall ye have or shall be to you as well the stranger or as the stranger the proselyte so shall the homeborne be Vers. 23. and stoned him the Greeke addeth and all the congregation stoned him as vers 14. Of the manner of stoning which they used afterward in Israel it is recorded in Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin ch 6. and by Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 15. that when they came within foure cubits of the place of execution they st 〈…〉 t him that was to be stoned out of his clothes and covered his naked-shame before him and a woman was not stoned naked but in one linnen garment The place of stoning was high w 〈…〉 er he and the witnesses went up and his hands were tyed and one of the witnesses stroke him behinde on the loynes if he dyed not with that blow there was a great stone so much as two men could beare which the witnesses cast upâ— his 〈…〉 art if with that he dyed not al Israel threw stones upon him as it is written The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterward the hand of all the people De 〈…〉 17. 7. CHAP. XXV 1 God commandeth that every seventh year should be a Sabbath and a yeere of rest to the Land of Canaan 4. in which it might neither be tilled nor reaped 6 and the fruits that grew of their owne accord that yeere were to be common for all 8 The law for the Iubilee in the fiftieth yeere for libertie to the inhabitants of the land returning to their families and possessions and rest unto the land 14. Oppression may not be in selling of Possessions 18 A blessing of obedience 23 The manner of selling and redeeming lands 29 of houses in walled cities 31 and of houses in villages 32 Of the houses and suburbs of the Levites and the redemption of them 35 Compassion of the poore 39 The poore Hebrewes might not be sold for bondmen 43 nor ruled ever with rigour 44 Bondmen were to bee of the heathen 47 The redemption of Hebrew servants out of strangers hands 54 Their freedome at the Iubilee 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses in mount Sinai saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel and say unto them When yee come into the land which I give unto you then shall the land rest a sabbath unto Iehovah Six yeers thou shalt sow thy field and six yeeres thou shalt prune thy vineyard and shalt gather the revenue thereof And in the seventh yeere shall bee a Sabbath of sabbatisme unto the land a Sabbath for Iehovah thou shalt not sow thy field nor prune thy vineyard That which groweth-of-it-owne-accord of thy harvest thou shalt not reape and the grapes of thy separation thou shalt not gather it shall be unto the
But I will remember unto them the covenant of their Ancestors them whom I brought forth out of the land of Egypt before the eyes of the heathens to be unto them a God I Iehovah These are the Statutes and the Iudgements and the Lawes which Iehovah gave betweene him and the sonnes of Israel in mount Sinai by the hand of Moses Annotations IDols in Hebrew Elilim that is Vanities or things of nought in Greeke things made-with hands Of these and the making of them see the notes on Levit. 19. 4. and Exod. 20. 4. graven thing which the Chaldee expoundeth an image see Exod 20. 4. pillar or statue or standing-image which hath the name of setting-up or standing and seemeth to have beene usually of stone as Iakob set up a stone for a pillar Gen. 28. 18. and 35. 14. And pillars were set up either for civil moniments as was the pillar on Rachels grave Gen. 35. 20. and Absoloms pillar 2 Sam. 18. 18. or for religious moniments as were altars Gen. 35. 14. Esa. 19. 19. these latter are here forbidden after that God had appointed the place and ordinances of his worship and he signifieth his hatred of them in Deut. 16. 22. Yet were they used not onely by the heathens as in Egypt Ier. 43. 13. but by the idolatrous Israelites 1 King 14. 23. 2 King 17. 10. The Hebrewes say Matsebah the Pillar or Statue which the Law forbiddeth is a building or edifice by which all doe gather themselves together though it be to serve the LORD because such was the manner of Idolaters and who soreareth up a pillar is to be beaten Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 6. sect 6. And Sol. Iarchi on Deut. 16. 22. saith Matsebah the Pillar is a stone to offer upon though it bee to the God of heaven set or put lay Hebr. give Whereby also he may forbid the sufferance of such in their land for elsewhere they are willed to destroy their pictures Num. 33. 52. and giving is often used for suffering see Gen. 20. 6. stone of imagerie or stone of picture or of figure that is any pictured or figured stone or image of stone the Chaldec calleth it stone of adoration or of worship upon or unto which they used to bow downe Of this word pictures have their name Num. 33. 52. Esa. 2. 16. The Hebrewes understand this of such stones as wherewith they used to pave their holy places and bow downe upon them to serve their Gods The stone of imagerie spoken of in the Law although a man bow down him-selfe thereupon unto God he is to be beaten because it was the manner of Idolaters to lay a stone before the Idoll and to bow downe upon it therefore they might not doe so unto the LORD Maimony treat of Idolatrie chap. 6. sect 6. 〈…〉 in your land The Hebrewes understand this Law of stones upon which they worshipped doe by the land here understand all other places save the Sanctuarie which was paved with stone upon which they bowed downe In the Sanctuarie it was lawfull to bow downe upon the stones as it is written IN YOVR LAND in your land ye may not bow downe upon stones but ye may bow downe upon the stones wherewith the Sanctuarie is paved And for this cause all Israel are wont to lay matts or some such thing in the Synagogues which are paved with stone to make a separation betweene their faces and the stones c. Maimony ibidem sect 7. But this seemeth to savour of superstition for God forbiddeth not stones simply but stones of imagerie which were pictured or graved with figures unto it or upon it for so both the Hebrew and Chaldee may be Englished but the Greeke translateth unto it And the Hebrew doctors understanding it to be a prohibition of bowing downe upon any such stone though unto the true God doe determine the punishment to bee beating by the magistrate whereas if they bowed upon it to an idoll they were stoned to death according to the law in Deut. 13. 10. Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. sect 6. 8. Vers. 2. Sabbathes in Chaldee Sabbath dayes see Levit. 19. 3. 30. reverence or feare 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 see Levit. 19. 30. where these lawes were before given and are here repeated as generals implying all other religious duties because God would by promises and threatnings confirme his whole Law binde his people to the more carefull obedience 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the three and thirtieth Section or Lecture of the Law after the Hebrewes computation whereof see Gen. 6. 9. Vers. 3. Walke in my statutes This maketh men just before God Luk. 1. 6. and if the Law could give life and were not weake through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. verily justice should have beene by the Law Gal. 3. 21. but when the commandement commeth Sinne reviveth and man dyeth Rom. 7. 9. Therefore by the workes of the Law there shall no flesh be justified in Gods sight Rom. 3. 20. but she just shall live by faith Gal. 3. 11. and by faith this condition here required is fulfilled as Enorh walked with God Gen. 5. 24. when hee pleased him by faith Heb. 11. 5. 6. This then according to the letter is legall and promiseth life to them which doe these things Rom. 10. 5. but spiritually leadeth unto Christ who is the end of the Law for justice to every one that beleeveth Gal. 3. 24. Rom. 10. 4. Vers. 4 your raines in Greeke raine unto you hee meaneth the raine of the land the first raine and the latter raine whereof see Deut. 11. 14. These none can give but God Ier. 14. 22. they figured spirituall blessings by the doctrine of the Gospell of Christ Deut. 32. 2. Psal. 72. 6. 2 Sam. 23. 4. their season that is due season so they make the earth fruitfull and are of the Lords good treasure which hee openeth unto men Deut. 28. 12. and should move them to feare him Ier. 5. 24. her increase or her fruit which is an effect of the raine through Gods blessing for when the showers of blessing come in their season the tree of the field yeeldeth her fruit and the earth her increase Ezek. 34. 26. 27. And this is spiritually applied to our earthly nature made fruitfull unto God through the raine and dewes of his graces and so it receiveth of him a blessing Ps. 67. 7. and 85. 12. 13. Heb. 6. 7. 8. Of the Hebrewes R. Menachem here saith the land hath a mysticall signification of the land that is on high Vers. 5. reach unto the vintage or to the grape-gathering meaning hereby large blessings with a bundance and variety of fruits continued one after another The like figurative promises are given to the Church under the Gospell in Amos. 9. 13. saying The plowman shall overtake the reaper and the treader of grapes him that soweth seed to the full or to satietie this signifieth abundance from God Ioel 2. 26. and contentation in
20. or sheepe or goat for that also is implyed in the originall word Exod. 12. 3. 5. V. 27. of an uncleane beast the Greeke translateth plurally of uncleane beasts Iarchi expoundeth this of such uncleane beasts as were spoken of in v. 11. which a man sanctified unto the reparation of the sanctuary to thine estimation the Greeke and Chaldee translate the estimation or value thereof So after and usually in this chapter Vers. 28. devoted thing in Hebrew Cherem in Greeke Anathema which word Luke useth in Greeke for the gifts wherewith the Temple was adorned Luk. 21. 5. It meaneth things devoted dedicated and separated from common use to God And often this Cherem is used for destroying a thing utterly as accursed Exod. 22. 20. Deut. 7. 2. and 20. 17. and for forfeiting or confiscation of goods Ezra 10 8. Here and in Num. 18. and other where it is put for devoted things wholly given unto God There is also a difference betweene the estimations forementioned and the devoted things as the Hebrewes observe that the estimations are determined or set by the Law but the devoted things are not Maim in Erachin c. 1. s. 23. Likewise of devoted things they say some were the Lords some the Priests Num. 18. 14. He that saith This be a devoted thing to the maintenance of the sanctuary or devoted unto God c. it falleth to the maintenance of the Sanctuary but if he saith Devoted absolutely then it is the Priests for absolute devoted things are for the Priests Numb 18. 14. What differ the devoted things of the priests from the devoted things of God Gods devoted things are holy and may be redeemed by the worth of them and the price falleth to the maintenance of the Sanctuary and the goods themselves goe out for common or prophane things But the things devoted for the priests may never be redeemed but are given to the Priest as an heave-offring And of the thing devoted for the Priests hee saith in Levit. 27. 28. IT SHALL NOT BE SOLD NOR REDEEMED not sold to another nor redeemed by the owners Maim in Erachin ch 6. sect 1. 4. Howbeit this difference appeareth not by the Law of God which speaketh of all devote things in generall of all that he hath Hereupon they say A man may devote of his herd and of his flocke and of his servants that are Canaanites and of the field of his possession but not devote all his beasts or all his servants or all his fields or all the moveable goods that he hath for it is written OF ALL THAT HE HATH But if hee doe devote all his goods loe they are devoted whether hee have devoted them for the priests or for the maintenance of the Sanctuary And who so devoteth or sanctifieth all his goods they take all that he hath even to the Phylacteries that are on his head c. Maim in Erachia c. 6. sect 2. 3. And againe Let a man never sanctifie or devote all his goods for he that so doth transgresseth against the meaning of this Scripture which saith OF ALL THAT HE HATH and not All that hee hath Neither is this pietie but folly for loe hee wasteth all his substance when he hath need of the creatures c. Of the sacrifices which a man is bound to bring loe the Law spâ—reth his goods and saith that he shall bring according to the tribute of his hand Deut. 16. 10. how much more in things which a man is not bound unto but in respect of his vow that he should not vow but as is meet for him as it is written in Deuâ— 16. 17. Every man according to the gift of his hand according to the blessing of the LORD thy God which hee hath given thee Maim in Erachin ch 8. s. 13. of a man as of his slaves which were his to â—el or give or devote as his beasts because they were his owne And thus Sol. larchi here expoundeth it as if he devote his menservants or woman-servants that are Canaanites holy of holies Hebrew holinesse of holinesses that is most holy meaning in respect of him that devoted them but the Priests which injoyed them used them as their common goods as the Hebrewes say At the time when he 〈◊〉 〈…〉 voted things for the Priests so long as they are in 〈◊〉 owners house loe they are holy in all respects Lev. 27. 28. when he hath given them to the Priest then they are as common things in all respects as it is said Num. 18. 14. Every thing devoted in Israel shalâ— be thine Maim in Erachin ch 6. sect 5. V. 29. None devoted shall or Any devoted thing shall not Some understand this of beasts devoted by men but it seemeth rather to be spoken of men as in the former verse which were devoted unto death Which was not only done by God as when he devoted Iericho Ios. 6. 17. the Amalekites Deut. 25. 19. 1 Sam. 15. 3. and other the like but by men as in speciall vowes Num. 21. 2. 3. oâ— when they were adjudged to death for sin Exod. 22. 20. And to this latter the Hebrewes do apply this law saying Who so hath his judgement decreed by the Magistrates of Israel that he is to be k 〈…〉 ed for his transgression committed if another doe estimate him or that he estimateth himselfe or saith My price be upon me or another saith the price of this man bee upon me he is not bound to give any thing for this is as a dead man and there is no valuation or price of the dead And of this it is said in Lev. 27. 29 None devoted which shall be devoted of man shall â—e re 〈…〉 med as if he should say there is no redemption 〈◊〉 him but as a dead man Maim in Erachin ch 1. s. 13. The like exposition is given by Sol. Iarchi Chazkuni and others shall be redeemed A devotement was more then a simple vow whereof there might be redemption but things devoted had no redemption And as all vowes were to tend unâ—o the honour of God and strengthning of mens faith with manifestation of their thankfulnesse so the not redeeming of any thing devoted by vow nor of other single vowes without a 〈◊〉 on him that vowed and afterward would redeeme it was to teach men constancy in all good purposes and words For if a man had but sworne to hâ—s neighbour though it were to his owne hinderance he might not change Psal. 15 4. how much lesse might hee change his solemne promise un 〈…〉 the Lord who recompenseth abundantly 〈◊〉 worldly losses with heavenly blessings and 〈◊〉 addeth earthly to them also Mar. 10. 29. 30. P 〈…〉 verbes 3. 9. 10. V. 30. All the tithe There are two sâ—â—ts of 〈◊〉 in the Law the first which after the payment of the first fruits was given to the Levites Num. 18. 21. the second which after the payment of the former tithe was separated and caried up to I 〈…〉 salem and
of the spirituall seed of Christ promised to be that the Church shall say in her heart Who hath begotten me these Esai 49. 21. For by twelve Apostles and seventy disciples Christs kingdome began to be preached and that immortall seed of the word soone begat many ten thousands of Iewes Act. 21. 20. and many moe of the Gentiles even innumerable Reu. 7. 9. And here also we may observe that whereas the yeere before when all the tribes were first numbred from 20. yeeres old and upward their summe was 603550. men Exod. 30. 14. 38. 26. now in the second yeere when they are againe numbred and the tribe of Levi not reckoned with them there are found the same iust number of 603550. so there were so many young men of nineteene yeeres old as now supplied the want of the Levites put apart for the Lords service that Israel might sâ—e they should lose nothing by whatsoever was imployed in the seruice of God V. 49. Onely or But the tribe it is an exception which the Greeke translateth thus See the tribe of Levi thou shalt not muster to wit among the other Israelites but apart by themselves Num. 3. 15 c. V. 50. appoint or constitute give charge as bishops which hereof have their name Testimony that is the Tables of the Law kept in an Arke within the Tabernacle Exod. 31. 18. they shall be are according as God appointed their burdens Num. 4. 25. 31. 36. and to helpe them for some things six waggons were allowed them Num. 7. 7 8 9. round about the Tab. and next unto the Tabernacle betwixâ— the camps of Israel and it whereof see chap. 2. 3. V. 51. setteth forward being carried after the cloud when God removed it from place to place Num. 10. 11. 17. 21. the stranger any Israelite or other that is not of the tribe of Levi. So for the worke of the Priesthood both Israelites and Levites are counted strangers save the seed of Aaron only Num. 16. 40. put to death either by men or by the hand of God as was Vzzah for putting his hand to the Arke 1 Chron. 13. 10. So in Thargum Ionathan it is expounded he shall be killed with fire flaming out from before the Lord. V. 52. by his owne campe the Greeke transâ—ateth in his owne order which is described in chap. 2. by his owne standard in Greeke according to his owne regiment see Num. 2. 2. V. 53. no feruent wrath no punishment from God as was in Vzzahs case 1 Chron. 13. 〈◊〉 charge or the custodie the watch and ward and doe the workes appointed of God see Num. 3. 7. 8. c. and 18. 3. This debarring of the people from the worke of the sanctuarie and committing it to the Levites charge shewed the separation oâ— of all mankinde from God and their unworthinesse to come neere unto him or his holy things untill they be called and sanctified of God thereunto Which being not effected by the Law or rudiments thereof for the Mount where the L 〈…〉 was given might not be touched Heb. 12. 18 is now performed unto us by Christ who 〈…〉 shed us from our sinnes in his owne bloud and 〈◊〉 made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father Revel 1. 5 6. so that we have libertie to exter 〈…〉 the Holiest by the bloud of Iesus Heb. 10. 19. CHAP. II. 1. The order of the Tribes pitching about the Tabernacle 3. On the East side Iudah Issachar and Zabulon 10. On the South side Reuben Simeon and Gad. 17. The Tabernacle in the midst of 〈◊〉 campe 18. On the West side Ephraim Man 〈…〉 and Benjamin 25. On the North side Dan A 〈…〉 and Naphtali ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron saying The sonnes of Israel shall encamp every man by his standard with the ensignes according to the house of their fathers over against round about the Tent of the congregation shal theâ— encampe And they that encampe for most Eastward shal be the standard of the campe of Iudah according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes of Iudah shal be Naasson the sonne of Aminadab And his armie and those that were mustered of them were seventy and foure thousand and six hundred And they that encampe next unto him shall be the tribe of Issachar and the captaine of the sonnes of Issachar shal be Nethaneel the sonne of Zuar And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were foure and fifty thousand and foure hundred The tribe of Zabulon and the Prince of the sonnes of Zabulon shal be Eliab the sonne of Helon And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were seven and fifty thousand and foure hundred All that were mustered of the campe of Iudah were an hundred thousand and eightie thousand and six thousand and foure hundred according to their armies they shall set forward first The standard of the campe of Reuben shal be Southward according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes of Reuben shal be Elizur the sonne of Shedeur And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were six and fortie thousand and five hundred And they that encampe next unto him shal be the tribe of Simeon and the captaine of the sonnes of Simeon shal be Shelumiel the sonne of Zurishaddai And his armie and those that were mustered thereof were nine and fifty thousand and three hundred And the tribe of Gad and the captaine of the sonnes of Gad Eliasaph the sonne of Reguel And his armie and those that were mustered of them were five and fortie thousand and six hundred and fifty All that were mustered of the campe of Reuben were an hundred thousand and one and fifty thousand and foure hundred and fifty according to their armies and they shall set forward second And the Tent of the congregation shall set forward the campe of the Levites in the midst of the campes as they encampe so shall they set forward every man in his place according to their standards The standard of the campe of Ephraim according to their armies shal be Sea-ward and the captaine of the sonnes of Ephraim shal be Elishama the sonne of Ammihud And his armie and those that were mustered of them forty thousand and five hundred And next unto him shal be the tribe of Manasses and the captaine of the sonnes of Manasses shal be Gamaliel the sonne of Pedahzur And his armie and those that were mustered of them two and thirtie thousand and two hundred And the tribe of Benjamin and the captaine of the sonnes of Benjamin shal be Abidan the sonne of Gideoni And his armie and those that were mustered of them five and thirty thousand and foure hundred All that were mustered of the campe of Ephraim were an hundred thousand and eight thousand and an hundred according to their armies and they shall set forward third The standard of the campe of Dan shal be Northward according to their armies and the captaine of the sonnes
escape so here they 〈…〉 ped about Gods sanctuarie for the safety the 〈…〉 According to which type the Christian chu 〈…〉 described in Reu. 4. 2. 4. c. where th 〈…〉 Throne in the middest answerable to the Tab 〈…〉 cle and Temple called Gods throne in Ezâ—◠〈…〉 and round about the throne are foure 〈…〉 thrones which is double the numb 〈…〉 twelve tribes here camping because th 〈…〉 increased under the gospel and the pl 〈…〉 tents enlarged Esai 54 2. And be 〈…〉 throne and the circuit round about the 〈◊〉 are foure liuing creatures full of eyes c. 〈◊〉 4. 〈◊〉 the watchmen or ministers of the church 〈…〉 betweene the Lords Tent and the tents 〈…〉 the Levites camped in foure quarters wher 〈…〉 Num. chap. 3. and c. 1. v. 50. Herâ—upon the c 〈…〉 is described to be those that are 〈…〉 Lord Psal. 76. 12. V. 3. foremost or on the â—â—re part 〈…〉 loweth eastward or towards the Sun 〈…〉 the East is said to be before and the West 〈…〉 Esai 12. the South is called the 〈…〉 world Psal. 89. 13. and the North the 〈…〉 which Iob describeth by these names in Iob 23. 8 9. So R. Sol. Iarchi noteth on this place foremost or before is the east quarter and the west is called behinde the captaine or the Prince ruler as in Num. 1. 16. so after in this chapter Iudah the father of our Lord Christ after the flesh Luk. 3. he as he was most in number of all the tribes Num. 1. 27. so as a Lion whom none durst rouse up Gen. 49. 8 9. he is the chiefe standard-bearer and chiefe captaine of all the captaines of Israel camping in the first place as did Moses and Aaron the chiefest of the Levites in the same quarter betweene Iudah and the sanctuarie Numb 3. 38. Also when they marched Iudah went foremost Num. 10. 14. And after Iosuahs death Iudah went first up to fight against the Canaanites Iudg. 1. 1 2. He figured Christ the Lion of the tribe of Iudah who also is Michael that with his Angels fighteth against the Dragon and goeth before his heavenly armies Rev. 5. 5. and 12. 7. and 19. 11. 14. V. 5. Issachar and with him Zabulon vers 7. both younger brothers to Iudah that they might the more willingly be under his regiment all of them sonnes of Leah the free woman placed in this first quarter V. 7. The tribe of Zabulon understand from v. 5. shall encampe next so the Greeke explaineth it And they that encampe next c. So in vers 14. 22. 29. V. 9. an hundred thousand c. the greatest number of warriers by many were in this first quarter where Iudah was standard-bearer almost thirty thousand moc than in any other quarter The next in number to him was the last squadron where Dan bare the standard so they that went foremost and came hindmost had the greatest armies for the more safetie of the Sanctuarie which matched in the middest and of all Israel The number of every one may be viewed thus 1. In the campe of Iudah 186400. East 2. In the campe of Reuben 151450. South 3. In the campe of Ephraim 108100. West 4. In the campe of Dan 157600. North. set forward first or march and journey first when the host removeth Num. 10. 14. as they encamped in the first place Eastward before the doore of Gods Tabernacle V. 10. Southward the order proceedeth from East to South and so to the West North according to the course of the Sun and climates of the world And this second place is given to Reuben because he was the first borne though he lost his first birth-right Gen. 49. which Iudas and Ioseph had shared betweene them and he is put downe to the second place V. 12. Simeon Next brother to Reuben and of the same mother with whom is joyned God the first-borne of that mothers maid Zilpha vers 14. both for to keepe them the more easily in subjection and to nourish brotherly love V. 14. Reguel in Greeke Rago 〈…〉 hee was before called Deg 〈…〉 Num. 1 14. because theâ—â— Hebrew letters are like one another and often changed as is noted on Gen. 4. 18. V. 16. second in the second place see Num. 10. 18. V. 17. Tent of the congregation in Greeke the Tent of the Testimony the sanctuarie of God which was to set forward in the midst of the campes both to shew Gods presence among them and the honour againe that they should doe unto him As it is written of the church God is in the midst of her she shall not be moved Psal. 64. 5. See also Song 3. 7 8. The manner and order of carying the Tabernacle is shewed in Num. 10. 17 c. the campe the order of the Levites camping is shewed in Num. 3. their marching in Num. 10. V. 18. Ephraim he the younger brother is standard-bearer before his elder Manasses as Iakob prophesied his superioritie Gen. 48. 14. 20. sea-ward that is as the Chaldâ—â— expounds it Westward see the notes on Gen. 12. 8. V. 20. Manasses and next him Berjamin v. 22. so all Rachels sonnes encamped together on the west quarter of the Sanctuarie V. 24. an hundred thousand c. this was the smallest number of all the armieâ— almost 80 thousand fewer than in the standard oâ— Iudah v. 9. V. 25. Dan He was the first borne of the handmaids children and Iakobs fist sonne Gen. 30. 6. and by prophesie he was to judge his people as the other tribes Genes 49. 16. so God here appointeth him the standard and hee hath the greatest number of warriers saving Iudas V. 27. Aser the youngest sonne of the other handmaid Zilpha yet set next unto Dan as is noted on Num. 1. 15. with whom Naphtali Dans brother is joyned v. 29. so the three handmaids children were in the Northerne and hindmost quarter that in Gods ordering of the Tribes his wisdome might appeare We may behold the order of the Lords armies as they encamped thus 1. IVDAH Isachar and Zabulon in whose camps were 186400 warriours The Sanctuary and the Courtyard about it were in a long square twice so long as they were broad as their description in Exod. 26. and 27. sheweth But in what forme the campe of Israel was the Scripture expresseth not save that it was round about the Tabernacle Num. 2. 2. It is likely therefore to be in a square and so many thousand tents as Israel had could not be pitched in a little roomth Iosephus in Antiq. Iud. l. 3. c. 11. saith that betweene every tribe in the foure quarters there was a distant space and like a mart or fayre to buy and sell in their boothes with artificers in their shops as if it had beene a citie Ionathan in his Thargum on Num. 2. 3. saith The campe of Israel was twelve miles long and twelve miles broad Vnto this forme of the Church in the wildernesse the Scriptures after have reference both in the
their service Num. 4. 3. And also because there 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 inheritance given them among the sonnes of Israel Num. 26. 62. but the Lord was their inheritance Deut. 10. 8 9. Now to be numbred apart and not with others signified some speciall favour towards such and care over them as Num. 23. 9. Aaron Aaron the elder brother of Moses and 〈◊〉 Levites therefore their names are mentioned here V. 3. he filled that is consecrated or perfected 〈◊〉 the Greeke translateth See the annotations on Exâ—â— 29. 9. and Levit. 8. V. 4. dyed by a fire from the Lord Levit. 10. 1 2. This is mentioned againe in Num. 26. 61. 1 Chron. 24. 1 2. had no sonnes the Hebrewes as Chazkuni upon this place say if they had had sonnes those sonnes had beene before Eleazar and Ithamar for whosoever is fore-most in inheritance is foremost for honour or dignitie in the sight of Aaron or before the face that is whiles Aaron lived as before the face of Tharah Gen. 11. 38. is while Tharah lived before the Moone and Sunne Psal. 72. 5. 17. is whiles they continue to give light The Greeke translateth With Aaron Elsewhere it is said by the hand of Aaron 1 Chron. 24. 19. Of these two there were so many Priests in Davids dayes that he distributed them into 24. courses sixteene of Eleazar and eight of Ithamar 1 Chron. 24. 3. 4. The Hebrew Doctors say Moses divided the Priests into eight wards or courses foure of Eleazar and foure of Ithamar and so they were untill the Prophet Samuels dayes Then Samuel and David the King parted them into 24. courses And over every course or ward there was one chiefe Provost And they went up to Ierusalem to serve by course every weeke And every sabbath day they changed one course went out and the next after them came in c. Maimony tom 3. treat of the Instruments of the Sanctuarie chapt 4. sect 3. Compare 1 Chron. 9. 22. 25. 2 King 11. 5. 7. V. 6. present it or cause it to stand speaking of the tribe In Greeke present them V. 7. his charge Hebr. his custody or obseruation that is that which he commandeth them to obserue See this phrase in Lev. 18. 30. 〈…〉 of all the congregation the Greeke explaineth it of the sonnes of Israel as in v. 8. So 〈◊〉 2 Chron. 35. 3. serve the Lord your God and his people Israel It meaneth also such things as they were charged to keepe but the Levites now were taken in their stead 〈…〉 to serve the service in Greeke to worke or doe the workes of the Tabernacle which in Num. 8. 11. is said to serve the service of the Lord. After in the 8. verse the Greeke translateth according to all the workes of the Tabernacle The Hebrewes write thus The sâ—ed of Levi are all of them separated for the service of the Sanctuarie And it is commanded that the Levites be prepared and readie for the service of the Sanctuarie whether they be willing or not willing as in Num. 18. 23. And the Levite he shall serve the service of the Tent of the congregation And the sonne of Levi which will take upon him all the Levites commandements saving one thing they receive him not in till he take all upon him Maimony treat of the Instruments of the Sanct. chap. 3. sect 1. V. 9. are given are given that is as the Greeke here and Moses himselfe in Num. 18. 6. explaineth it are a gift given oâ— they are wholly given So the Ministers of the Gospell are called gifts Ephes. 4. 8. 11. 〈…〉 unto him for his helpe in the charge and worke of the Sanctuarie they ministring unto him and he and his sonnes ministring before the Tabernacle Num. 18. 2. 6. V. 11. shalt appoint or constitute set in office as Bishops or Overseers The Greeke explaineth it thou shalt constitute over the Tabernacle of Testimonie their Priests office for every thing of the Altar and within the veile Num. 18. 7. the stranger that is whosoeuer is not of Aarons seed as is explained in Num. 16. 40. for no man taketh the honour unto himselfe but he that is called of God as was Aaron Hebr. 5. 4. So Chazkuni here expoundeth stranger to be Israelite or Levite that commeth neere to minister And Maimony in Biath hamikdash chap. 9. sect 1. saith Who is the stranger Whosoever is not of the seed of Aaron the males And after God himselfe forbiddeth the Levites to come night he vessels of the Sanctuarie and the Altar on paine of death Numb 18. 3. put to death by the magistrate or by the hand of God as was Korah for presuming to doe the Priests office Numb 16. V. 12. every first-borne which before the Levites were taken in their stead did minister to the Lord as is noted on Exod. 24. 5. And upon what occasion God tooke the Levites instead of the first-borne is to be seene in Exod. 32. 26. 29. Deut. 33. 9. shall be mine to minister before me as the Chaldee expoundeth it V. 13. I smote in Chaldee I killed see Exod. 12. 29 30. The Lord having slaine all the first-borne of Egypt and spared the Israelites did therefore challenge for his owne and sanctifie to him-selfe all Israels first-borne Exod. 13. 2. but tooke the Levites and their cattle in stead of Israels first-borne men and cattle Num. 3. 45. and gave them as a gift to Aaron to minister unto him Who being in his Priesthood a type of Christ all these rites are in him fulfilled For unto Christ God gave children Hebr. 2. 13. and they are a congregation of first-borne written in heaven Hebr. 12. 23. being of Gods owne will begotten by the word of truth that they should be a kinde of first-fruits of his creatures Iam. 1. 18. to whom he also giveth the first-fruits of his Spirit Rom. 8. 23. These wait on and follow the Lambe Christ being bought from among men and first-fruits unto God and to the Lambe Rev. 14. 4. These were brought for an offering unto the Lord out of all nations and of them the Lord hath taken for Priests and for Levites Esai 66. 20 21. and Christ hath made us Kings and Priests unto God and his Father that we may serve him day and night in his Temple Rev. 1. 6. and 7. 15. V. 15. Muster or Number Hebr. Visit. This was done by Moses and Aaron v. 39. and by the Princes of the congregation Num. 4. 34. though here the commandement is directed unto Moses onely house in Greeke houses old Heb. sonne of a moneth Tho cause why the Levites were numbred from this age was for that they came in place of the first-borne of Israel whose redemption is appointed from a moneth old Num. 18. 15 16. And they were counted after the houses of their fathers not of their mothers for if a woman of Levi were maried to a man of Iudah or any other tribe her sonne was not a Levite The Hebrew canons say
parents So unto him that would have had leave to bury his father Christ said Follow mee and let the dead bury their dead Mat. 8. 21. 22. And here we may compare the Nazirites with the high Priests for sanctimonie The Priests might drinke no wine or strong drinke when they went to minister before the Lord Levit. 10. 9. so the Nazirite might drinke no wine or strong drinke whiles he was separated to be holy to the Lord. The high Priest might not goe in to any dead body nor defile himselfe for his father or for his mother Lev. 21. 10 11. so neither might the Nazirite The high Priest had on his head the Nezer or crowne of the anointing oyle of his God Levit. 21. 12. the Nazirite here hath the Nezer or crowne of his God upon his head These both of them in their office and sanctimonie were types of Christ on whose head his Nezer or crowne was to flourish as is promised in Psalm 132. 18. And Christians made Kings and Priests unto God Rev. 1. 6. have on their heads crownes of gold Rev. 4. 4. Vers. 8. holy â—hus God besides the former outward observations requireth inward and spirituall holinesse without which all the other were but vanitie Vers 9 unawares or on a sodaine which is by another word after repeated to shew that whatsoever sudden unexpected death it were he was thereby defiled And here is the second part of the Nazirites Law when his sanctimonie begun should be by uncleannesse nullified and fall till by sacrifice he was reconciled unto God and began a new through his grace in Christ. and he hath defiled or then he hath defiled c. and shall shave his head so the Greeke explaineth it defiled shall be the head of his vow and hee shall shave c. Because all the dayes of his Naziriteship he should bee pure from pollution by the dead shave his head this shâ—ving was to cleanse him from pollution and differeth from the shaving when he had fulfilled his vow verse 18. which was to be at the doore of the Sanctuarie the haire burned there When the Nazirite shaveth himselfe for his uncleannes â—e need not shave him at the doore of the Sanctuary nor cast his haire into the fire But whether hee be shaved without or within the Sanctuary his haire is unlawfull to be put to any use but must be buried saith Maimony in Nezir chap. 6. sect 14. This had like mystery as the shaving of the Leper when he was cleansed in Levit. 14. and signified the renouncing of his owne righteousnesse by the works of the Law as being defiled by sinne compare Phil. 3. 8. 9. the seventh day which was the day when all defiled by the dead were cleane being sprinkled with the holy water Numb 19. 11. 12. Verse 10. two turtles This accordeth with the Law for making atonement for such as had uncleane issues when they were cleansed Levit. 15. 14. c. see the annotations there The Hebrewes say When a Nazirite is defiled with any uncleannesse for which he is to shave himself one is to sprinkle upon him on the third day on the seventh day NuÌ„ 19. 12. and he is to shave off the haire of his head in the seventh day and to wash in the seventh day after he is sprinkled as do all that are defiled by the dead Num. 19. 19. and when his sun is set he shall bring his offerings on the eight day and they are two turtles or two yong daves c. Maâ—m in Nezir ch 6. sect 11. Verse 11. shall doe or make ready that is 〈◊〉 unto God as that which is said in 1 Chron. 21. 〈◊〉 let my lord the King doe is by an other Prophet explained let my lord the King take 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2 Sam. 24. 22. If a Nazirite be uncleane 〈◊〉 uncleannesses he bringeth for them but one 〈◊〉 to wit if he be uncleane the seconâ— time before 〈◊〉 bring his oblations for the first uncleannes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he delay many dayes after his cleansing before he bring his sin-offring is defiled in these dayes he br 〈…〉 but one oblation But if he be uncleane and then 〈◊〉 sed and have brought his sin-offering and is 〈◊〉 the second time after that he hath brought his sin-offering although he hath not as yet brought his 〈◊〉 passe-offering and his burnt-offering hee is 〈◊〉 to bring other oblations Maimony in Nezirath chap. 6. sect 15. he sinned by a soule in Châ—ldet by the dead that is for that he missed of his sanctification or Naziriteship having beene polluted by the dead So sinning is used for missing of the thing aimed at or intended Iudg. 20. 16. This caught 〈◊〉 contagion of sinne which a man unawares and inevitably often falleth into for in many things we offend all Iam. 3. 2. for which when we know that we have sinned we are to make confession unto God and by faith to apprehend the sacrifice oâ— Christ whereby atonement is made for us 1 Ioh. 2. 1 2. sanctifie his head that is the head of his Naziriteship as vers 9. by beginning anew the dayes of his vow of Naziriteship during w ch the hairâ— oâ— his head must grow and he keep himselfe from uncleannesse So Sol. Iarchi here explaineth it sanctifie his head to beginne againe the count of his Naziriteship And the verse following confirmeth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Verse 12. shall separate to wit as a Nazirite â—or so the Hebrew word meaneth which the Greeke translateth sanctific Hereby God taught that as he hath given Christ to be an atonement for our sinnes so when we are cleansed by faith in him wee must not continue in sinne that 〈◊〉 may abound but endevour anew to fulfill 〈◊〉 vow and walke in newnesse of life and yeeld our-selves unto God as those that are alive from 〈◊〉 dead Rom. 6. 1. 4 13. And as by sacrifices 〈◊〉 ring Christ the Nazirite was cleansed from his former uncleannesse so by a trespasse-offering which also figured Christ hee was prepared 〈◊〉 the observation of his vow renewed because all grace and abilitie to doe good is of God obtained by Christ Iesus our Lord Iames 1. 17. Iohn 15. 5. the dayes of his Naz 〈…〉 〈◊〉 in Greeke all the dayes of his vow that is so many dayes as he had vowed at the first And whâ—â— beginneth hee to reckon From the time that hee bringeth his sin-offering but his burnt-offering and his trespasse-offering binder him not from 〈◊〉 ning if they be not brought Maâ—m in 〈◊〉 chap. 6. sect 12. of his first yeare Hebr 〈…〉 〈◊〉 of his yeare so in verse 14. of which phrase see the notes on Gen. 5. 32. Exod. 12. 5. and of the 〈◊〉 passe-offering see Levit. 5. shall 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 shall bee lost and counted as none as the Greeke translateth shall bee uncounted or not 〈◊〉 in Chaldee frustrate Thus one little pollution unawares nullifieth many dayes puritie for the Law requireth perfect observation and curseth
of Israel to doe the Passeover And they did the Passeover in the first moneth in the fourteenth day of the moneth betweene the two evenings in the Wildernesse of Sinai according to all that Iehovah commanded Moses so did the sonnes of Israel And there were men who were uncleane by the soule of a man that they could not 〈◊〉 the Passeover in that day and they caâ—â— neere before Moses and before Aaron 〈◊〉 that day And those men said unto him Wee are uncleane by the soule of a man wherefore are we kept backe that wee 〈◊〉 not offer the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season among the sonnes of Israâ—â— And Moses said unto them Stand still and I will heare what Iehovah will command concerning you And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto the sonnes of Israel saying Any man when he shall be uncleane by a soule or be in a journey a farre off of you or of your generations yet he shall doe the Passeover unto Iehovah In the second moneth in the fourteenth day betweene the two evenings they shall doe it with unleavened cakes and bitter herbs shall they eat it They shall not let ought remaine of it untill the morning and they shall not breake a bone thereof according to every statute of the Passeover they shall do it But the man that is cleane and is not in a journey and forbeareth to doo the Passeover even that soule shall be cut off from his peoples because he offered not the oblation of Iehovah in his appointed season that man shall beare his sinne And if a stranger shall so journe with you and will doe the Passeover unto Iehovah according to the statute of the Passeover and according to the judgement thereof so shall he doe ye shall have one statute both for the stranger and for the home-borne of the land And in the day that the Tabernacle was reared up the cloud covered the Tabernacle even the Tent of the Testimony and in the evening there was upon the Tabernacle as the appearance of fire untill the morning So it was continually the cloud covered it and the appearance of fire by night And when the cloud was taken up from off the Tent then after that the sonnes of Israel journeyed and in the place where the cloud abode there encamped the sonnes of Israel At the mouth of Iehovah the sonnes of Israel journeyed and at the mouth of Iehovah they encamped all the dayes that the cloud abode upon the Tabernacle they encamped And when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle many dayes then the sonnes of Israel kept the charge of Iehovah and journied not And it was when the cloud was a few dayes upon the Tabernacle according to the mouth of Iehovah they encamped and according to the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed And it was when the cloud was from evening untill morning and the cloud was taken up in the morning then they journeyed either by day or by night when the cloud was taken up then they journeyed Or two dayes or a moneth or a yeare of dayes when the cloud tarried long upon the Tabernacle abiding upon it the sonnes of Israel encamped and journeyed not but when it was taken up they iourneyed At the mouth of Iehovah they encamped and at the mouth of Iehovah they journeyed they kept the charge of Iehovah at the mouth of Iehovah by the hand of Moses Annotations IN the first moneth This Commandement to keepe the Passeover was in time before the numbring and ordering of the tribes mentioned in the former part of this booke for that was commanded in the first day of the second moneth Num. 1. 1 2. Whereupon the Hebrewes as Sol. Iarchi here doe observe that there is no order of former and latter in the Law but things done after are sometimes ser before The reason why it is mentioned here is because of the second Passeover kept the 14 day of the second moneth verse 11. which was after the foresaid master after the dedication of the Altar ordination of the Levites And the cause why God commanded them to keepe the Passeover in the Wildernesse was for that by the first institution they were bound to keepe it when they were come into the land of Canaan Exod. 12. 25. and therefore without speciall warrant they would not have kept it in the desert neither kept they any moâ— but this till they came into the land Ios. 5. Verse 3. doc the Passeover that is keepe offer or sacrifice the Passeover called in Hebrew Pesach in Greeke Pascha so named because the Lord when he smote all the first-borne in the houses of the Egyptians passed over the houses of the Israelites whose doore-posts were sprinkled with the lambs blood and slew not their first-borne Hereupon the Lord appointed a yearely feast in remembrance thereof which should continue till Christ came who is our Passeover or Paschal Lambe sacrificed for us in whom we keepe the feast in spirit and truth 1 Cor. 5. 7 8. See the annotations on Exod. 12. in his appointed season every fourteenth day of the first moneth as verse 3. which the Greeke here calleth the houre thereof and in verse 3. the season thereof and the Hebrewes explaine it though it be on the Sabbath So all the feasts in Israel were to be kept at the times appointed of God Levit. 23. 4 c. Therefore Ieroboam keeping the feast of Tabernacles in the eighth moneth which God had appointed in the seventh Levit. 23. 34. it is said to be the moneth which he had devised of his owne heart 1 Kings 12. 32. 33. Verse 3. betweene the two evenings that is in the afternoone Sol. Iarchi on Exod. 12. saith from the sixt houre which is at mid-day and upward it is called betweene the two evenings for that the Sunne declineth towards his going downe c. betweene the evening of the day and the evening of the night the evening of the day is in the beginning of the seventh houre and the evening of the night is when the night beginneth See the notes on Exod. 12. 6. where the houres of killing the Passeover are observed It figured the time of Christs comming in these last dayes Heb. 〈◊〉 1 2. as towards the evening of the world and the houre of his death which was the ninth houre that is three a clocke in the afternoone Matth. 27. 46-50 all the statutes that is all the rites and ordinances prescribed which the Greeke translateth the Law thereof So in Exod. 12. 43. where it is shewed who were to eat the Passeover the judgements this the Hebrewes referre to the unleavened cakes which were to be eaten with it and seven dayes after also to the putting away of Leaven c. Exod. 12. 8. 15 c. But here are to be accepted the speciall rites which belonged onely to the first Passeover in Egypt as the sprinkling of their posts with blood the eating of it standing c.
errour of Balaam and the contradiction or rebellion of Kore wherein they perish Iude verse 11. The Chaldee translateth it and will make knowne him that is fit for him and who is holâ— or and the holy one that is him whom hee hath sanctified and separated unto the Priests office So David speaking of this rebellion calleth Aaron the holy one or Saint of Iehovah Psal. 106. 16. and he wore on the golden plate this ingraving Holinesâ—e to Iehovah Exod. 28. 36. for he figured our high Priest Christ who was holy harmlesse undefiled separate from sinners made higher than the heavens Heb. 7. 26. and who glorified not himselfe to be made an high Priest but had the honor given him of his Father Heb. 5. 5 6. and Korahs rebellion against Aaron was a type of mens rebellion against Christ as the Apostles have taught us The Greeke translateth as before plurally saying and the holy ones he hath brought neere unto himselfe cause to come neere or bring neere to wit to minister unto him as the Chaldee interpreteth it And this honor of Priesthood given now unto all Saints who are to offer up spirituall sacrifices acceptable to God by Iesus Christ 1 Pet. 2. 5. is commended by David when he saith Blessed is he whom thou choosest and causest to come neere unto thee that he may dwell in thy courts Ps. 65. 5. Which bringing neere or accesse we all have through Christ by one spirit unto the Father with confidence by the faith of him Ephes. 2. 18. and 3. 12. This latter part of the verse is by the Greeke interpreted thus And these whom hee hath not chosen to himselfe he hath not brought neere unto himselfe Verse 6. censers or fire vessels as the Greeke translateth it fire pans whereof see Exod. 27. 3. called sometime incense-vessels because incense was burnt in them 2 Chron. 26. 19. Ezek. 8. 11. which name the Apostle followeth in the Greeke Hebr. 9. 4. Verse 7. put ye fire Hebr. give ye fire and put incense doth choose or shall choose that is declare by manifest signe that hee chooseth and liketh he shall be holy that is shall be declared to be holy and so to be a Priest unto God Because the burning of incense in the censer was the meanes of atonement and expiation before God as after is shewed by Aarons iâ—ct in verse 46 47 48. and was the peculiar worke of the Priest Levit. 16. 12 13. 2 Chron. 26. 18. wherein they that transgressed were in danger of death as the example of Nadab and Abihu sheweth Lev. 10. and it figured in speciall manner the prayers and mediation of Christ for his Church Psal. 141. 2. Rev. 8. 3. 1 Iohn 2. 1. therefore the triall of the Priesthood is put upon this worke rather than on any other sacrifice and the holinesse whereof Korath boasted verse 3. should either be approved or reproved of God For no man hath right to the honour of Priesthood unlesse it be given him of God Hebr. 5. 4 5. nor can without divine authoritie that is without the commandement and promise of God please him or appease his wrath towards himselfe or others Therefore it is a great prerogative and comfort unto all Saints that they are by Christ made Priests unto God and through him may boldly offer up their prayers and praises unto the Father Revel 1. 6. 1 Pet. 2. 5. Hebr. 13. 15. 1 Iohn 5. 14 16. yee take too much upon you or Let it suffice you that you have thus farre provoked the Lord and now leave off Thus Moses returneth the blame upon themselves which they had unjustly laid upon him in verse 3. So Elias doth upon Achab 1 Kings 18. 17 18. Verse 9. Is it a small thing or Seemeth it too little for you meaning on the contrary that it was a great thing and that they should therewith have beene contented for the Tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-borne of Israel Num. 3. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulnesse to God separated you from the congregation as Israel was separated from all other peoples to be the Lords peculiar Lev. 20. 26. 1 Kings 8. 53. so were the Levites separated from the sonnes of Israel to be the Lords Num. 8. 14. And hereupon the Scripture speaketh of the Levites as distinct from the Israelites 1 Chron. 9. 2. Psal. 135. 19 20. So the Mâ—nisters of Christ are said to be separated unto the Gospell of God Rom. 1. 1. Gal. 1. 15. Acts 13. 2. the service of the Tabernacle the workes belonging to the service of God therein being assistants to the Priests see Num. 8. 11 15 16. and 18. 21. 23. to stand before the congregation standâ—ng is a signe of service and used for it as the Scripture in one place saith which stood before the King Ierem. 52. 112. and in another a servant of the King 2 King 25. 8. Whereupon the standing of the Levites is used for their service in Nehem. 12. 44. and as they were to stand before the Lord to minister unto him Deut. 10. 8. so here it is said to stand before the congregation to minister unto them thus they were servants of God and of his Church as Iosiah said unto them Serve now the Lord your God and his people Israel 2 Chron. 35. 3. See also â—zek 44. 11. Verse 10. the Priesthood in Chaldee the high-Priesthood in Greeke to doe the Priests Office That was in degree above the Levites who were to minister unto the Priests but not to come nigh the Altar as did the Priests Num. 18. 2. 3. For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the Tabernacle of the house of God but Aaron and his sonnes offered on the Altar of Burnt-offering and on the Altar of incense and were for all the worke of the most holy place and to make atonement for Israel 1 Chron. 6. 48 49. And Aaron was separated to wit from the other Levites that he should sanctifie the most holy things hee and his sonnes for ever to burne incense before the Lord to minister unto him and to blesse in his Name for ever 1 Chron. 23. 13. To usurpe affect or seeked this office of Priest-hood without the calling of God was a great sinne against divine order and authoritie severely punished here in Korah and his company in King Vzziah 2 Chron. 26. 19. 21. and others Verse 11. against Iehovah because it was against his ordinance and minister it is said to be against the Lord himselfe So when the people refused Samuels government God said They have not rejected thee but they have rejected me that I should not reigne over them 1 Sam. 87. and Christ said to his ministers He that heareth you heareth me and hee that despiseth you despiseth me and hee that despiseth me despiseth him that sent me He that receiveth whomsoever I send receiveth me and he that receiveth me receiveth him that sent me Luke 10. 16. Iohn 13.
from the Israelites which survived that as it is written of the pestilence in Davids time the LORD repented him of the evill and said to the Angell that destroyed the people It is enough stay now thine hand 2 Sam. 24. 16. so in this case Some footsteps of the understanding of this mystery may be seene in the Hebrews though superstitiously depraved as when they say that all hurtfull and destroying spirits slee away at the odour of the incense of sweet spices Targum on Song 4. 6. Vers. 49. about the matter or as the Greeke explaineth it for the cause of Kore which the Chaldee calleth the division of Korah Vers. 50. unto the doore of the Tent into the court-yard of the Sanctuarie where Moses remained both to signifie unto Moses the effect and fruit of his action through the mercifulnesse of God and to give thanks unto the Lord who had so graciously accepted the worke of his hands As David offered Burnt-offering and Peace-offerings after that the Lord was intreated for the land and the plague was stayed from Israel 2 Sam. 24. 25. 1 Chron. 21. 26 27. CHAP. XVII 1 Twelve rods of the tribes of Israel being laid in the Tabernacle on the morrow Aarons rod among them all onely flourisheth and beareth almonds 10 It is left in the Tabernacle for a monument against the rebels 12 The people shew Moses their feare of death ANd Iehovah spake unto Moses saying speake unto the sonnes of Israel and take of them a rod for every fathers house of all their Princes according to the house of their fathers twelve rods every mans name thou shalt write upon his rod. And Aarons name thou shalt write upon the rod of Levi for one rod shall be for the head of the house of their fathers And thou shalt lay them up in the Tent of the Congregation before the Testimony where I will meet with you And it shall be that the man whom I shall cause his rod shall bud and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the sonnes of Israel wherewith they murmure against you And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel and all their Princes gave unto him a rod for one Prince a rod for one Prince according to the house of their fathers twelve rods the rod of Aaron was among their rods And Moses laid up the rods before Iehovah in the Tent of the Testimony And it was on the morrow that Moses went into the Tent of the Testimonie and behold the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi had budded and brought forth buds and bloomed blossomes and yeelded almonds And Moses brought out all the rods from before Iehovah unto all the sons of Israel and they saw and tooke every man his rod. And Iehovah said unto Moses Bring Aarons rod againe before the Testimony to be kept for a signe against the sons of rebellion and thou shalt quite take away their murmurings from me that they die not And Moses did as Iehovah coÌ„manded him so did he And the sonnes of Israel said unto Moses saying Behold we give up the ghost we perish we all of us perish Every one that commeth neare that commeth neare unto the Tabernacle of Iehovah shall die Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost Annotations SPeake unto When God saw the coÌ„tinuall murmurings of the people how they ceased not he commandeth this that followeth to bee done that so by miracle the Priesthood of Aaron might be confirmed and a full end put to all strise thereabout as vers 10. a rod for every fathers house Hebr. a rod a rod for or according to the house of a father which the Greeke explaineth thus Take of them a rod a rod of all their Princes according to their fathers houses A rod or staffe was such as men used to carrie in their hands Gen. 38. 18. Exod. 4. 2. the same word called in Hebrew Matteh is often used for a Tribe as in Num. 1. 4. 16. 21. c. either because of this writing of their names upon rods or because the twelve tribes grew out of the stocke of Israel as rods or branches out of a tree The Princes also caried staves in their hands as appeareth by Num. 21. 18. And with this may be compared that in Ezek. 37. 16 17. c. where the Prophet wrote the names of tribes upon sticks which were joyned together as one in his hand to signifie the uniting of the divided tribes the house that is as the Greeke expoundeth it the houses see the notes on Num. 1. 2. Vers. 3. for one rod shall be The Greeke explaineth it thus for it is one rod according to the 〈◊〉 of their fathers house shall they give The tribe of Levi though they were distinguished into Priests and Levites yet as all came by one father Levi so one rod was for them all So Iarchi here expoundeth it Although I have divided them into two families the familie of the Priests and the familie of the Levites notwithstanding it is one tribe Of this their division see Num. 3. and 18. 1. 7. Vers. 4. lay them up or leave them or as the Greeke translateth put them Tent of the congregation or Tent of meeting the Testimonie that is the Aâ—ke wherein the Tables of the Law called the Testimonie were kept See the notes on Exod. 25. 16. where I will meet that is where I use to meet with you according to the promise in Exod. 25 22. and 30 36 And this is the reason why the Tabernacle was called the Tent of meeting or of congregation Vers. 5. I shall chuse that iâ— shall like of and approve to administer the priesthood as in Targum Ionathan this is added to minister before me rod shall bud or shall flourish see vers 8. will make to cease from me in Greeke will take away from thee This word is spoken of the ceasing or asswaging of waters Gen. 8. 1. and of wrath Esth. 2. 1. and is here applied to the murmurings of the people which were like raging waters foâ—ing out their owneshame Vers. 8. blessomes or flowers yeelded or ripened as the word is Englished in Esai 18. 5. that is brought forth ripe almonds almonds 〈◊〉 Greeke in Targum Ionathan Nuts An almond in Hebrew Shaked is named Shaked which signifieth with care haste watchfulnesse to looke unto and performe a thing And because the almond tree blossometh and beareth fruit sooner than other trees therefore hath it this name And Solomon for the same cause likeneth the white haires which soone grow upon us in age to the flourishing of the Almond tree Eccles. 12. 5. By this miracle God did confirme the Priesthood unto Aaron as by the vision of the vine-branches budding blossâ—ming bringing forth ripe grapes c. hee signified the confirmation of office unto Pharaohs butler Gen. 40. 10. 13. He signified further by the buds the continuance and propagation of the Priesthood to his posteritie who should sprout
given as a gift for Iehovah to serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation And thou and thy sons with thee shall keepe your Priests office for every thing of the Altar and within the veile and ye shall serve I have given your Priests office as a service of gift and the stranger that commeth nigh shall be put to death And Iehovah spake unto Aaron And I behold I have given unto thee the charge of mine heave-offrings of all the holy things of the sonnes of Israel unto thee have I given them for the anointing and to thy sons by a statute for ever This shall be thine of the Holy of Holies reserved from the fire every oblation of theirs of every Meat-offering of theirs of every Sin offring of theirs and of every Trespasse offring of theirs which they shall render unto me it shall be holy of holyes for thee and for thy sonnes In the holy of holyes shalt thou eat it every male shall eat it holy shall it be unto thee And this shall be thine the heave-offring of their gift with all the wave-offrings of the sonnes of Israel unto thee have I given them and to thy sonnes and to thy daughters with thee by a statute for ever every cleane person in thine house shall eat it All the fat of the new oile and all the fat of the new wine and of the corne the first fruits of them which they shall give unto Iehovah them have I given unto thee The first-fruits of all which shall be in their land which they shall bring unto Iehovah shall be thine every cleane person in thine house shall eat it Every devoted thing in Israel shall be thine Every thing that openeth the wombe of all flesh which they shal bring neere unto Iehovah of man or of beast shall be thine but redeeming thou shalt redeeme the first-borne of man and the firstling of the uncleane beast shalt thou redeeme And those that are to be redeemed of him from a moneth old shalt thou redeeme by thy estimation for the silver of five shekels by the shekel of the Sanctuary which is twenty gerahs But the firstling of a cow or the firstling of a sheepe or the firstling of a goat thou shalt not redeeme they are holy their blood thou shalt sprinkle upon the Altar and their fat thou shalt burne for a Fire-offering for a savour of rest unto Iehovah And the flesh of them shall be thine as the wave breast and as the right shoulder shall it be thine All the heave-offerings of the holy things which the sonnes of Israel shall offer unto Iehovah I have given to thee and to thy sons and to thy daughters with thee by a statute for ever it is a covenant of salt for ever before Iehovah to thee and to thy seed with thee And Iehovah said unto Aaron Thou shalt have no inheritance in their land neither shalt thou have a part among them I am thy part and thine inheritance among the sons of Israel And to the sonnes of Levi behold I have given all the tenth in Israel for an inheritance for their service which they serve the service of the Tent of the congregation And the sonnes of Israel shall not come nigh henceforth unto the Tent of the congregation to beare sinne to die But the Levite he shall serve the service of the Tent of the Congregation and they shall beare their iniquitie it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generatioÌ„s that among the sonnes of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritance But the tithe of the sonnes of Israel which they shall offer up unto Iehovah for an heave-offering I have given to the Levites for an inheritance therfore I have said unto them among the sons of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritaÌ„ce And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying And unto the Levites thou shalt speake and say unto them When ye take of the sons of Israel the tithe which I have given unto you from them for your inheritance then ye shal offer up thereof the heave-offering of Iehovah the tithe of the tithe And your heave-offering shall be counted unto you as the corne of the threshing floore and as the fulnesse of the wine-presse Thus you also shall offer the heave-offering of Iehovah of all your tithe which ye receive of the sonnes of Israel and ye shall give thereof the heave-offering of Iehovah to Aaron the Priest Out of all your gifts ye shall offer every heave-offering of Iehovah of all the fat thereof the hallowed part thereof out of it And thou shalt say unto them When ye have heaved the fat thereof from it then it shall be counted unto the Levites as the revenue of the threshing floore and as the revenue of the wine-presse And ve shall eat it in every place you and your house for it is a reward unto you for your service in the Tent of the congregation And ye shall not beare sin for it when ye have heaved the fat therof from it ye shall not profane the holy things of the sons of Israel that ye die not Annotations SAid unto Aaron Because of the peoples feare and complaint in the end of the former chapter God here taketh order for the watch of the Sanctuary that the care thereof should lie upon the Priests that the people might not transgresse and perish So the remedie for terrours of conscience wrought by the Law is faith in Christ whose Priesthood was fore-shadowed in Aarons and which should deliver them who through feare of death were all their life-time subiect to bondage Heb. 2. 15. thy fathers house the house or posterity of Levi who was father to all the Priests and Levites the iniquitie of the Sanctuary that is shall beare the punishment for all iniquitie that is done in the Sanctuarie at your hands will I require it Thus Iarchi expoundeth it Upon you I will bring the punishment of the strangers that shall sinne concerning the sanctified things that are d 〈…〉 red unto you And as the Sanctuarie comprehended both the Tabernacle and the Court-yard with all things in them so this is generally spoken concerning the Priests and Levites which were of Aarons fathers house who were all to ward the Sanctuarie though in distinct places as shall after bee shewed iniquitie of your Priesthood that is the punishment for all iniquitie done about your Priests office And this is speciall concerning the Priests whose care and charge was over the Levites also which might not come neere some things belonging to the Priesthood R. Menachem here saith that By this admonition was signified how the Priests should not intermeddle with the service of the Levites nor the Levites with the â—ervice of the Priests Whereof see more on verse 〈◊〉 Verse 2. the tribe The Hebrew here hath two words Matteh the tribe of Levi and Shebet the tribe of thy father of which the former signifieth a staffe the latter a rod both of them
his perverse way and withall discovereth the vanity of his art who being a diviner could not presage the evill that should befall him though such things as these happened in his way which in the opinion of vaine men are signes of ill lucke and therefore by the grounds of his owne craft should have turned him backe or made him to suspect at least that his journey should be unfortunate see 1 Sam. 6. 2 3. 9. But God taketh the wise in their owne craftinesse and the counsell of the froward is carried headlong they meet with darknesse in the day time and grope in the noone day as in the night But he saveth the poore from the sword from their mouth and from the hand of the mighty Iob 5. 13 14 15. The children of God have the Angels to keepe them in all their wayes and to beare them up lest they dash their foot against a stone Pâ—alm 91. 11 12. But Balaam tempting the Lord hath his Angell to withstand him whereby his foot is crushed against the wall yet maketh he no good use thereof Vers. 26. no way to turne aside In this carriage of the Angell the Lord would have us see the proceeding of his judgements against sinners first more mildly shaking his rod at them but letting them goe untouched then comming neerer hee toucheth them with an easie correction as it were wringing their foot against a wall but bringeth them at last to such a strait as they can no way escape his hand but must fall before him Vers. 27. Balaams anger was kindled the wrath of man worketh not the righteousnesse of God Iam. 1. 20. but a furious man aboundeth in transgression Prov. 29. 22. Balaam learned no good by this strange carriage of his beast but is more inraged and smiteth it not knowing that by meanes of it his owne life was saved vers 33. This foolishnesse of the Prophet the dumbe beast reproveth vers 28. c. and in him God would let us see the nature of wicked men which make no good use of his works neither see his providence in the creatures the service whereof he lendeth unto them Vers. 28. opened the mouth of the Asse that the dumbe asse spake with mans voyce 2 Pet. 2. 16. by wich miracle the Prophet had not onely a rebuke but a cause of feare and astonishment yet hardned he himselfe against it also and pleaded for to maintaine his folly vers 29. so no workes signes or miracles are able to change the hardnesse of mans heart but grace from God onely Iohn 12. 37 38. And here we may observe how the deuill to draw into sinne chose the Serpent for his instrument the most subtill beast of the field Gen. 3. 1. but God to rebuke and convince the wicked useth the Asse the most silly of all beasts shewing as in a figure how Satans continuall practise is to corrupt mens mindes from the simplicitie that is in Christ by deceitfull workers by the sleight of men and cunning craftinesse wherby they lie in wait to deceive 2 Cor. 11. 3. 13. Ephes. 4. 14. whiles Christ sendeth men to preach the Gospell not with wisedome of words but with the plaine demonstration of the truth and chuseth the foolish things of the world to confound the wise the weake things of the world to confound the mightie and base things of the world and things despised yea and things which are not to bring to nought things that are 1 Cor. 1. 17. 27 28. For the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light Luke 16. 8. Vers. 29. I would kill thee The Prophet is neither dismaied with the speaking of his dumbe beast nor abated from his wrath but increaseth in evill who before hee knew or inquired of the cauâ—e would presently kill the Asse that saved his life A righteous man regardeth the life of his beast but the bowels of the wicked are cruell Prov. 12. 10. If Balaam looked for such good service of the b 〈…〉 beast and would not be mocked or abused thereby he being a reasonable creature and wiser than many should much lesse have mocked with God and resisted his counsell but by his owne words against his Asse he condemneth him-selfe being guiltie of death for his sinne against God as the Angell sheweth in vers 32 33. Vers. 30. ever since I was thine or since thou to wit hast had me the Greeke translateth it from by youth the Chaldee since thou hast beene and the Hebrew phrase sometime so meaneth as in Gen. â—8 15. since I was where the Greeke also expoundeth it from my youth was I ever wont 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 I accustoming beene accustomed By this demand the beast convinceth the Prophets foolishnesse who should have gathered that some extraordinary cause moved it thus to doe seeing it had never done so before teacheth us that wheÌ„ the creatures depart from their kinde and customed obedience unto us we should looke for the cause thereof in our selves for our sinnes against God occasion the creatures to rebell against us Levit. 26. 20 21 22. Vers. 31. uncovered the eyes opened them to see the Angell as the Asse did before him vers 23. signifying that as men cannot see the marvellous things of his Law unlesse he uncover their eyes 〈…〉 s. 119. 18. so neither can they behold the deaths and dangers that are to come on them for the transgression of his Law unlesse he reveale them Esay 47. 11. The way of the wicked is as darknes they know not at what they stumble Pro. 4. 19. bowed himselfe downe on his face or to his face as the Greeke translateth hee bowed downe to his face that is worshipped the face or person of the Angell Vers. 32. Wherefore hast thou smitten c. The Angell rebuketh the misesage of his beast which ought not to be smitten without cause how much lesse then might he smite innocent men with the curse of his tongue And God who saveth man and beast Psal. 36. 7. and commanded that the beasts also should rest from their â—oile on the Sabbath day Deut. 5. 14. and defendeth their innocencie against their cruell masters will much more defend the cause of his people against their wrongfull oppressors Exod. 22. 23. thy way is perverse or the way which thou goest is perverse that is thy purpose and intent in going this journey is contrary to my will which I first revealed unto thee vers 12. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus because it is manifest before me that then wouldest goe in away against me The Apostle openeth and applieth it against the Balaamites of his time in these words an heart they have exercised with covetous practises children of the curse which have forsaken the right way and are gone astray following the way of Balaam the sonne of Bosor who loved the wages of unrighteousnesse 2 Pet. 2. 14 15. The Apostle Iude in vers 11. calleth it the errour of Balaam Vers. 33. turned aside before
God are taught to hold fast their inheritance in his promises and right in Christ which they enjoy by faith that as the Father hath made them meet to be partakers of the inheritance of the Saints in light Coloss. 1. 12. so they may keepe the faith and grace which they have obtained unto the end 1 King 21. 3. Ezek. 46. 18. Iude vers 3. Hebr. 6. 12. ESAY 65. 9. I Will bring forth out of Jakob a seed and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountaines and mine elect shall inherit it and my servants shall dwell there EZEK 20. 35 36 37. I will bring you into the wildernesse of peoples and there will I plead with you face to face like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wildernesse of the land of Egypt so will I plead with you saith the Lord God And I will cause you to passe under the rod and I will bring you into the bond of the Covenant c. HEBR. 9. 15. Christ he is the Mediator of the New * Or Testament Covenant that by meanes of death for the redemption of the transgressions that were under the first Covenant they which are called might receive the promise of the eternall inheritance ANNOTATIONS VPON THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE WHEREIN BY CONFERENCE OF THE Holy Scriptures by comparing the Greeke and Chaldee Versions and Testimonies of Hebrew Writers the Histories Lawes and Ordinances which MOSES a little before his death repeated and enlarged unto ISRAEL in this Booke are explained BY HENRY AINSWORTH IOSVA 1. 8. This booke of the Law shall not depart out of thy mouth but thou shalt meditate therein day and night that thou maiest observe to doe according to all that is written therein for then thou shalt make thy way prosperous and then thou shalt have good successe LVKE 16. 31. If they heare not Moses and the Prophets neither will they be perswaded though one rose from the dead LONDON Printed by John Haviland for John Bellamie and are to be sold at his shop neere the ROYALL EXCHANGE 1626. The summe of the Booke of DEVTERONOMIE IN this fifth Booke Moses to prepare the Israelites unto their inheritance in the Holy Land rehearseth the chiefe things that had befallen them in their forty yeares travell thorow the wildernesse exhorteth them to the love of God and observation of his Law repeateth the ten Commandements and explaineth them particularly with the Ordinances to them belonging adding some moe which he had not before mentioned confirmeth the whole Law with promises to those that keepe it and threatnings to the disobedient reneweth the Covenant between God and his people prophesieth of things that should come to passe in ages following blesseth the Tribes of Israel with severall blessings and having viewed the Land of promise from an high mountaine he dyeth and is buried of God Iosua being his successor in the Government of the people More particularly MOses rehearseth Gods calling of Israel from Horeb towards Canaan The Officers set to governe them The Spies sent to view the land and the peoples rebellion following thereupon Chap. 1 How they passed by Edom Moab and Ammon but fought with the Amorites and conquered King Sihon 2 How Ogwas conquered and their Countries allotted to some tribes of Israel 3 An exhortation to obey Gods law and to shun idlatrie 4 Of the ten Commandements given at Horeb and how the people were affected at the giving of the Law 5 An exposition of the first Commandement how God should be knowne loved and obeyed 6 To root out the Canaanites and their Idolatrie 7 To beware lest forgetfulnesse of former mercies or plenty of good things in Canaan turne them from God 8 Moses would humble Israel under the Lord their God by remembrance of their former many rebellions and Gods mercies renewed and continued notwithstanding 9 and 10 Hee exhorteth them to love and obey the Lord by many weighty reasons 11 An explanation of the second Commandement of abolishing false worship and serving God according to his law 12 The third Commandement expounded against abuse of Gods name by false prophets inticers and revolters to Idolatry 13 The holy Communion of Gods people taught by shadowes of cleane meats tithes c. 14 The fourth Commandement explained by the rites of the Sabbath yeare and the solemne feasts c. 15 and 16 The fifth Commandement of obedience to governours civill and ecclesiasticall appointed of God but not to hearken to any heathenish ministers or false Prophets 17 and 18 The sixt Commandement touching man-slaughter wars murder by one unknowne c. 19 20 21 The seventh Commandement touching adultery rape fornication incest 22 The eighth Commandement touching usury payment of vowes liberty in anothers field pledges man-stealers wages almes justice weights and measures c. 23 24 25 The solemne profession of homage unto God in Canaan at the bringing of first-fruits tithes c. 26 Of writing the Law upon stones the blessings and curses openly pronounced and confirmed by the people 27 Moses promiseth many blessings to them that keepe the Law and threatneth many curses to the disobedient 28 The renewing of the Covenant betweene God and Israel 29 A promise of mercie to repentant sinners beleeving in Christ. 30 The people are encouraged to enter into Canaan with Iosua their Captaine Their falling from God is foretold 31 Moses song wherein he prophesieth of the state of Israel untill the latter daies 32 Before his death Moses blesseth the Tribes of Israel 33 Moses vieweth the land and dyeth is buried of God mourned for of the people and praised above all Prophets 34 THE FIFTH BOOKE OF MOSES CALLED DEVTERONOMIE CHAPTER I. 1 Moses speech in the end of the fortieth yeare briefly rehearsing the Story 6 Of Gods promise and offer to give Israel the Land of Canaan 9 Of Officers given them 19 Of Spies sent to search the Land 34 Of Gods anger for Israels incredulitie 41 and disobedience THese bee the words which Moses spake unto all Israel on this side Iordan in the wildernesse in the plaine over against the red Sea betweene Pharan and Tophel and Laban and Hazeroth and Dizahab Eleven daies journey from Horeb by the way of mount Seir unto Kadesh-Barnea And it was in the fortieth year in the eleventh moneth in the first day of the moneth Moses spake unto the sonnes of Israel according unto all that Iehovah had commanded him unto them After he had smitten Sihon King of the Amorites which dwelt in Heshbon and Og king of Bashan which dwelt in Ashtaroth in Edrei On this side Iordan in the Land of Moab began Moses to declare this Law saying Iehovah our God spake unto vs in Horeb saying Yee have dwelt long enough in this mountaine Turne you and take your journey and goe to the mount of the Amorite and unto all his neighbours in the plaine in the mountaine and in the vale and in the south and by the Sea side to the land
2. 28. with Act. 2. 17. 1 King 19. 10. with Rom. 11. 3. Esai 65. 1. with Rom. 10. 20. Mat. 21. 13. with Marke 12. 8. Vers. 18. Neither shalt thou or And thou shalt not and so in the precepts following all which are joyned to the former with this copulative And otherwise than was in Exod. 20. to teach the conjoyning of all these commandements as into one bodie of the Law which must be likewise in our obedience Because Whosoever shall keepe the whole Law and yet offend in one point he is guiltie of all For hee that said Doe not cemmit adâ—â—tery said also Doe not kill c. Iam. 2. 10 11. Vers. 20. false or rash vaine The same word Shav used before in verse 11. but for it in Exo. 20. Moses useth the word Sheker false and so the Chaldee hath in this place Vers. 21. wife in Exod. 20. 17. our neighbours house is put in the first place and his wife in the second otherwise than here So they that would divide this commandement into two cannot shew which is the ninth and which is the tenth seeing Moses hath purposely changed the order desire Here againe Moses useth another word 〈…〉 veh whereas in Exod. 20. 17. he keepeth one word in all the particulars tachmod covet which are two words in sound but one in signification though it may be with some difference of degree whereof there be sundry other examples in Scripture as Hinneh Behold 1 Chron. 17. 1. for which another Prophet saith Reeh See 2 Sam. 7. 2. Chajath a troope in 2. Sam. 23. 13. or Machanah an host in 1 Chron. 11. 15. he returned jashab 2 Sam. 6. 20. or hee turned againe jissob 1 Chron. 16. 43. Iaghnal he offered up 2 Sam. 6. 17. or Iakrib he offered 1 Chron. 16. 1. and many the like so that from two words of like sense here cannot be gathered two sundry commandements The like was in the ninth commandement before in vers 20. And if this Desire be another commandement there were but nine given in Exod. 20. Or if there were ten as is avouched in Exod. 34. 28. then here must be eleven contrary to Deut. 10. 4. But degrees of the same sinne make not here severall precepts The Hebrewes make this desire to be lesse than coveting and say Desire bringeth a man to coveting and coveting bringeth him to unjust taking away for if the owners be not willing to sell though he would give them a great price and hee is urgent upon them then he falleth to taking by violence as it is said in Mic. 2. 2. And they covet fields and take them by violence Maimony tom 4. treat of Rapine c. c. 1. s. 10 11. his field the Greeke saith nor his field this also is added more than in Exod. 20. 17. And usually when any thing it repeated either by the Prophets or Evangelists i◠〈◊〉 with varietie of words and phrases of which being compared there is very great use for the understanding of the Scriptures Vers. 22. added no more meaning no moe commandements of this sort for they were but ten 〈◊〉 Deut. 4. 13. or no more unto the people there were spoken to Moses Exod. 21. 1. c. The Chaldee translateth ceased not see the notes on Nam 11. 25. of stones both to have them perpetuall to his Church Iob 19. 23 24. and in mysterie to shew the stonie nature of mens hearts see the annotations on Exod. 31. 18. unto mee that Moses might carry them to the people and see then duly executed So the Magistrate is the keeper of both the tables of the Law for Moses was 〈◊〉 in Ieshurun Deut. 33. 5. Vers. 23. and the mount understand and saw the mount as Deut. 18. 16. Exod. 20. 18. The things which the people heard and saw were terrible unto then because they were sinners but a meane to humble them and drive them unto Christ H 〈…〉 12. 18. 24. Gal. 3. 19. 24. Elders in Greeke Senate or Eldership The people all and even the greatest and best fled from before the Lord and came to Moses for to be a Mediator See Exod. 20. 18 19. in the annotations Vers. 24. his voice the Chaldee saith the voice of his Word So in vers 25. Vers. 25. why should we die The Greeke translateth let us not die so it is a deprecation This speech implieth the sentence of death also which their owne hearts pronounced against them for their sinnes for such a question is likewise an affirmation as Why doth hee speake blasphemies Mark 2. 7. is expounded this man blasphemeth Matt. 9. 3. And this sheweth the effect of the Law in our consciences it causeth the spirit of bondage to feare Rom. 8. 15. and when the voice of God in his Law is heard and understood of men it terrifieth and killeth before that they thinke they are alive without the Law Rom. 7. 9 10. fire which signified the force of the firie Law Deut. 33. 2. that it is in mans heart as a burning fire shut up in his bones as Ier. 20. 9. both manifesting sinnes and tormenting the conscience wherein it differeth from the Gospell Heb. 12. 18. then or surely Heb. and we shall dic Thus there was not a law given which could give life Gal. 3. 21. but the letter killeth 2 Cor. 3. 6. and the law is not of faith Gal. 3. 12. the hearing of it and escaping death caused them not to beleeve but the just shall live by faith through the Gospell of Christ Rom. 1. 16 17. unto whom the Law was a Schoolemaster Gal. 3. 24. Vers. 26. all flesh or who is any flesh that is any fraile man for all flesh is grasse Esa. 40. 6. The Greeke translateth For what flesh Which word flesh is often used for unregenerate man as is noted on Gen. 6. 3. and to such especially the Law is the terrours of death though all humane nature being in sinne is here condemned So in Psal. 143. 2. the living God The Hebrew words are both plurall implying the mysterie of the Trinitie as is noted on Gen. 1. 1. and he is called the living God as here so in Ios. 3. 10. 1 Sam. 17. 26. Esa. 37. 4. Psal. 42. 3. Hos. 1. 10. and in sundry other places to oppose him unto all false gods which are called the dead Psal. 106. 28. whereupon it is said Yee turned to God from Idols to serve the living and true God 1 Thess. 1. 9. Also to shew that God is powerfull in operation being not only living in himselfe so that he only hath immortalitie 1 Tim. 6. 16. but the giver of life unto all For in him wee live and move and have our being Act. 17. 28. and he is the fountaine of living waters Ier. 17. 13. who continually and abundantly refresheth his people It signifieth also his eternitie as he that liveth for ever and ever Revel 10. 6. of whom it is said For he is the living God and continuing for
of God which is the maine argument to strengthen faith Numb 14. 9. Psal. 56. 4 5. and 60. 13 14. 〈◊〉 consuming Hebr. eating so Deut. 4. 24. The Chaldee translateth his word is a consuming fire suddenly or quickly hostily see the notes on Deut. 7. 22. Vers. 4. For my justice The Hebrew In is by the Greeke also here translated For and it often noteth the cause of a thing as Hos. 12. 13. in that is for 〈◊〉 So in Psal. 1. 2. Deut. 2â— 16. Here he opposeth the second evill pride of heart against which he dealeth in all the rest of this Chapter Vers. 5. righteousnesse or uprightnes straitnesse equitie the Greeke translateth it here piety the Chaldee truth By naming iustice hee excludeth all merit of workes Deut. 6. 25. and by righteousnesse of heart all inward affections and purposes which men might plead notwithstanding that they faile in action Yet these two are the chiefe things which God respecteth in men Psal. 15. 1 2. 1 Chron. 29. 17. for the wickednesse Two causes are here shewed of this worke of God justice against the wicked inhabitants which should perish for their sinnes and mercie towards Israel whom he would doe good unto of grace Thus also hee dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance the wicked are shut out for their evill works Iude v. 14. 15. But the Saints are saved by grace through faith not of workes lest any man should boast Ephes. 2. 8 9. the word the Greeke translateth stablish the covenant or testament hereby he calleth them wholly to Gods word and promise as Paul doth us in Gal. 3. 18. Rom. 15. 8. shewing that Iesus Christ was a minister of the circumcision for the truth of God to constrant the fathers promises and that the Gentiles might glorifie God for mercie Vers. 6. this good land a figure of heavenly blessings as is shewed on Gen. 12. 5. stiffe-necked or of a hard necke that is stubborne and rebellious see the notes on Exod. 32. 9. to which place Moses hath reference and from Gods testimonie there and their sinnes then and at other times convinceth them as being altogether unworthy that as another Prophet saith they might remember their wayes and all their doings wherein they had beene defiled and might loath themselves in their own eyes for all their evils that they had committed and might know that he was Iehovah when he had wroug 〈…〉 it with them for his names sake not according to their wicked wayes nor according to their corrupt doings Ezek. 20. 43 44. and 36. 31 32. Vers. 7. Remember forget not an earnest and effectuall manner of speaking to move unto carefull remembrance see the notes on Deut. 33. 6. against Hebr. with Iehovah which the Chaldee translateth before the Lord the Greeke yee have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This generall charge he proveth by many particular instances following Vers. 8. Hâ—reb or 〈◊〉 the mountaine where the Law was given their rebellion there is described in Exod. 32. destroyed you for there God said to Moses let me alone c. and I will consume them Exod. 32. 10. Vers. 9. 〈◊〉 the mount called up thither of God to receive the tables of the covenant and other ordinances Exod. 24. 12. 18. The time place occasion end and all circumstances greatly aggravated the peoples sinne Vers. 10. of stone the signification whereof is noted on Exod. 31. 18. finger signifying the Spirit as I with the finger of God cast out devils Luke 11. 20. that is with the Spirit of God Matt. 12. 28. So it figured the worke of God in our hearts writing there his Law as Yee are manifestly declared to be the Epistle of Christ ministred by us written not with inke but with the spirit of the living God not in tables of stone but in fleshie tables of the heart 2 Cor. 3. 3. Vers. 12. corrupted This word meaneth the corruption of Gods service and religion see the notes on Exod. 32. 7. and Gen. 6. 11 12 13. molten calfe the word calfe is expressed in v. 16. This molten calfe they worshipped and Moses said Oh this people have sinned a great sinne and have made them gods of gold Exod. 32. 8. 31. Vers. 13. saying Here the Greeke version addeth I have spoken unto thee once and twise saying I have seene c. I have seene by the Lords seeing and hearing of sinners is often meant a due regard of their sinnes to punish them in his anger Deut. 32. 19. Psal. 78. 21. and 90. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners he is said to hide his face from their sinnes and not to see them Psal. 51. 11. Num. 23. 21. Vers. 14. Let me alone which the Chaldee expounds Leave off thy prayer before me So in Exod 32. 10. Vers. 15. burned Hebr. burning the terrour of which sight onely might have kept them from this sinne in that the signes of Gods presence were not yet departed from their eyes See Exod. 19. 18. and 20. 18. two hands both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them if their unworthinesse had not turned them away Vers. 17. I took a the originall word signifieth a purposed taking hold and â—â—ndling of a thing as they that goe to warre are said to take or handle the shield Ier. 46. 9. and they that expound the Law are said to handle it Ier. 2. 8. So Moses did this advisedly guided by Gods Spirit signifying that the covenant betweene God and them was now disaâ—ulled and broken and that the Law pertained not to them except to their condemnation for breaking the same See Exod. 32. 19. Vers. 18. I fell downe the Greeke expoundeth it I prayed before the Lord the second time as at the first Here Moses repeateth how by his humble intercession they escaped destruction and were reconciled againe unto God See the historie at large in Exod. 32. 31. c. fortie dayes the number of dayes and of yeeres sundry times mentioned in the Scripture 〈…〉 tion 〈◊〉 judgement See the 〈◊〉 7. 4. sinne the Greeke transleteth sinne respecting the manifold evill in this and their other â—â—ansgressions Vers. 19. For I was the Greeke applying this to the time present also saith And I am afraid For the Lord though he pardoned it then reserved vengeance till another opportunity Exod. 32. 34. hearkened unto me that is as the Chaldee explaineth it accepted my prayer Vers. 20. with Aaron who made the calfe for them and would have excused himselfe but was guilty of death see Exod. 32. 21 24. Vers. 21. your sinne the Calfe is so called as being the thing wherein they sinned So Idols are called a sinne in Esa. 31. 7. the brooke that came out of the Rock Horeb which Rocke in figure was Christ 1 Cor. 10. 4. of which they drunke to signifie the abolishing of their sinne by Christ upon their repentance and faith see the notes on Exod. 32. 20. Vers. 22. at Taberah or in Taberah that is as both Greeke and
unto men Num. 12. 6. Ier. 23. 25. 28. By a Prophet he seemeth to denote the principall sort such as saw visions by a dreamer the inferiour sort that saw things more obscurely he give either by word and promise or by action or gesture as 1 King 13. 3. and 22. 11. Mat. 12. 39 40. wonder any miraculous or supernaturall thing as Iannes and Iambres in appearance turned water into bloud Exod. 7. 22. Vers. 2. or the wonder Hebr. and the wonder these are said to come when they are effected or fulfilled so Ier. 28. 9. Deut. 18. 22. saying that is and he say as saying in 1 Chron. 13. 12. is expounded and said in 2 Sam. 6. 9. so in 2 King 22. 9. compared with 2 Chron. 34. 16. after other gods the Greeke explaineth it and serve other gods which the Chaldee calleth idols of the peoples Thus the religion given of God by the hand of Moses was established against all opposition that after might arise upon what pretence soever And so the saith taught by Christ and his Apostles was confirmed against the future signes and lying wonders of Antichrist 2 Thess. 2. 9. 10. The Hebrews say If there stand up a prophet and hee doth great signes and wonders and seeketh to denie or make false the prophesie of Moses wee may not hearken unto him but wee know certainly that those signes are by enchantment and sorcery For the prophesie of Moses was not by signes c. but with out eies we saw and with our eares we heard as he did heare c. Therefore the Law saith If the signe or wonder come to passe thou shalt not hearken to the words of that Prophet Deut. 13. for loe hee commeth unto thee with signe and wonder to make that false which thou hast seene with thine eies And for as much as we beleeve not in a wonder but because of the commandement which Moses commanded us how should wee receive this signe which commeth to make the prophesie of Moses false which we saw and heard Maimony tom in Iesude hatorah chap. 8. sect 3. See also the annotations on Exod. 19. 9. Vers. 3. that dreamer or the dreamer of that dreame and so the Greeke translateth it God tempteth or proveth See the notes on Gen. 22. 1. But there God himselfe immediately tempted Abraham here mediatly and that by evill meanes which he of his grace and wisdome ordereth and disposeth for good to his people as also the Apostle saith There must be also heresies among you that they which are approved may bee made manifest among you 1 Cor. 11. 19. Vers. 4. After Iehovah the Chaldee saith after the feare of the Lord your God Here the Lord and his commandements are opposed to all other so that after Iehovah meaneth after him onely as our Saviour expoundeth a like speech Mat. 4. 10. from Deut. 6. Vers. 5. spoken revolt or apostasie that is spoken words to cause thee to revolt or turne away as the Greeke translateth to make thee to erre from the Lord. This judgment of the false Prophet as all other weighty matters none but the high councell of 71 Elders might judge of as the Hebrewes say Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin c. 1. and Maimony in Sanhedrin c. 5. See the annotations on Num. 11. 30. the evill both person and worke as the Chaldee translateth the evill doer the Greeke the evill thing but in Deut. 17. 7. the Greeke translateth the evill one which Paul approveth using the same words in 1 Cor. 5. 13. Vers. 6. thy brother by nature or in the same faith and Church but the Greeke addeth thy brother on thy fathers side or on thy mothers son of thy mother such are dearest brethren as the example of Ioseph and Benjamin sheweth Gen. 43. 34. and 45. 12 14. daughter Love and affection descendeth from parents to children as it were by inheritance and the daughter for in firmity of sex is most spared and pittied but may not so bee in this case of thy bosome the Greeke saith which is in thy bosome as thine owne soule most deâ—rely loved put therefore in the last place for a friend sticketh closer than a brother Prov. 18. 24. And as man and wife are one flesh Matt. 19. 6. so friends here are as one soule intice with motions reasons exhortations the Greeke translateth exhort the Chaldee counsell The Hebrewes write Hee that entiseth any one of Israel whether man or woman he is to be stoned although neither the 〈◊〉 nor the intised hath worshipped the idoll yet he dâ—â—th for teaching to worship it Whether the intiser bee private man or Prophet bee the intised one singular person man or woman or a few persons they are to die by stoning Hee that intiseth the multitude of a citie he is a thruster away and is not called an intiser Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 5. sect 1 2. See after in vers 13. other gods in Chaldee Idols of the peoples so in vers 7. Vers. 7. unto the other end that is all the world over Hereby God condemneth all the feigned religions thorowout the earth as being gone astray from him and having made himselfe and his word knowne unto Israel would have them therein to rest their faith without declining to novelties Wee know that we are of God and the whole world lieth in wickednesse 1 Ioh. 5. 19. Vers. 8. not consent or not affect have any liking or will unto him From which word the Hebrews gather that it is unlawfull for the intised to love the intiser Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 5. sect 4. If he were drawne away by him so that hee said Goe we and let us serve them although they had not as yet served both of them were to be stoned the intiser and the intised Ibidem sect 5. eye spare to wit from vengeance See this phrase in Gen. 45. 20. Deut. 7. 16. pitie or use gentlenesse and indulgence as Gen. 19. 16. conceale him but bewray and use all meanes to bring him to his punishment Therefore the Hebrews thinke that the intised person was to take witnesses to see if he would intise before them if hee would not then they say it is commanded to lay privy wait for him and they lay wait for none that are guilty of death by the Law but for this man And thus they doe it The intised bringeth two men and sets them in a darke place so that they may see the intiser and heare his words but he may not see them Then he saith to the intiser Say what is it that you said c. When he hath spoken the intised answereth How shall wee leave our God which is in heaven and goe and serve stockes and stones If he convert hereby or hold his peace hee is free But if hee say unto him thus are we bound to doe and thus it be seemeth us then they that stood there aloofe bring him to the judgment Hall and they stone him Maimony treat of Idolatry chap. 5.
acknowledge faces that is be partiall respecting one more than another see Lev. 19. 15. Deut. 1. 17. Prov. 24. 23. take a gift or a bribe this is repeated from Exod. 23. 8. see the Annotations there Vers. 20. Iustice justice that is all manner justice and nothing but justice exactly carefully and continually shalt thou follow the Greeke translateth Iustly that which is just shalt thou follow The doubling of the word is for more vehemency see Deut. 2. 27. and when a word is trebled it is most vehement as in Ezek. 21. 27. Esay 6. 3. Vers. 21. not plant thee or not plant unto thee or for thy selfe see the like phrase in Exod. 20. 4. a grove called in Hebrew Asherah of Felicity or happinesse a blessed grove such the heathens used for the service of their gods as is noted on Exod. 34. 13. but the Lord would not have such neere his altar in his service notwithstanding the Israelites corrupted themselves herewith sundry times as Iudg. 3. 7. and 6. 25. 1 King 14. 23. and 16. 33. 2 King 21. 3. 7. and there were prophets of the groves 1 King 18. 19. For this sin God threatned to root up Israel out of the good land which he gave to their fathers 1 King 14. 15. The Hebrewes say He that planteth a tree neere unto the Altar or in any part of the Court-yard whether it be barren tree or tree that beareth food although he doe it for to adorne the Sanctuary and beautifie it he is to be beaten Deut. 16. 21. Because this was the manner of Idolaters they planted trees by the altars side that the people might assemble there Maimony treat of Idolatrie ch 6. s. 9. Vers. 22. set thee up a pillar or set up for thy selfe a statue or standing image whereof see the annotations on Lev. 26. 1. CHAP. XVII 1 The things sacrificed to the Lord must be unblemished 2 Idolaters are to be stoned to death being convicted by witnesses 8 Hard controversies are to be determined by the Law which the Priests and Iudges shewed which were in the place that the Lord should chuse 12 The contemner of that determination must die 14 The election and dutie of a King THou shalt not sacrifice unto Iehovah thy God Oxe or Lambe wherein is blemish any evill thing for that is an abomination to Iehovah thy God If there be found in the midst of thee in any of thy gates which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee man or woman that hath done evill in the eyes of Iehovah thy God in transgressing his covenant And hath gone and served other gods and bowed himselfe downe unto them either to the Sunne or to the Moone or to any of the host of the heavens which I have not commanded And it be told thee and thou hast heard of it and hast inquired diligently and behold it be a truth and the thing certaine that this abomination is done in Israel Then thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman which have done this evill thing unto thy gates the man or the woman and shalt stone them with stones and they shall die At the mouth of two witnesses or of three witnesses shall he that is to die be put to death he shall not be put to death at the mouth of one witnesse The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon him to put him to death and afterward the hand of all the people and thou shalt put away the evill from the midst of thee If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment betweene bloud and bloud betweene plea plea and betweene stroke and stroke matters of controversies within thy gates then thou shalt arise and goe up unto the place which Iehovah thy God shall chuse And thou shalt come unto the Priests the Levites and unto the Iudge that shall be in those dayes and thou shalt inquire and they shall shew unto thee the word of judgement And thou shalt doe according to the word which they shall shew unto thee they of that place which Iehovah shall chuse and thou shalt observe to doe according to all that they informe thee According to the Law which they shall teach thee and according to the judgement which they shall say unto thee thou shalt doe thou shalt not decline from the word which they shall shew unto thee to the right hand or to the left And the man that will doe presumptuously not to hearken unto the Priest that standeth to minister there before Iehovah thy God or unto the Iudge even that man shall die and thou shalt put away the evill from Israel And all the people shall heare and feare and not doe presumptuously any more When thou art come into the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee and shalt possesse it and dwell therein shalt say I will set over me a King as all the nations that are round about me Setting thou shalt set over thee a King whom Iehovah thy God shall chuse from among thy brethren shalt thou set over thee a King thou maist not set over thee a man that is a forrainer which is not thy brother But he shall not multiply horses to himselfe nor cause the people to returne to Egypt to the end to multiply horses for Iehovah hath said unto you yee shall not adde to returne this way any more Neither shall hee multiply wives to himselfe that his heart turne not away neither shall he greatly multiply to himselfe silver and gold And it shall be when hee sitteth upon the throne of his kingdome that hee shall write for him-selfe the Copie of this Law in a Booke out of that which is before the Priests the Levites And it shal be with him he shal reade therein all the daies of his life that he may learn to feare Iehovah his God to keepe all the words of this Law and these Statutes to doe them That his heart be not lifted up above his brethren and that hee turne not aside from the commandement to the right hand or to the left to the end that he may prolong his daies in his kingdome hee and his sonnes in the midst of Israel Annotations NOt sacrifice in Greek not offer which is more generall and so the Law also saith in Lev. 22. 20. see the annotations there Oxe or Lambe these are the greatest and the least sacrifices under which two all other are comprehended The Oxe is not to be understood of a gelded beast which wee usually call an Oxe for so it became blemished and unfit for sacrifice but of a Bull as the originall properly signifieth And the Lambe in Hebrew Seâ— implyeth the Kid also as Exod. 12. 3 5. blemish in Hebrew Mum of which the Chaldee Muma and Greeke Momos are derived Whereupon Christ is called the Lambe amomos that is without blemish 1 Pet. 1. 19. It meaneth any superfluity want or deformity in any part as is more largely shewed on Lev. 22. 22. 24. And it
among the graves that the dead might come unto him in a dreame and make knowne unto him that which he asked of him And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose and spake certaine words and burned incense for the purpose and slept by themselves that such a dead person might come and talke with them in a dreame Maimony in treat of Idolatry c. 11. s. 13. Vers. 13. perfect with Iehovah that is in faith and love seeke unto him onely and as he doth so abhorre thou all such wicked persons Perfection or Sinceritie Integritie respecteth our upright conversation in body and minde as is noted on Gen. 6. 9. and to be perfect with the Lord is expounded in Greeke before the Lord and the Chaldee saith in the feare of the Lord but our Saviour more fully openeth it Be yee perfect even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect Matt. 5. 48. Vers. 14. not suffered thee Hebr. not given thee but hath taught thee better by his Law which the other nations want Psal. 147. 19 20. and will more fully informe thee by the Prophet whom he will raise up unto thee v. 15. So in Act. 14. 16. God in times past suffered all nations to walke in their owne waies Vers. 15. a Prophet so named of the Greeke Prophetes which signifieth a foreteller in Hebrew Nabi of uttering and interpreting the oracles of God as Aaron was Moses Prophet that is Interpreter Exod. 7. 1. and of seeing visions of God such a man was called a Seer 1 Sam. 9. 9. Vnto all the former Diviners Wizzards Charmers c. raised up to the heathens of the devill Moses here opposeth one Prophet to be raised up unto Israel of God and this was Christ raised up unto the Iewes as Peter applieth it saying Moses said â—â—to the fathers A Prophet will the Lord your God raise up unto you c. yee are the children of the Prophets and of the covenant c. Vnto you first God having raised up his Son Iesus sent him to blesse you in turning away every one of you from his iniquities Act. 3. 22. 26. of thy brethren Christ was to be a man and of the stocke of the Iewes by promise because the people could not endure to heare the voice of God vers 16. and as in respect of his Prophesie so of his Priesthood For every high Priest is taken from among men Heb. 5. 1. and of his kingdome as in Deut. 17. 15. from among thy brethren shalt thou set a King over thee like unto me it is said There arose not a Prophet in Israel like unto Moses whom the Lord knew face to face in all the signes and wonders which the Lord sent him to doe c. Deut. 34. 10 11 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinarie Prophets which were raised up in Israel but of Christ onely as the Apostles doe expound it Act. 3. 22. 26. And Christ was like unto Moses in respect of his office of mediation betweene God and the people Deut. 5. 5. 1 Tim. 2. 5. but greater than Moses as being the Mediator of a better Covenant or Testament which was established upon better promises Heb. 8. 6. Like him in excellencie for as Moses excelled all the Prophets in speaking with God mouth to mouth Numb 12. 6 7 8. so Christ excelled him and all men in that being in the bosome of the Father he hath come downe from heaven and declared God unto us Ioh. 1. 18. and 3. 13. Like him in faithfulnesse but therein also excelling for Moses was faithfull in Gods house as a servant but Christ as the Son over his owne house Heb. 3. 2. 5. 6. And like him in signes and wonders wherein he also excelled Moses as the historie of the Gospell sheweth for he was a Prophet mighty in deed and word before God and all the people Luk. 24. 19. a man approved of God among them by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the midst of theÌ„ Act. 2. 22. for he did among them the works wich none other man did Ioh. 15. 24. unto him that is not unto the Diviners Wizards or any such like but unto him and him onely as him thou shalt serve Deut. 6. 13. is expounded him onely Matt. 4. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christs person of whom God said heare him Matt. 17. 5. yet it implieth also his Ministers as himselfe said He that heareth you heareth mee Luk. 10. 16. Vers. 16. Horeb a mountaine called also Sinai Exod. 19. where the Law was given Deut. 5. 2. of the assembly or of the church when all Israel were assembled to heare the Law Exod. 19. 9 10 c. not heare againâ— Hebr. not adde to heare see Exod. 20. 19. where the people requested Moses to speake with them and not God of Iehovah the Chaldee translateth it of the word of the LORD that I die not or and let me not die as the Greeke translateth neither let us die Vers. 17. have well spoken or have done well in speaking The Greeke saith Rightly or Well all that they have spoken Although their speech proceeded from the spirit of bondage and feare manifested in them by the worke of the law in their consciences Rom. 8. 15. and they desired not Christ but Moses to speake unto them yet as the Law was a schoolemaster to leade them unto Christ Gal. 3. 14. so God tooke occasion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them who is here not only in stead of all Diviners and Soothsayers but in stead of Moses himselfe who was the Minister of the Law which worketh wrath Rom. 4. 15. and was the ministration of death 2 Cor. 3. 7. But Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof Gal. 3. 13. and is here promised as a Prophet sent to blesse us Act. 3. 26. for the Law was given by Moses but grace and truth came by Iesus Christ Io. 1. 17 Vers. 18. A Prophet meaning Christ him-selfe the interpreter and declarer of the word of God as vers 15. of whom the multitude said This is Iesus the Prophet Matt. 21. 11. raise up this also the people confirmed saying A great Prophet is risen up amongst us Luk. 7. 16. will give that is will put and stablish as the word given 1 Chron. 17. 22. is the same that established 2 Sam. 7. 24. The Chaldee expoundeth it I will give my words of prophesie Accordingly Christ said to his Father I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me Ioh. 17. 8. his mouth to signifie this Christ appeared with a sharpe two-edged sword proceeding out of his mouth Rev. 1. 16. which figured the sword of the Spirit the word of God Eph. 6. 17. for God had made his mouth like a sharpe sword Esai 49. 2. therwith he smote his enemies and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people his lips are likened to lilies dropping sweet-smelling myrrh Song 5.
both against many countries and against great kingdomes of warre and of evill and of pestilence The Prophet which prophesieth of peace when the word of the Prophet shall come to passe then shall the Prophet be knowne that the Lord hath truly sent him Ier. 28. 8 9. Of this matter the Hebrewes say Every Prophet that riseth up among us and saith that the Lord hath sent him it is not necessarie that he doe a signe like one of the signes of Moses our master or like the signes of Elias and Elisaeus that there should be in them a change of the custome of the world But his signe shall be that he foretell things that are to come in the world and so confirme his words Deut. 18. 21 22. Therefore when there commeth a man fit for prophesie with the ambassage of the Lord and he commeth not to adde unto or to diminish from the Law but to serve the Lord by the commandement of the Law they must not say to him divide the sea for us or raise up the dead or the like and afterward we will beleeve in thee but they must say unto him If thou be a Prophet foretell us of things that are to come and when â—e telleth wee must wait to see whether the things come to passe or no and if there faile but even a little thing it is evident that he is a false Prophet But if all his words doe come to passe he is to be esteemed of us faithfull And they trie him many times if his words be all of them found faithfull loe this is a true Prophet as it is said of Samuel And all Israel from Dan even to Beersheba knew that Samuel was faithfull to be a Prophet of the Lord 1 Sam. 3. 20. But doe not the observers of times and the diviners foretell â—â—ings that doe come to passe What difference then is there betweene the Prophet and them Diviners and such like persons some of their words are confirmed and some are not according to that which is writteÌ„ in Esay 47. 13. Let them stand up now and save thee which view the heavens which gaze on the starres which make knowne by the moneths of the things which shall come upon thee Hee saith of the things and not all the things And it may be that nothing at all of that which they speake is confirmed but they erre in all as it is written in Esay 44. 25. That frustrateth the signes of the Liers and maketh Diviners fooles But the Prophet all his words are confirmed as it is written in 2 King 10. 10. There shall fall unto the earth nothing of the word of the Lord. Also he saith in Ier. 23. 28. The Prophet that hath a dreame let him tell the dreame and he that hath my word let him speake my word faithfully what is the chaffe to the wheat saith the Lord As if he should say the words of the diviners and their dreames are as chaffe wherewith a little wheat is mixed but the word of the Lord is as wheat wherewith there is no chaffe at all And of this thing the Scripture assureth us and saith that the words which diviners make knowne to the heathens they doe lye the Prophet maketh knowne unto you the words of truth that you have no need of soothsayers diviners and such like Deut. 18. 10. 15. Loe thou art taught that a Prophet riseth not up unto us but to make knowne unto us things which shall come to passe in the world as plentie or famine warres or peace and such like Tea even the needs of a particular person doth he make knowne unto him as Saul when he had lost a losse went to the Prophet to tell him where it was 1 Sam. 9. Such things as these doth the Prophet tell but maketh no other Law neither addeth to the commandement or taketh ought from it Threatnings of vengeance which a Prophet denounceth as when he saith such a man shall die or such a yeare there shall be famine or warres or the like if his words stand not we may not for this deny his prophesie nor say behold hee spake and it came not to passe for the holy blessed God is long suffering and much in mercie and reponteth of the evill and it may be that they have repented and be spareth them like the men of Niniveh or tha thee defeâ—reth it as hee did Ezekiahs death 2 King 20. But if he promise them good and say it shall be 〈◊〉 or thus and the good thing come not which hee â—â—ath spoken it is certaine that he is a false prophet for every good thing which God decreeth though upon condition he changeth not c. Loe thou art taught that in words of good things onely is a Prophet tried As Ieremie said in his answer to Ananias when Ieremie prophesied of evill and Ananias of good 〈◊〉 said unto Ananias if my words stand not it shall not appeare by this that I am a false prophet but if thy words stand not it shall be knowne that thou art a falseâ—rophet as it is written The Prophet which speaketh peace when the word of the Prophet shall come to passe the Prophet shall bee knowne that the Lord hath sent him in truth Ier. 28. 9. A Prophet unto whom another Prophet beareth witnesse that hee is a Prophet loe he is a Prophet out of doubt and needeth no further triall For behold Moses bare witnesse unto Ioshua and all Israel beleeved in him before he shewed any signe And so throughout all generations the Prophet whose prophesie is knowne and they have found his words faithfull time after time or that a Prophet hath testified of him and he hath walked in the wayes of prophesie it is unlawfull to make question afterward and to suspect his prophesie lest it be untrue It is unlawfull also to tempt him more than is meet c. for it is written Yee shall not tempt the Lord your God as yee tempted him in Massah where they said Is the Lord amongst us or not Deut. 6. 16. Exod. 17. 7. But after it be knowne that he is a Prophet they must beleeve and know that the Lord is among them and not suspect or make further question as it is written And they shall know that there hath beene a Prophet amongst them Ezek. 2. 5. Maimony in Iesude hatorah chap. 10. By this testimony of the Iewes wee have enough to answer them concerning our Lord Iesus that he was a true Prophet sent of God though they did put him death For as he came not to destroy the Law or the Prophets but to fulfil Mat. 5. 17. so had he the witnesse of Moses and of all the Prophets Act. 3. 22. 24. Ioh. 1. 45. and Moses and Elias appeared talking with him Mat. 17. 2 3. so that if they had beleeved Moses they would have beleeved him Ioh. 5. 46. And Iohn Baptist whom all men held to be a Prophet Mat. 21. 26. hee bare witnesse unto the
though it be but an inch if he doe it by force it is rapine and if he remove it in secret it is theft And if in the land of Israel hee remove the marke he transgresseth against two prohibitions against stealth or rapine and against Thou shalt not remove the limit Maimony treat of Theft ch 7. sect 11. Vers. 15. not rise up or not stand not be stablished as the word is Englished in the end of this verse and so the Greeke translateth shall not abide or continue The Hebrewes say They determine not any sentence of matters by the mouth of one witnesse neither money matters nor matters of life and death Deut. 19. 15. In two places the Law maketh one witnesse faithfull for the suspected wife that shee shall not drinke of the bitter waters Num. 5. and for the heifer that it shall not have the neck cut off Deut. 21. Maimony treat of Witnesses c. 5. s. 1 2. at the mouth The Chaldee expoundeth it at the word From hence the lewes gather that by law they may not receive witnesse either in money matters or in matters of life and death but from the mouth of the witnesses Deut. 19. 15. from their mouth and not from a writing of their hand But by the words of the Scribes they determine money matters by witnesse that is in a bill although the witnesses be not alive c. Maim treat of Witnesses c. 3. s. 4. a word or a thing a matter The Greeke translateth every word and so the Apostles alleage this place Matt. 18. 16. 2 Cor. 13. 1. which sheweth that this as many other like Scriptures are to be taken in the largest sense see Deut. 27. 26. be stablished or be confirmed stand as firme and true So our Saviour saith It is written in your law that the testimony of two men is true Iohn 8. 17. Vers. 16. unrighteous so the Greeke translateth the Hebrew phrase witnesse of unrighteousnesse or of violent wrong of injuriousnesse the Chaldee translateth false witnesse So in Exod. 23. 1. to testifie Hebr. to answer which is a generall word for all speaking or testifying as the Chaldee exponndeth it to testifie so in v. 18. See Exod. 20. 16. revolt or apostasie a falling or turning away from the Lord as Deut. 13. 5. The Greeke translateth it impiety Vers. 17. both the men or the two men that is the accuser and the accused So that one witnesse may cause a matter to be inquired into though no sentence may be given upon the testimony of one v. 15. and ch 17. v. 6. before Iehovah before his Arke or Sanctuary in the place which he shall chuse see Deut. 17. 8. 1 King 8. 31. before the priests the Greeke version addeth and before the Priests and before the Iudges See Deut. 17. 9. Vers. 18. make diligent inquisition or inquire well which the Greeke translateth acriboos that is exactly exquisitely or perfectly as Act. 23. 20. false the Greeke translateth this as before unrighteous or unjust testified Hebr. answered as in vers 16. Vers. 19. thought or presumed presumptuously devised and enterprised the Greeke translateth maliciously thought Of the originall word Zamam thought the Hebrewes call the false witnesse Zomem the thinker or presumer and say Who so witnesseth falsly and it bee knowne by witnesses that hee hath witnessed falsly this man is called gned Zomem the false witnesse and it is commanded to doe unto him as he would have done by his testimony unto his neighbour If they have testified falsly of a transgression for which men are guilty of stoning to death they are all to be stoned if of burning they are to be burnt and so for other deaths And if they testifie of crimes worthy beating every one of them is to bee beaten c. If they testifie of things for which money is to be paid they pay the money among them according to the number of witnesses every one shall give the portion that concerneth him c. This is meant of witnesses that are found false but two companies that contradict one another and so there is no testimony they doe not punish the one of them because it is not knowne which company speaketh falsly And what is the difference betweene contradiction and falshood Contradiction is in the testimony it selfe the one saying this thing was and the other saying this thing was not Falshood or forgery is for the testifiers themselves when the false witnesses cannot know whether the thing was done or not As witnesses that come and say We saw this man kill a person or be borrowed a pound of such a man such a day in such a place and after they have thus witnessed and are searched into there come two other and say On this day and in this place wee were with you and with these all the day and there never was such a thing this man killed him not or this man borrowed not of that man loe this is contradiction and all the like But if they say unto them as for us we know not whether this man killed that man on such a day in Ierusalem as you say or no but wee testifie that you your selves were with us on the same day in Babylon loe these are false witnesses or forgers and must be killed or make satisfaction for as much as the witnesses which make them forgers have no respect at all unto the testimony it selfe whether it be truth or falshood And if the first witnesses were an hundred persons there come two prove them forgers saying we testifie that you hundred all of you were with us such a day in such a place 〈◊〉 these are punished by the mouth of those two for two are as an hundred and an hundred as two And so in two companies of witnesses that contradict one another they goe not after the greatest number Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 1 2 3. As for witnesses that contradict one another such as are after found faulty though they be not put to death for testifying against a mans life yet are they chastised at the Iudges discretion Maimony ibidem sect 6. the evill that is as the Chaldee saith the evill doer See before on Deut. 17. 7. and 13. 11. Vers. 20. the residue that is all other shall heare and feare Therefore the Hebrewes say Proclamation was made concerning these forgers or false witnesses the Iudges wrote and sent into every citie that such and such men witnessed so and so and were found false and we killed them or they were beaten before us or we set such a fine or mulct upon them Maimony treat of Witnesses chap. 18. sect 17. Vers. 21. not spare or not pittie of this the Hebrewes hold that all hurts may be bought out with money except life for life thereof there may be no ransome Num. 35. 31. See the Annotations on Exod. 21. 25. soule or life to wit shall goe for life See Lev. 24. 17. 20. CHAP. XX. 1
bring him out unto the Elders of his citie and unto the gate of his place And they shall say unto the Elders of his citie This our sonne is stubborne and rebellious he obeyeth not our voice he is a glutton and a drunkard And all the men of his citie shall stone him with stones and hee shall die and thou shalt put away the evill from the middest of thee and all Israel shall heare and feare And if there be in a man a sinne worthy of death and hee be put to death and thou hang him on a tree His carkasse shall not remaine all night upon the tree but burying thou shalt burie him in that day for hee that is hanged is the curse of God and thou shalt not defile thy land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance Annotations SLaine or Wounded meaning to death as the Chaldee translateth killed and this Law was to be kept whether one or many were found slaine giveth or is giving to wit shortly This being a figurative expiation done by Priests with the death of an heiffer c. sheweth this Law to be peculiar to the common-wealth of Israel and so the Hebrewes say The Law for the beheaded heiffer is not to be used but in the land of Israel Maimony in Misneh tom 4. treat of Murder ch 10. sect 1. fallen that is lying dead as there fell 1 Chron. 21. 14. is expounded there died 2 Sam. 24. 15. The Greeke translateth it fallen the Chaldee lying All these circumstances the Hebrewes hold unto strictly It is said Slaine or Wounded not hanged nor broken for such an one is not called Chalal Slaine in the Land or Ground not hid in an heape Fallen not hanging on a tree in the Field not swimming on the water Maimony treat of Murder chap. 9. sect 11. not knowne for if it be knowne they behead no heiffer for him If but one have seene the murderer and though it be a slave or a woman or one whose testimony is not allowable yet there is no beheading of the heiffer therefore if there be many open murderers the killing of the heiffer ceaseth If one witnesse say I saw the murderer another witnesse denie it saying Thou didst not see him and these witnesses come both together then they behead the heiffer Maimony ibidem ch 9. sect 12. 13. Vers. 2. thy Elders he saith not the Elders of that citie as after in vers 3. for it is not knowne as yet to what citie it belongeth but thy Elders O Israel which were of the generall States of the Land The Hebrewes say When a slaine man is found fallen on the earth c. they leave him in his place and five Elders come forth from the high Councell that is in Ierusalem and they measure from him unto the cities that are round about the slaine man Maim ibidem ch 9. s. 1. thy Iudges to whom criminall causes did belong for the triall of them unto the cities he saith not unto the townes or villages but cities and by the Hebrewes they measured not to any citie but such as had in it a Court of three and twenty Magistrates And though he be found by a cities sid c. yet they measure And when they have measured and the citie next him is knowne then they burie the slaine man in his place and the Elders of Ierusalem returne to their place and the Senate of that citie bring an heiffer c. When they measure they doe it exactly And they measure from the nose of him that is slaine If his body be in one place and his head in another they bring the body to the head and bury it in the place there of If there be many dead one beside another they measure from the nose of every one of them And if one citie be neerest to them all it bringeth one heiffer for them all Maimony treat of Murder chap. 9. sect 4 9 10. Vers. 3. an heiffer which was by the death thereof to make expiation in figure for this murder as ordinary sacrifices did for mens sinnes And this was done by the next citie because of presumption of the fact when other proofe failed and this heiffer was to be of the mens of that citie saith Maim ibidem sect 2. and an heiffer of the second yeere or under but if it were a day older than two yeeres it was unlawfull Maim ibidem chap. 9. sect 2. and chap. 10. sect 2. in the yoke the same caution was for the red heiffer Num. 19. 2. see the Annotations there But why speaketh he of the yoke after he had said not wrought with seeing to draw with the yoke is comprehended in other worke The Hebrewes answer Because the yoke maketh it disallowable whether it be in the houre of worke or not When it hath drawne in the yoke but an hand-bredth it is unlawfull though it neither ploughed therewith nor did any other worke Maim ibid. chap. 10. sect 3. Vers. 4. a rough valley or a strong bourne the Hebrew Nachal is both a valley Gen. 26. 17. 19. and a water-streame running in a valley Deut. 2. 13. 36. both which we call a bourne Ethan signifieth strength or strong and durable and is applied sometime to waters Exod. 14. 27. Psalm 74. 15. And Nachal Ethan in Amos 5. 24. is a mightie streame So here wee may understand this to be not only a valley but a streame also in it as the Chaldee version confirmeth but the Greeke translateth it a rough valley Maimony in treat of Murder chap. 9. sect 2. saith they bring downe the heiffer unto a bourne that floweth strongly and that is the Ethan spoken of in the Law shall not be tilled either at the time when the heiffer is killed or after The valley wherein the heiffer is beheaded is unlawfull to be sowen or tilled for ever Deut. 21. 4. and who so worketh any worke there in the body of the ground as to plough or dig or sow or plant or any the like he is to be beaten But it is lawfull to dresse flax there or to dig up stones or any thing which is not as tillage or sowing c. Maimony treat of Murder chap. 10. sect 9. strike off the necke or behead as in vers 6. with an axe on the hinder parts thereof saith Maimony ibidem ch 9. sect 3. The Greeke translateth cut the sinewes of the heiffer After it was beheaded and expiation made the heiffer was buried in the place where it was killed and it was unlawfull to have any profit or use thereof Maim ibidem c. 10. s. 6. Vers. 5. the sonnes of Levi in Greeke the Levites What they were to doe is not expressed by Moses but may be gathered by their office here described to minister c. and by vers 8. where praier is made for atonement And so the Hebrews explaine it that the Elders were to wash their hands and say Our hands have not shed c. v. 7. and the
fathers leave in a company that are all vaine and vile persons That a sonne onely not a daughter is to be put to death by this Law and hee not a little one or a childe who is not within the rule or compasse of the commandements not a man that is growne up and is in his owne power So that hee must be at least above twelve yeeres of age And if he be married three moneths and his wife be knowne to be with childe they free him also from this Law because it is said a sonne and not a father Moreover that the father and mother must bring this rebellious sonne first to the court of three Iudges and there complaine of his disobedience bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony whereupon he is there beaten as others are for the like crime and this is that chastening in v. 18. If he fall againe to stealth and riot his father and mother bring him againe before the Magistrates with the witnesses and he is condemned to death But if before sentence is passed on him his father and mother doe relent in pitie towards him hee is let goe If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him and be afterward taken when hee is in mans state which they also judge by the haire on his face hee is not put to death but if hee scape away after sentence of condemnation he is stoned to death whensoever hee is taken If his father be willing to bring him to the Magistrate and the mother not or the mother willing and the father not he is not to be judged as a rebellious sonne If either parent have lost their hand or be lame or dumbe or blinde or deafe the sonne passeth not under this condemnation for it is said they must lay hold on him and bring him and must say this our sonne c. hee obeieth not our voice c. These and the like cautions are noted by Maimony in treat of Rebels chap. 7. and in the Bab. Thalmud in Sanhedrin ch 8. but they have not all of them found ground from the Scripture Howbeit if any sonne be by any of these exceptions saved that he die not as a rebellious sonne yet is he under all other punishments which the Magistrates inflict on other riotours and like malefactors the gate of his place that is the gate of the place where he dwelt at which gate the Magistrates used to sit Deut. 22. 15. and 25. 7. So the Chaldee here translateth the gate of the judgement-hall of his place Vers. 20. a glutton or riotour devourer in Hebrew Zolel which hath the signification of vilenesse Ier. 15. 19. The Chaldee addeth a glutton or riotous eater of flesh and a riotous drinker of wine which words seeme also to be understood in the Hebrew and are so expressed in Prov. 23. 20. Be not amongst riotous drinkers of wine amongst riotous eaters of flesh for the riotous drinker and the riotous eater or glutton shall come to poverty Where in the latter sentence the words flesh and wine are omitted as here they are in Moses And to these two flesh and wine the Hebrewes do restraine this law as before is noted but oft times such things are named for an instance and doe imply all other of like sort Vers. 21. and he shall die or that he die The sinnes of riot and drunkennesse were not by Moses Law punishable by death this therefore was in respect of his disobedience to his parents which greatly aggravated his sinne and for which hee was to die when other drunkards scaped with lighter punishment Hereupon Solomon uttered his parable He that keepeth the Law is a wise son but he that is a companion of gluttons shameth his father Prov. 28. 7. all Israel shall heare The like is spoken of the death of some other notorious malefactors as Deut. 13. 11. and 17. 13. and 19. 30. So in this case the Hebrewes say The rebellious sonne must be proclaimed and they publish by writings unto all Israel In such a Court wee stoned such an one because hee was a stubborne and rebellious sonne Maimony treat of Rebels chap. 7. sect 13. Vers. 22. worthy of death Hebr. of the judgement of death which the Chaldee well expoundeth desert of judgement to be killed and thou hang him The Hebrewes understand not this of putting him to death by hanging but of hanging a man up after hee was stoned to death which was done for more detestation of some hainous malefactors Their words are We are commanded to hang the blasphemer and the Idolater and a man is hanged but not a woman After they are stoned to death they fasten a peace of timber in the earth and out of it there commeth a peece of wood then they tie both his hands one to another and hang him neere unto the setting of the Sun and let him downe out of hand and if he abide all night it is a transgression Deut. 21. 23. And we are commanded to burie all that are killed by the Iudges the same day that they are killed They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground but on that which hath beene plucked up that there may not need any cutting of it downe for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him that there be no evill memoriall of him for men to say this is the tree wheron such a man was hanged And so the stone wherewith the stoned is killed and the sword wherewith a man is put to death and the napkin wherwith he is strangled they all are buried Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 15. sect 6. c. In the Scripture we have examples of Rechab and Baanah who for murdering Ishbosheth were by Davids commandement slaine their hands and feet cut off and they hanged up 2 Sam. 4. 12. where their hanging seemeth to be after their death and so in others as Ios. 10. 26. which might also be the case of the King of Ai Ies. 8. 29. of those Idolaters in Num. 25. 4. And the Scripture sheweth a double punishment for some hainous sinnes as in Achans family who were burned with fire after they were stoned Ios. 7. 25. Among the Romans afterward they hanged or fastned them to the tree alive and such was the death of our Lord Christ who bare our 〈…〉 es in his owne bodie on the tree 1 Pet. 2. 24. Luke 23. 33 39. Vers. 23. burying in Greeke with buriall thou shall burie him that is in any wise burie him This was also sulfilled in our Saviours body which was buried the same day that he was hanged on tree Ioh. 19. 31 38 42. he that is hanged to wit on tree as Gal. 3. 13. This speech as many other of like sort is generall therefore the Greeke translateth every one that is hanged on tree and that interpretation the Apostle alleageth in Gal. 3. 13. the curse that is cursed as the A postle expoundeth it
the Chaldee translateth both Tsitsith and Geddim by the word Cruspedin which is borrowed of the Greeke Craspeda which name the holy Ghost giveth to these Fringes in Matt. 23. 5. where Christ blameth the Pharisees hypocrisie for making their phylacteries broad and craspeda the fringes of their garments large The making of these by the Iewes is shewed on Num. 15. 38. c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteries concerning the Church in vers 9. of the ministerie in vers 10. and of the doctrine in vers 11. addeth to them this law of the fringes which were signes annexed to the word and visible tokens for them to looke upon and remember all the commandements of the Lord and doe them and be holy unto their God Num. 15. 39 40. See more in the Annotations on that place Vers. 13. take a wife that is marrie her for the taking is after the betrothing or espousalls Matt. 1. 18. 20. And before mariage the betrothed persons might not come together as the equitie of this Law following sheweth So by the Hebrewes The spouse is to be restrained from her husband by the doctrine of the Scribes all the while she is in her fathers house and he that lieth with his spouse in his father in lawes house is to bee chastised with stripes Maimony in treat of Wives chap. 10. sect 1. After in the same place he sheweth the manner of mariage among them that it was to be with blessings or thanksgivings unto God in an assembly of ten men at the least and with a dowrâ—e bill which the Scrivener wrote and the bridegroome paid for whereby he endowed his spouse if shee were a virgin with two hundred dinars that is fiftie shekels and if she had beene maried before with 100. dinars that is 25. shekels and this was called the root or principall of the dowrie the dowrie might not be lesse but more so much as he would though it were to a talent of gold After the dowrie bill was confirmed by witnesses the bridegroome went with his spouse into the privie chamber or closet such as is mentioned in Ioel 2. 16. and this was the consummation of the mariage And who so maried a virgin was to rejoyce with her seven dayes as Gen. 29. 27. Iudg. 14. 10. 12. and with a widow three dayes not doing any worke those dayes but eating drinking and reioycing goe in into the chamber Iudg. 15. 1. and by consequence lie with her The Greeke translateth dwell or house together with her which word the Apostle useth 1 Pet. 3. 7. hate her which ought not to be towards any least of all towards his wife whom hee ought to love as his owne bodie for no man ever yet hated his owne flesh Ephes. 5. 28 29. Vers. 14. lay against her or put upon her occasions of speech or of words that is of evill words or pretenses of words that is pretended words or pretended matters So the Greeke translateth pretended words they are such as have a colour and shew of truth to excuse and hide his hatred as long prayers were a pretense for the covetousnesse of the Pharisees Matt. 23. 14. But pretense and truth are opposed in Phil. 1. 18 So here and vers 20. bring forth whether before the parents and friends or unto the Magistrates accusing her before them Some thinke this latter to be meant and as the Hebrewes describe it when he commeth unto the Court and saith I maried this damosell and I found her not to have virginitie and when I inquired into the matter it was made known to me that shee had played the whore under me after I was betrothed to her and these are my witnesses that for played the whore before them And the Iudges shal heare the words of the witnesses and examine their testimony if the thing be found true she is to be stoned Maim tom 2. in Nagnarah bethulah ch 3. sect 6. But by the order of the text the former seemeth as probable to have virginitie Hebr. I found not to her virginities The Greeke thus and comming unto her I found not her virginitie Vers. 15. the father to whom the injurie extended if she were falsly defamed or if shee had played the whore vers 21. and to whom the defense of the daughter did most fitly appertaine of the damosell The word Nagnarah damosell is properly a maid mariageable which of the Hebrewes is reckoned after twelve yeares of age before that age she is called a little one or childe and after also if she have not signes that she is mariageable such as are mentioned in Ezek. 16. 7. After those signes she is called Nagnarah adamosell till six moneths compleat and no longer from that day and forward she is called Bogereth Maimony treat of Wives chap. 2. sect 1. 3. Both these Nagnarah the damosell and Bogereth are subject to the punishment here appointed if they be not found virgins Maimony in Nagn bethâ—â—ah chap. 3. sect 7. the virginitie that is the signes of her virginitie in the cloth vers 17. and witnesses also as the Hebrewes say that they are so the Elders in Greeke the senate that is the Magistrates This was the Senate of 23. Iudges for they were to put her to death if she were guilde v. 21. They judge not this judgement but in the Court of three and twentie because there is in the judgement of him that bringeth forth an evill name the judgment of life death for if the thing be found as he saith then she is killed But he that forcâ—th a maid Deut. 22. 28. and he that intiseth her Exod. 22. 16. they judge of them at all times in the Court of three Maimony in Nagnarah bethulah chap. 3. sect 3. the gate the Chaldee addeth the gate of the judgement hall of the place Vers. 17. occasions or pretenses in Greeke pretended words or matters as vers 14 〈◊〉 this is that is these are the proofes or the signes as vers 15. Hebr. these are the virginities the cloth wherein the signes were to be seene Vers. 18. the man the husband of the damosell that is found to have accused his wife falsly chastise him in the Chaldee beat him which was the next punishment unto death The Hebrewes say If the father bring witnesses which doe disprove the witnesses which the husband brought and it be found that they have witnessed a falshood then they are stoned to death according to the law in Deut. 19. 18 19. and he the husband is beaten amersed in an hundred shekels And of this it is said in v. 17. THESE are MY DAVGHTERS VIRGINITIES these are the witnesses that disprove her husbands witnesses If her husband againe bring other witnesses which doe disprove her fathers witnesses then the damosell and her fathers witnesses are stoned vers 20. 21. Maim in Nagn bethulah chap. 3. sect 6. Vers. 19. amerse or mulct fine him hundred shekels the word shekels is added both in the Greeke and Chaldee versions and
Maim treat of Theft ch 9. sect 2 3. Others thinke that if he either served himselfe with him or sold him hee was to dye and this may well bee the meaning of the Law for and often signifieth or as is noted on Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. shall dye as the Hebrewes say he was to be strangled to death Maim ibid. ch 9. sect 1. Vers. 8. plague of leprosie which might bee on mens bodies or on garments or in houses The Law of all these is given at large in Levit. 13 and 14 Chapters all that the Priests the Greeke translateth all the Law that the Priests the Levites shall shew unto you This is a warning to Israel that if any man had the Leprosie or a sore like the Leprosie he should not dissemble or hide it or pluck off or cut away the signes thereof or labour by medicines to cure it or doe any thing thereto but as the Priest directed him according to the Law because this plague was usually by the hand of God for mens sinnes and did pollute both the person himselfe and all that touched him so that for the discerning and curing of this plague they should seeke unto God by the meanes which hee appointed Therefore from this Law the Hebrews teach Hee that plucketh off the signes of uncleannesse either all or some of them or seareth the living raw flesh all or some of it or cutteth all the sorâ— out of his flesh or out of a garment or house â—ither before he come to the Priest or whiles he is shut up or after c. hee transgresseth against this prohibition TAKE THOV HEED IN THE PLAGVE OF LEPROSIE c. Deut. 25. 8. Maimony tom 3. treat of Leprosie chap. 10. sect 1. See the Annotations on Levit. 13. as I commanded them If then the Priest spake or did otherwise than God prescribed it was not to stand A Priest that pronounceth him uncleane that is cleane or him cleane that is uncleane he doth nothing at all for it is written in Lev. 13. v. 14 15. he is uncleane and the Priest shall pronounce him uncleane c. Maim in Leprosie ch 9. sect 3. Vers. 9. unto Marie in Hebrew Mirjam in Greeke Mariam shee was the sister of Moses and Aaron a Prophetesse in Israel who for speaking against Moses was smitten of God with Leprosie Numb 12. whose example is for a warning to all that they should not sinne as shee did lest God plague them also and that the justice of the Law should bee executed upon all Lepers without respect of persons So all other examples in Scripture are examples unto us 1 Cor. 10. 6 11. and so Christ saith Remember Lots wife Luk. 17. 32. Vers. 10. when thou lendest or when thou shalt exact of thy neighbour the exaction of any thing that is any debt which if it were with rigour or of a poore man that had not to pay was unlawfull See the notes on Exod. 22. 25. The Greeke translateth If there be a debt in thy neighbour that is if he be indebted to thee what debt soever See the notes on Deut. 15. 2. thou shalt not goe in This is spoken to the creditor and as the Hebrews say to the messenger of the Magistrate sent to take a pawne He that lendeth to his neighbour poore or rich may not take a pawne of him but by the Synedrion that is by authority of the Magistrate and though it bee the messenger of the Synedrion that commeth for a pawne he may not come into his house and take his pawne but must stand without and the borrower is to bring out a pawne unto him Deut. 24. 10. If it be so what difference is there betweene the crediter and the messenger of the Synedrion The messenger of the court he may take the pawne out of the hand of the borrower by force and give it the lender but the creditor may not take the pawne till the borrower give it him with consent If the creditor transgresse and goe into the borrowers house for his pawne or snatcheth a pawne cut of his hand by force hee is not to bee beaten because the act is broken off for he must restore the pawne Deut. 24. 13. If he keepe not this 〈◊〉 to restore it as if the pawne be lost or burnt he is to be beaten and to restore the price of the pawne Maimon â—om 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower ch 3. sect 4. Vers. 12. not lie downe to sleepe not goe to bed For breach of this Law the Lord reproveth Israel They lay themselves downe upon clothes laid to pledge by every altar Amos 2. 8. But hereby not onely the use of the poore mans pawne but the keeping of it is forbidden with his pawne that is and his pawne by thee or in thy custody Maimony in Lender and Borrower c. 3. s. 5. Vers. 13. when the Sun or as the Greeke translateth about the going downe of the Sunne in Exod. 22. 26. it is said before the Sunne goeth downe see the Annotations there where is shewed that every pawne is to bee restored when the poore man hath need of it by night or by day If the pawne must thus be restored when he hath need what booteth it to take the pawne The Hebrewes answer that by this meanes the debt is not released in the seventh yeere which the Law biddeth Deut. 15. 1 2 3. and if the borrower die his moveables are not made his childrens but paiment is made by the pawne after his death Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 5. justice in Greeke almes a worke of mercy which God will reward as on the contrary in v. 15. he saith it bee in thee a sinne that is an iniquity which God will punish Vers. 14. not fraudulently oppresse or not defraud the Greeke translateth Thou shalt not fraudulently keepe backe the hire of the poore c. which word the Apostle useth in like â—ase saying Behold the hire of the labourers c. which is by you fraudulently kept backe crieth c. Iam. 5. 4. and among the other weighty lawes our Saviour nameth this for one in Mark 10. 19. See also Levit. 19. 13. thy gates that is as the Greeke and Chaldee translate thy cities Vers. 15. In his day in Greeke The same day Day is used for all time his hire or his wages whether for his owne labour or for his beasts or other things So the Hebrewes explaine it Whether it bee the hire of man or the hire of beasts or the hire of instruments hee is bound to give it in his time and if hee keepe it after the time he transgresseth against a prohibition Maimony tom 4. treat of Hiring chap. 〈◊〉 sect 1. not goe downe upon it in Lev. 19. 13. it is said it shall not abide all night with thee which two the Hebrewes unfold thus What is the time or day of him that is hired He that is hired for a day his hire is due all that nights of
him it is said in Lev. 19. 13. it shall not abide all night with thee untill the morning he that is hired for a night it is due all the day and of him it is said In his day thou shalt give his hire Deut. 24. 15. And he that is hired for houres of the day it is due all the day if for houres of the night it is 〈◊〉 all the night He that is hired for a week or for a moneth or for a yeere or for seven if the terme goe out by day it is due all that day if it goe out by night it is due all that night Maimony ibidem chap. 11. sect 2. lifteth up his soule that is hopeth for and desireth it for the maintenance of his life So the Greeke here translateth hee hath hope and in Ier. 22. 27. and 44. 14. the lifting up of the soule signifieth a desire and the soule is often put for the life Hereupon the Hebrewes say Whosoever with-holdeth the hirelings wage is as if hee tooke away his soule or life from him for it is written unto it hee lifteth up his soule and he transgresseth against foure prohibitions and one commandement against Thou shalt not fraudulently oppresse and against Thou shalt not rob and against The hirelings worke or wage shall not abide all night with thee and against The sunne shall not goe downe upon it and In his day thou shalt give his hire Maimony treat of Hiring ch 11. sect 2. a sinne that is a great iniquity which God will punish for though he cry not yet is it a sinne but the cry of the poore hasteth Gods judgement as on the contrary the blessing of the poore procureth a good reward from the Lord vers 13. According to this phrase it is said The wicked thought of foolishnesse that is of the foole is sinne Prov. 24. 9. that is damnable and to be punished of God So in Iam. 4. 17. Ioh. 15. 22 24. and 9. 41. And in 1 King 1. 21. I and my sonne Solomon shall be sinners that is punished as malefactors Accordingly God threatneth to come neere to them in judgment and to bee a swift witnesse against those that fraudulently oppresse the hireling in his wages Mal. 3. 5. Vers. 16. for the children Hebr. for the sonnes This law concerneth the Magistrates who should not kill the children for the parents or parents for the children no not in case of treason as K. Amaziah slew his servants which had slaine the king his father but the sonnes of them that slew him he put not to death according to this law of Moses 2 Kin. 14. 5 6. 2 Chron. 25. 4. And God himselfe professeth so to deale saying The sonne shall not beare the iniquity that is the punishment of the father neither shall the father beare the iniquity of the sonne c. the wickednesse of the wicked shall bee upon him Ezek. 18. 20. The Chaldee Paraphrast here translateth by the mouth of the sons and so after by the mouth of the fathers meaning that they should not die by their testimony And so the Hebrewes gather from this Law saying Neere kinsfolke are not fit to be witnesses by the Law as it is written The fathers shall not be put to death for the sonnes c. Wee have beene taught that in this generall prohibition is comprised that the fathers be not put to death by the 〈…〉 th of the sonnes nor the sonnes by the mouth of the fathers and the same right is for other neere a kin Maimony tom 4. treat of witnesses c. 13. s. 1. But the first interpretation is most proper and certaine not be put to death so it is also alleaged in 2 Kin. 14. 6. but in 2 Chron. 25. 4. it is they shall not die The one openeth the other and to die is often used for to be put to death as Num. 35. 12. 30. Deut. 17. 1â— and 18. 20. and 22. 22. 25. in his sin and for his sinne for so the Hebrew in often noteth the cause see Deut. 9. 4. Vers. 17. not wrest or not pervent decline or turne a side This is forbidden in all judgment generally Exod. 23. 2. Deut. 16. 19. specially concerning the posre Exod. 23. 6. more specially here concerning the stranger and fatherlesse against such as thus wrest judgment the Lord will come neere to judgment and be a swift witnesse against them Mal. 3. 5. The Hebrewes say Whosoever wresteth the judgment of any one of Israel transgresseth against one prohibition viz. Yee shall not doe unrighteousnesse in judgment Levit. 19. 15. And if it bee of a stranger hee transgresseth against two prohibitions Deut. 24. 17. and if it be of the fatherlesse hee transgresseth against three prohibitions Deut. 24. 17. Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 20. sect 12. nor of the fatherlesse the word nor or and is supplied also by the Greeke version and so is often to be understood as two three Eunuchs 2 King 9. 32. for two or three so to morrow the third day for or the third day 1 Sam. 20. 12. Like a Crane a Swallow that is or a Swallow Esay 38. 14. and sundry the like The holy Ghost sometime supplieth the defect as is noted on Exod. 22. 30. In the Greeke here is added and of the widow so in Deut. 27. 19. Cursed be hee that wresteth the judgment of the stranger fatherlesse and widow and all the people shall say Amen garment of the widow or any other thing of hers that she hath need of the garment is named but for an instance as in Iob 24. 3. there is mentioned the widows oxâ— The Hebrews have this generall canon A widow whether she bee poore or rich they may take no pawne of her neither at the time when they lend unto her nor at any other time neither by the commandement of the Synedrion Deut. 24. 17. and if any take her pledge they force him to restore it If the pawne be lost or burnt before he restore it he is to be beaten Maimony treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 1. Vers. 19. reapest thine harvest This is an addition to the Law in Lev. 19. 9. there a corner of the field and the gleanings were commanded to be left for the poore and here the forgotten sheafe These three were due to the poore out of every corne-field in Israel And the Hebrewes say this law of the forgotten sheafe extended also to the vineyard and other fruit trees where whatsoever was forgotten might not bee taken againe by the owner see the Annotations on Levit. 19. 10. hast forgot This the Hebrewes understand as spoken both to the owner and to his labourers that it is not a forgotten sheafe till all have forgotten it But so as that â—hey all be in the field for if the owner bee in the citie and speaketh of the sheafe in the field which hee thinketh his workmen will forget and they doe forget it this notwithstanding his remembrance of it
unto thee For hee is an abomination to Iehovah thy God whosoever doth these things whosoever doth unrighteousnesse Remember that which Amalek did unto thee by the way when ye were come forth out of Egypt How hee met thee by the way and smote the hind most of thee all that were feeble behind thee and thou wast faint and weary and hee feared not God Therefore it shall be when Iehovah thy God hath given rest unto thee from all thine enemies round about in the land which Iehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance to possesse it thou shalt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens thou shalt not forget it Annotations A â—oâ—tâ—oversie a plea or strife in Greeke a contradiction and they or that they the Iudges may judge them And this Law concerneth all Courts the highest of 71 Iudges the Court of twenty three and the Court of three the lowest of which judged inferiour causes and money matters and had authority to beat malefactors but not to put to death justifie that is pronounce just so absolve or acquit in judgment condemne for wicked or pronounce wicked and so tendemne in judgment as the Greeke translateth it condemne This is contrary to the former and so the Apostle opposeth them saying It is God that justifieth who is hee that condemneth Rom. 8. 33. 34. This law is perpetuall the transgression whereof is a great sinne for Hee that justifieth the wicked and he that condemneth the just even they both are an abomination to the LORD Prov. 17. 15. Vers. 2. worthy to be beaten Hebr. a son of beating which the Greeke translateth worthy of stripes and the Chaldee a sonne guilty of or worthy to bee beaten So the sonne or childe of hell Matt. 23. 15. is one worthy of hell fire the son of death in 1 Sam. 20. 31. is one that was worthy of death and therefore should be killed and in the Gospell If the sonne of peace bee there in the house Luk. 10. 6. which another Evangelist explaineth thus If the house be worthy Matt. 10. 13. Now who they were that deserved beating are by the Hebrewes shewed thus Hee that transgresseth against a prohibition whereby the contrary commandement to be done is broken off and they warned him of it and said unto him Doe not this thing for if thou doest it and keepest not that which is commanded concerning it thou shalt be beaten and he transgresseth and keepeth not the commandement loe he is to be beaten Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 16. sect 4. More particularly Thâ—se are to be beaten whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition for which he deserveth to be cut off but is not to bee put to death by the Synedrion as he that eateth fat or bloud or leven at the Passeover Likewise whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition for which they are guilty of death by the band of God as hee that eateth of fruits before the first-fruits tithes c. be paid and a Priest that is uncleane and eateth of the heave-offering which is cleane Likewise who so transgresseth against a prohibition wherein there is an act or worke as hee that boyleth a Kid in his mothers milke which the Hebrewes understand of eating flesh with milke or that weareth Linsey-woolsey But a prohibition wherein is no act as to walke as a tale-bearer to revenge or beare grudge or receive a false report c. for such he is not beaten nor for any other wherein there is an act some few excepted Every prohibition for which they are to be put to death by the Magistrate as adulterie working on the Sabbath c. they are not beaten therefore So every prohibition for which they are to make satisfaction as robbery theft c. they are not beaten for it And every prohibition whereby the contrary commandement is broken off as Thou shalt not take the dam with the young Deut. 22. 6. Thou shalt not wholly rid the corner of thy field Levit. 19. 9. c. they are not beaten for it unlesse they keepe not the commanded thing concerning them that is unlesse they omit the letting of the dam goe Deut. 22. 7. and the leaving of the corner for the poore Levit. 19. 10. And for a prohibition implied in the generals they are not beaten but all other prohibitions which are in the Law they are to bee beaten for doing them What is that prohibition comprised in the generals It is one prohibition which generally compriseth many things as yee shall not eat with the bloud Levit. 19. 26. And so when it is said Doe not such a thing and such a thing forasmuch as there is not a particular prohibition set before every one of them he is not to be beaten for every one of them unlesse they bee divided in other prohibitions or said by word of mouth that they are divided As where it is said Eat not of it raw or sodden Exodus 12. 9. hee is not beaten for eating of it raw and sodden twice but once Of the first-fruits hee saith Yee shall not eat bread and parched corne and greene eares Levit. 23. 14. a man for eating these three is to bee beaten thrice by word of mouth wee have beene taught that these are divided or severall It is said in Deut. 18. 10. Let there not bee found in thee any that maketh his sonne or his daughter to passe thorow the fire a diviner of divinations an observer of times although all these things be comprehended generally in one prohibition yet are they divided in other prohibitions as in Levit. 19. 26. ye shall not observe fortunes and yee shall not observe times to teach that every one of these is a prohibition by it selfe severall and so all other of like sort Maimony in Sanhedrin ch 18. sect 1 2 3. Finally they say All prohibitions for which cutting off is due but not death by the Magistrate for which men are to be beaten are one and twenty All for which death is due by the hand of God which are prohibitions wherein an act is for which men are to be beaten are eighteene All prohibitions in the Law for which there is neither cutting off due nor death by the Magistrate for which men are to be beaten are an hundred sixtie and eight So there are found in all which are to be beaten 207. Maimony ibidem chap. 19. All which are there particularly related but would be too long here to repeat the Iudge that is the Iudges as the Greeke translateth for one Iudge sate not alone to judge controversies Neither was any man to be beaten without witnesses of his crime No man is to bee beaten but by witnesses and evidence and they are to examine the witnesses by inquiry and diligent search even as they do in judgments of life and death Maimony in Sanhedrin chap. 16. sect 4. cause him to lie downe or to be laid downe and bound fast the manner is said to bee thus both his hands
the first tithe Num. 18. 21. AND ALSO I HAVE GIVEN IT which implieth generally that the other gift was before namely the great Heave-offâ—ring of first-fruits and the Heaven-offering of the tithe TO THE STRANGER TO THE FATHERLESSE c. this is the tithe of the poore and the gleaning and the forgotten sheafe and the corner Deut. 24. 19. Lev. 19. 9. 10. although the gleaning the forgotten and the corner doe not hinder the making of confession And he must separate the gifts in order and afterward make confession as it is written ACCORDING TO ALL THY COMMANDEMENT c. Loe if the second tithe were given before the first he might not make confession If his untithed fruits were burnt he might not make confession because he hath not separated the gifts nor given them to whom they were due Hee that had nothing but the second tithe onely made confession for the ground of the confession is in the tithe And so if he had nothing but first-fruits onely he made confession as it is said I HAVE PVT AWAY THE HOLY THING c. Maimony in Maaser sheni chap. 11. sect 7. c. thy commandement in Greeke commandements and the word according implieth the order of doing all things as before is noted not transgressed by doing any thing amisse as giving bad for good and as the Hebrewes expound it one kinde for another or old for new or new for old or the like Of Transgression see the notes on Deut. 17. 2. forgotten this the Hebrewes apply to forgetting to blesse God for it and to mention his name upon it Maimony ibidem chap. 11. sect 15. But it is more generall implying the neglect of any precept concerning the things here spoken of for in spirituall duties unto God all men are faulty Psal. 19. 12. Eccles. 7. 20. Vers. 14. in my mourning or in my sorrow By this it appeareth that this Law and confession extended further than to the third yeeres tithe which was all given to the poore Deut. 24. 28. 29. and might not be eaten by the owner of the land and reached to the first and second yeeres tithes which the owners were to eat before the Lord Deu. 14. 22 23. but might not eat of it in their mourning upon paine of being beaten by the Magistrate as Maimony sheweth in Maaser sheni chap. 3. sect 5. where he further saith in sect 6 7. Who is this mourner He that bewaileth any of his kinred whom he is bound by the Law to mourne for And in the day of death he is bound to mourne by the Law Lev. 10. 19. If he be kept unburied many daies he is a mourner all those daies till hee be buried by the doctrine of the Scribes And not the second tithe only but all the holy things every one if he eat of them in mourning by the Law he is to be beaten if in his mourning by the Scribes doctrine he is to be scourged Compare herewith the saying of the Prophet Their sacrifices shall be unto them as the bread of mourners all that eat thereof shall be polluted Hos. 9. 4. put away the word before used in vers 13. but otherwise turned here in the Greeke I have not taken fruit thereof which Greeke word is used in Ios. 5. 12. for eating fruit and so the Hebrewes expound this here of eating He that eateth the second tithe in uncleannesse is to be beaten for it is said I have not put away thereof for the uncleane whether the tithe be uncleane and the eater cleane or the tithe cleane and the eater uncleane and hee that eateth it in Ierusalem before it be redeemed The uncircumcised is as the uncleane and if hee eat that second tithe he is to be beaten by the Law c. Maim in Maasar sheni ch 3. s. 1 4. for the uncleane so the Greeke translateth it meaning for any uncleane person to eat of it or for any uncleane use Hebr. in uncleane whereby may be meant in uncleannesse for the dead or to the dead whereby may be understood to any idoll or for any idolatrous use as Idolaters are said to eat sacrifices of the dead Ps. 106. 28. or to be eaten at any dead mans funeral wherby the holy thing might be polluted as Hos. 9. 4. for at funeralls they used to eat and drinke Ezek. 24. 17. Ier 16. 7. The Hebrewes expound it thus that he hath not received or bought therewith coffin or shrouds for the buriall of the dead nor given thereof to other mourners Maimony in Maaser sheni chap. 11. sect 15. Further they say The second tithe is given to eat and to drinke Deut 14. 23. and anoynting is as drinking And it is unlawfull for a man to bring it out for his other needs as to receive therewith vessels or garments or servants as it is written I have not given thereof for the dead as if he should say I have not brought it out for any thing which keepeth not alive the bodie c. Ibidem chap. 3. sect 10. Vers. 15. the habitation of thy holinesse that is thy holy habitation as the Greeke translateth it thine holy house By this prayer they submitted themselves unto the triall and judgement of God for their upright keeping of these his lawes as Psal. 26. 1 2 3. and having cleare consciences they had boldnesse before God to crave and expect his blessing for he that is a doer of the worke of God this man shall bee blessed in his deed Iam. 1. 25. Vers. 16. This day Moses concluding his exposition of the Lawes with a warning of obedience teacheth the children that they are alike interessed in Gods covenant as were their fathers and so their posterity for what was spoken and done unto them concerneth us also Hos. 12. 4. Psal. 66. 6 7. thy God the first argument of obedience from the person of God and his grace towards them who hath soveraigne authority thereby to command Vers. 17. hast avouched or hast made to say that is to promise in Greeke hast chosen A second reason of obedience because of the mutuall covenant betweene God and his people see Exod 19. 3 4. 8. which covenant was not with the fathers only Deut. 5. 2 3. but being now renewed with their children and in them with all their posterity served both to confirme their faith and to increase their obedience and sanctification unto thee for a God or as the Greeke translateth thy God what this meaneth is shewed on Exod. 20. 2 3. his wayes which hee commandeth to walke in and they imply both doctrines of faith and precepts of manners as is noted on Genes 6. 12. and 18. 19. and an imitation of him as beloved children Ephes. 5. 1 2. Matth. 5. 48. statutes the ordinances of worship and service which he taught see the notes on Deut. 4. 1. Commandements the morall law given in Ex. 20. Iudgements the Iudiciall lawes whereof see Exod. 21. 1. c. So all whatsoever are in Gods law
godlinesse hath the promise of the life that now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. Vers. 9. make thee plenteous or make thee excellent unto which Thargum Ionathan addeth for good that yee may prosper in all the workes of your hands rejoyce over thee This Christ taught in parables of rejoycing for the lost sheepe that was found Luk. 15. 6 7. and of the Prodigall sonne he saith It was meet that wee should make merry and be glad for this thy brother was dead and is alive againe and was lost and is found Luk. 15. 32. So in the other Prophets I will rejoyce in Ierusalem and joy in my people Esay 65. 19. and I will rejoyce over them to doe them good Ier. 32. 41. See also Deut. 28. 63. Vers. 10. that which is written meaning all and every thing written so teaching us exact obedience unto Iehovah in Chaldee unto the feare of the Lord. Vers. 11. this commandement which after in v. 14. he calleth the Word and the Apostle expoundeth it the Word of faith Rom. 10. 8. So this speech is not of the Law onely neither sheweth it what man can doe by the Law much lesse by nature but is the speech of the righteousnesse of faith Rom. 10. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also not to blame the Law of hardnesse to bee learned seeing God had now caused it to be written expounded unto them not hidden from thee or not too marvellous and hard for thee to know and so not impossible through faith in Christ as is the Law without faith in that it is weake through the flesh Rom. 8. 3. The Chaldee translateth it is not separated from thee and Thargum Ionathan expoundeth it is not covered or hid from you The holy Ghost in Greeke translateth this word marvellous Matt. 21. 42. from Psal. 118. and unpossible Luk. 1. 37. See the Annotations on Gen. 18. 14. and Deut. 17. 8. By Esaias also God saith I have not spoken in secret in a darke place of the earth Esay 45. 19. Vers. 12. to say that is that thou shouldest say so in v. 13. see the Annotations on Gen. 6. 19. where sundry like speeches are shewed This saying is meant of the heart also wherefore the Apostle citeth it thus Say not in thine heart who shall goe up into heaven Rom. 10. 6. Who shall goe up for us the Ierusalemy Thargum explaineth it O that wee had one like Moses the Prophet that might goe up into the heavens c. but the Apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christs incarnation Who shall goe up into heaven that is to bring Christ downe from above Rom. 10. 6. Vnto which doubt hee opposeth the confession with the mouth that Iesus is the LORD vers 9. that is that God was manifested in the flesh 1 Tim. 3. 16. for no man hath ascended up to heaven of whoÌ„ we may learne the true understanding of the Law but hee that came downe from heaven even the Son of man which is in heaven Iohn 3. 13. and cause us to heare it that is preach it unto us that wee may doe it or and we would doe it Vers. 13. beyond the sea Thargum Ionathan explaineth it beyond the great sea and Thargum Ierusalemy addeth Neither is the Law beyond the great sea that thou shouldest say O that we had one like Ionas the Prophet that might goe downe to the bottome of the great sea and bring it to us c. All things hidden from men which they cannot attaine are either in heaven above or beyond sea in the farre places of the earth but the Law of God is in neither of these but neere unto every one to learne and to doe who shall goe over to beyond sea Paul alleageth this place thus Who shall goe downe into the deepe that is to bring up Christ from the dead Rom. 10. 7. unto which he opposeth in vers 9. beleefe in the heart that God hath raised him from the dead Now Ionas the Prophet to whose example the Ierusalemy Thargum applieth this was a figure of Christ as himselfe hath said As Ionas was three daies and three nights in the Whales belly so shall the Sonne of man be three daies three nights in the heart of the earth Matt. 12. 40. And as the Sea in Ionas case is called the Deepe Psal. 104. 6. and 107. 24 26. Exod. 15. 5. so David prophesying of Christ saith that God had brought him up from the deepes of the earth Psal. 71. 20. So the Apostle speaking of Christs rising out of the grave useth the word Abysse or Deepe which is spoken both of earth and sea Vers. 14. But the word This the Apostle expoundeth thus But what saith the righteousnes which is of faith The Word is nigh thee c. that is the word of faith which we preach Rom. 10. 8. By this it appeareth that Moses wrote of Christ Iohn 5. 46. and that he was closely taught in the Law Eâ—r Christ is the end of the Law for righteousnesse to every one that beleeveth Rom. 10. 4. And the Iewes which cleaving to the Law refused the Gospell or word of faith had a zeale of God but not according 〈◊〉 knowledge Rom. 10. 2. in thy mouth or for thy mouth that is for thee to confesse with thy mouth that Iesus is the LORD as Rom. 10. 9. So in is used for for in Deut. 9. 4. and 24. 16. in thine heart or for thine heart that thou maist beleeve in thine heart that God hath raised him Christ froÌ„ the dead so maist be saved Rom. 10. 9. to do it the Law which is fulfilled by beleeving in Christ as it is said This is the worke of God that â—ee beleeve in him whom he hath sent Iohn 6. 29. upon which beleefe true obedience followeth Hâ—â— 8. 10. Vers. 15. I have set Hebr. I have given that is proposed and confirmed by my doctrine So in vers 19. life and good life as the end and good as the meanes leading to life or life that is God himselfe of whom hee saith iâ— vers 20. hee is thy life and good that is felicity following The Greeke version changeth the order thus life and death good and evill Thargum Ierusalemy explaineth it the Law of life which is a good Law and the Law of death which is an evill Law And Thargum Ionathan thus The way of life for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just and the way of death for which an evill reward shall be recompenced to the wicked Vers. 16. to love this is a declaration of the life and good fore-mentioned which they whose hearts God would circumcise vers 6. should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. in his waiâ—s the Chaldee saith in the wayes that are right before him keepe his commandements which is an effect of love as If ye love me keepe my commandements Iohn 14. 15. and This is the love of God that we keepe
his commandements 1 Iohn 5. 3. And this is his commandement that we should beleeve on the name of his Sonne Iesus Christ and love one another c. 1 Iohn 3. 23. Vers. 17. But if or And if thine heart turne c. This is the death and evill fore-spoken of see Deut. 29. 18. other gods in Chaldee the idols of the peoples Vers. 18. perishing yee shall perish that is assuredly and speedily perish as the Greeke saith perish with perdition So in Deut. 4. 26. Vers. 19. I call the heavens c. This obtestation of heavens and earth used also before in Deut. 4. 26. may be understood of God and the Angels in heaven as Paul expresseth them in 1 Tim. 5. 21. or of the other creatures also in heaven and in earth as Iosua said This stone shall be a witnesse unto us for it hath heard all the words of the Lord c. Ios. 24. 27. So in Deut. 32. 1. Esa. 1. 2. Give eare O heavens heare Oearth in Psa. 50. 4. He will call to the heavens from above and to the earth to judge his people and in Iob 20. 27. the heavens shall reveale his iniquity and the earth shall rise up against him I have set Hebr. I have given that is faithfully proposed by doctrine and discharged my dutie so in vers 15. The life and blessing which he set before them was by the faith of Christ Gal. 2. 16. and 3. 9. the death and curse was by refusing Christ and seeking to be justified by the workes of the Law for as many as are of the workes of the Law are under the curse Gal. 3. 10. therefore chuse Hebr. and chuse thou or and thou shalt chuse which is the dutie of all Gods people to be performed by grace in Christ. So David chose the way of truth the precepts of God Psal. 119. 30. 173. Compare also Ios. 24. 15 22. Thargum Ionathan explaineth this speech thus and chuse ye the way of life which is the Law that ye may live in the life of the world to come you and your sonnes This is true if it be understood not of the Law of workes but of the Law of faith as Rom. 3. 27 28. and 9. 31 32 33. Vers. 20. to hearken to his voice in Chaldee to receive his word unto him Chald. unto his feare he is thy life that is the author of thy life and salvation through Christ as in Iohn 17. 3. This is life eternall to know thee the onely true God and Iesus Christ whom thou hast sent yea Christ himselfe is the resurrection and the life Iob. 11. 25. and 14. 6. And in 1 Iohn 5. 20. We know that the Sonne of God is come and hath given us an understanding that we may know him that is true and we are in him that is true even in his Son Iesus Christ this is the true God and eternall life CHAP. XXXI 1 Moses being ready to die encourageth the people that should goe into Canaan 7 He encourageth Iosua that should be their Governour 9 He delivereth the Law unto the Priests which was to be read in the soventh yeere unto the people 14 Moses and Iosua present themselves before the Lord 16 who fore-telleth the peoples falling from him and his anger against them therefore 19 Hee commandeth a song to be written to testifie against the people 24 Moses delivereth the booke of the Law to the Levites to be kept in the side of the Arke for a witnesse against them and their rebellion 28 Hee maketh a protestation to the Elders 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd Moses went and spake these words unto all Israel And hee said unto them I am an hundred twenty yeeres old this day I can no more goe out and come in and Iehovah hath said unto me thou shalt not goe over this Iordan Iehovah thy God he goeth over before thee hee will destroy these nations from before thee and thou shalt possesse them Iosua he shall go over before thee as Iehovah hath said And Iehovah will doe unto them as hee did to Sihon and to Og Kings of the Amorite and unto the land of them whom hee destroyed And Iehovah will give them before you and yee shall doe unto them according to every commandement which I have commanded you Be ye strong and couragious feare not neither be discouraged because of them for Iehovah thy God he it is that goeth with thee he will not faile thee nor for sake thee And Moses called unto Iosua and said unto him in the eies of all Israel Be thou strong and couragious for thou shalt goe in with this people into the land which Iehovah hath sworne unto their fathers to give unto them and thou shalt cause them to inherit it And Iehovah he it is that goeth before thee hee will be with thee hee will not faile thee nor forsake thee feare not neither be dismaid And Moses wrote this Law and gave it unto the Priests the sonnes of Levi which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah and unto all the Elders of Israel And Moses commanded them saying at the end of seven yeeres in the solemnity of the yeere of release in the feast of Boothes When all Israel is come to appeare before Iehovah thy God in the place which he shall chuse thou shalt reade this Law before all Israel in their eares Gather together the people men and women and children and thy stranger that is within thy gates that they may heare and that they may learne and may feare Iehovah your God and observe to doe all the words of this Law And that their sonnes which have not knowne may heare and learne to feare Iehovah your God all the daies that yee shall live on the land whither ye are going over Iordan to possesse it And Iehovah said unto Moses Behold thy daies approach to die call Iosua and present your selves in the Tent of the congregation that I may give him a charge And Moses and Iosua went and presented themselves in the Tent of the congregation And Iehovah appeared in the Tent in a pillar of a cloud the pillar of the cloud stood over the doore of the Tent. And Iehovah said unto Moses Behold thou liest downe with thy fathers and this people will rise up and goe a whoring after the gods of the strangers of the land whither they are going in to be amongst them and will forsake mee and breake my covenant which I have stricken with them And mine anger shall be kindled against them in that day and I will forsake them and will hide my face from them and they shall be devoured and many evils and distresses shall finde them and they will say in that day have not these evils found us because our God is not amongst us And I hiding will hide my face in that day for all the evils which they shall have done in that they are turned unto other gods And now write ye
this song for you and teach it the sonnes of Israel put it in their mouthes that this song may be a witnesse for mee against the sonnes of Israel For I will bring them into the land which I sware unto their fathers that floweth with milke and honey and they shall eat and be filled and be fat and they will turne unto other gods and serve them and despightfully provoke me and breake my covenant And it shall be when many evils and distresses have found them that this song shall answer before them for a witnesse for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouth of their seed for I know their imagination which they doe this day before I have brought them in unto the land which I sware And Moses wrought this song in that day and taught it the sonnes of Israel And he charged Ioshua the sonne of Nun and said Be strong and couragious for thou shalt bring in the sonnes of Israel unto the land which I sware unto them and I will be with thee And it was when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this Law in a booke untill they were finished That Moses commanded the Levites which bare the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah saying Take this booke of the Law and put it in the side of the Arke of the covenant of Iehovah your God that it may be there for a witnesse against thee For I know thy rebellion and thy stiffe necke Behold while I am yet alive with you this day yee have beene rebellious against Iehovah and how much more after my death Gather together unto mee all the Elders of your Tribes and your Officers that I may speake in their eares these words and call the heavens and the earth to witnesse against them For I know that after my death corrupting yee will corrupt your selves and will turne aside from the way which I have commanded you and evill will befall you in the latter daies because yee will doe evill in the eyes of Iehovah to provoke him to anger through the worke of your hands And Moses spake in the eares of all the Church of Israel the words of this song untill they were ended Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the two and fiftieth Section or Lecture of the Law See the notes on Gen. 6. 9. And here Moses setteth the state of Israel in order before his death OLd Hebr. sonne of an hundred and twenty yeeres of which phrase see Gen. 5. 32. So long while Noe preached to the world building the Arke Gen. 6. 3 14. 1 Pet. 3. 19 20. Of these 120. yeeres Moses lived 40. in Pharaohs court in Egypt Acts 7. 20 23. forty in the land of Madian Acts 7. 29 30. Exod. 7. 7. and 40. yeeres he governed Israel I can no more goe out that is no more administer in my office see the Annotations on Num. 27. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age for his eye was not dim nor his naturall moisture fled Deut. 34. 7. as for the ordinance of God next mentioned and Iehovah or for Iehovah hath said as is shewed in Num. 20. 12. Deut. 3. 25 26. And is often in stead of For as is noted on Gen. 12. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason why Moses might no longer governe them Vers. 3. Ioshua in Greeke Iesus who was substitute in Moses place Num. 27. 16 17 18. c. A figure of our Lord Iesus who by grace and truth bringeth us into Gods eternall rest after the ending of Moses Law Iohn 1. 17. Rom. 10. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sorrow for Moses death by promise of the Lords presence among them and Ioshuahs succeeding government under him Vers. 4. of the Amorite that is of the Amorites as the Greeke translateth by whose destruction before mentioned in Numb 21. 23. c. Deut. 2. and 3. Israel is encouraged against their other enemies the land that is the people of the land Vers. 5. commanded you which was to root them out and let none remaine Deut. 20. 16 17. Vers. 6. Be ye strong or Be confirmed Hold fast to wit your faith in God in Greeke Quit you like men which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. 16. 13. So after in vers 7. couragious or be hardy strong valiant in heart and carriage This word is applied to the heart in Psal. 27. 14. and armes in Prov. 31. 17. and signifieth an increase and stedfastnesse Prov. 24. 5. Ruth 1. 18. The like exhortation is often used as Ios. 10. 25. 1 Chron. 22. 13. 2 Chron. 32. 7. hee it is in Chaldee his Word it is So in vers 8. faile thee or let thee goe leave thee to thy selfe but will hold thee fast So vers 8. and Ios. 1. 5. Heb. 13. 5. Vers. 7. strong and couragious or confirmed and strong as vers 6. Iosua being to beare the charge and toile of the people hath the same exhortation and promise in particular that was before unto all and it was in the eyes of all lest any after Moses death should deny his authority A like speech Davide made to Salomon 1 Chron. 28. 20. Vers. 8. he will be with thee the Chaldee paraphraseth his Word will be thy helpe Vers. 9. this Law in Greeke all the words of this Law in a booke which bare the Arke they had the chiefe charge to looke to the Arke and other holy things and though the Levites bare it as appeareth by Num. 3. 31. and 4. 15. and 10. 21. yet sometime the Priests themselves also bare it as when they passed over Iordan Ios. 3. 6 17. when they compassed Iericho Ios. 6. 12. So after in v. 25. Moses spake to the Levites the Elders the Magistrates as the Priests by teaching so the Elders by governing are to look that the Law of the Lord be observed Mal. 2. 7. Hos. 4. 6. Mich. 3. 1. 2 Chron. 19. 6 8 9 10. Vers. 10. of seven yeeres that is of every seventh yeere which was a yeere of release Deu. 15. 1. the solemnity or the set time as the Greeke and Chaldee translate it the time release of debts Deut. 15. 1 2 c. that being freed from worldly cares they might apply their mindes to Gods Law A figure of the yeere of grace and remission of our debts by Christ whereupon wee should give our selves to holinesse Luke 4. 18 19 21. Rom. 6. 10 11 12 13. Boothes or Tabernacles whereof see Lev. 23. Vers. 11. which he shall chuse to set his Arke and Tabernacle and so to place his name there Deut. 16. 2. thou shalt reade speaking to Israel generally and it was performed in speciall by the chiefest of them either the high Priest as Ezra the chiefe of them that returned from Babylon read it Nehem. 8. 1 2 3 c. or as the Hebrewes say the King himselfe when they had a King used to reade For this Commandement was to Ioshua
48. in that selfe same day Hebr. in the body or strength of this day See this phrase in Gen. 7. 13. and 17. 23. Vers. 49. Nebo the performance of this commandement see in Deut. 34. 1. c. See also Num. 27. 12. Vers. 50. unto thy peoples thy godly forefathers in Greeke thy people See the Annotations on Gen. 25. 8. mount Hor whereof see Numb 20. 23. c. Vers. 51. trespassed in Greeke disobeyed my word Of this trespasse see Num. 20. 10 11 12. Here Moses at his death maketh a commemoration of his sinne for an acknowledgment of Gods justice against him and a warning to all people not to disobey by his example Meribah or contention of Cadesh so the Greeke translateth it contradiction Vers. 52. before thee or over against thee that is a farre off for so this phrase often signifieth as is noted on Numb 2. 2. So that may be said here of Moses which Paul speaketh of the godly fathers These all dyed in faith not having received the promises but having seene them afar off and were perswaded of them and saluted them c. Heb. 11. 13. CHAP. XXXIII 1 Moses blessing Israel before his death sheweth the Majesty of God and his love to the people in giving them his Law and guiding them thorow the wildernesse 6 The blessing of Reuben 7 Of Iudah 8 Of Levi 12 Of Benjamin 13 Of Ioseph 18 Of Zabulon and Issachar 20 Of Gad 22 Of Dan 23 Of Naphtali 24 and of Aser 26 The excellencie of God and of Israel under his protection who should dwell in a fruitfull land and through his helpe subdue their enemies 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ANd this is the blessing wherewith Moses the man of God blessed the sons of Israel before his death And hee said Iehovah came from Sinai and rose up from Seir unto them hee shined forth from mount Pharan and hee came with ten thousands of Saints from his right hand the fire of the Law for them Yea the lover of the peoples all his Saints are in thine hand and they sate downe at thy feet every one shall receive of thy words Moses commanded us a Law the inheritance of the Church of Iakob And hee was in Ieshurun a King when the heads of the people gathered themselves together the tribes of Israel Let Reuben live and not die and his men be a number And this is the blessing of Iudah and he said Heare Iehovah the voice of Iudah and unto his people bring thou him his hands be enough for him and an helpe from his distressers be thou And of Levi he said Thy Thummim and thy Vrim with the man thy gracious saint whom thou temptedst in Massah contendedst with him at the waters of Meribah Who said of his father and of his mother I respect him not and his brethen hee acknowledgeth not and his sonnes he knoweth not for they observe thy saying and keepe thy Covenant They shall teach thy judgments unto Iakob and thy Law unto Israel they shall put incense in thy nostrill and the whole burnt-sacrifice upon thine Altar Blesse O Iehovah his power and the worke of his hands favourably accept thou smite thorow the loines of them that rise against him and of them that hate him that they rise not againe Of Benjamin he said The beloved of Iehovah shall dwell in confident safety by him he shall cover him all the day and betweene his shoulders he shall dwell And of Ioseph hee said Blessed of Iehovah be his land for the precious things of the heavens for the dew and for the deepe that coucheth beneath And for the precious things the revenues of the Sunne and for the precious things the thrusting forth of the Moons And for the chiefe things of the ancient mountaines and for the precious things of the everlasting hills And for the precious things of the earth and the plenty thereof and the favourable acceptation of him that dwelt in the bramble-bush let it come on the head of Ioseph and on the crowne of the head of the separated among his brethren His glory be like the firstling of his bullock and his hornes the hornes of an Vnicorne with them he shall push the peoples together to the ends of the land and they are the ten thousands of Ephraim and they are the thousands of Manasses And of Zabulon he said Rejoyce Zabulon in thy going out and Issachar in thy tents They shall call the peoples to the mountaine there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of Iustice 19 for they shall suck the abundance of the seas and treasures hid in the sand And of Gad he said Blessed be he that enlargeth Gad as a couragious Lyon he dwelleth and teareth the arme with the crowne of the head And he provided the first part for him because there in a portion of the Law-giver was he protected and he came with the heads of the people he did the justice of Iehovah and his judgments with Israel And of Dan he said Dan is a renting Lions whelpe he shall leap from Bashan And of Naphtali he said Naphtali satisfied with favourable acceptation and full with the blessing of Iehovah possesse thou the Sea and the South And of Aser he said Blessed with sons be Aser let him be favourably accepted of his brethren and dipping his foot in oyle Iron and brasse thy shooes and as thy dayes thy strength There is none like God Ieshurun who rideth upon the heavens for thy helpe and in his excellency on the skies The God of antiquity is thy mansion and underneath are the armes of eternity and he will thrust out the enemy from before thee and will say destroy And Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone the fountaine of Iacob upon a land of corne and new wine also his heavens shall drop down deaw O happy art thou Israel who is like thee ô people Saved by Iehovah the sheild of thy helpe and whose sword is thy excellency and thine enemies shall falsly deny unto thee and thou shalt tread upon their high places Annotations 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Here beginneth the 54. and last Section or Lecture of the Law see Gen. 6. 9. THe man of God which the Chaldee expoundeth the Prophet of the Lord. So Samuel is called a man of God 1 Sam. 9. 6 7. and in v. 9. hee is also called a Seer and this is added he that is now called a Prophet was before time called a Seer So these three names are one though a man of God is so named in respect of his divine calling to the ministerie wherefore the minister of the New Testament is also called a man of God 1 Tim. 6. 11. 2 Tim. 3. 17. a Seer is in respect of the Visions which they saw Esay 1. 1. and a Prophet for uttering the things seene and taught of God See Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. Vers. 2. from Sinai or as the Greeke translateth it unto Sinai for the Hebrew Min which usually
his mother he shall not bee defiled neither shall hee goe out of the Sanctuary c. Levit. 21. 11 12. Neither might Aaron mourne for his sonnes or Eâ—â—azar and Ithamar for their brethren Nadab and Abihu that were slaine neither might they goe out from the doore of the Tabernacle on paine of death Lev. 10. 2 7. For God would have them more to regard their function and duty in his service than any naturall affection whatsoever And herein Christ was figured unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth who when hee was told that his mother and his brethren stood without to speake with him hee answered Who is my mother and who are my brethren c. whosoever shall doe the will of my Father which is in heaven the same is my brother and sister and mother Mat. 12. 46 50. This may also have reference to the Levites fact who being commanded or Moses killed every man his brother friend neighbour and sonne that had sinned in making and worshipping the golden Calfe so filled their hand or consecrated themselves unto the LORD that hee might give upon them a blessing Exod. 32. 26 29. acknowledgeth not or acknowledged not the first respecteth the Law Lev. 21. the other their fact Exod. 32. To this latter the Chaldee referreth it translating thus Who had no compassion on his father or on his mother when they were guilty of judgement and accepted not the faces or persons of his brother or of his sonne his sonnes or his sonne that is any of his sonnes or children see the notes on Deut. 2. 33. knoweth not or knew not Here knowledge is used for care or regard as in Iob 9. 21. knowing is opposed to disposing and in 1 Thess. 5. 12. know them which labour among you that is regard them and in Prov. 12. 10. a righteous man knoweth that is regardeth or hath care of the life of his beast for they observe that is by Law are bound to observe Levit. 21. or they have observed in their practise Exod. 32. The Greeke translateth it singularly He hath observed thine oracles and kept thy covenant Vers. 10. They shall teach or Let them teach As in v. 8. hee mentioned their gifts and calling in v. 9. their sanctification so here he teacheth their administration in the Word Praier and other ministeriall duties For it is said They shall teach my people the difference between the holy and prophane and cause them to discerne betweene the uncleane and the cleane and in controversie they shall stand in judgment and they shall judge it according to my judgments c. Ezek. 44. 23 24. Compare also Levit. 10. 11. Deut. 17. 9 10 11. and 24. 8. and the commendation which God giveth of Levi in Mal. 2. 6 7. The Law of truth was in his mouth and iniquity was not found in his lips hee walked with mee in peace and equity and did turne many away from iniquity For the Priests lips should keepe knowledge and they should seeke the Law at his mouth for hee is the Angell of the LORD of Hosts unto Iakob by Iakob and Israel are meant all the posterity of Iakob and the weake with the strong for the Church in respect of her infirmity is called Iakob Amos 7. 2. 5. 8. and for her valour by faith is surnamed Israel see the Annotations on Gen. 32. 28. Thus Christ commanded Peter to feed both his Lambes and his Sheepe Ioh. 21. 15 16. incense the sweet perfume which the Priests burnt daily upon the golden Altar a figure of Christs mediation with the praiers of the Saints Revel 8. 3. 4. See the notes on Exod. 30. This was the peculiar worke of the Priests wherefore it is written It pertaineth not unto the Vzziah to burne incense unto the Lord but to the Priests the sonnes of Aaron that are consecrated to burn incense 2 Chron. 26. 18. in thy nostrill or nose that is before theâ— or as the Greeke translateth in thine anger for the Hebrew Aph signifieth both Nose and Anger and both agree well with the Priests worke for when God in anger sent a plague among the people Aaron put incense in his censor and made attonement for the people so the plague was staied Num. 16. 46 47 48. the whole burnt-offering Hebr. the Calil wheâ—eof see Lev. 6. 22 23. the Greeke here translateth it the continuall oblation Hereby all other sacrifices are meant which the Priests offered on the Lords Altar Levit. 1. and 2. and 3. wherein the worke of Christ offering himselfe for his Church was figured Vers. 11. his power so the Greeke translateth his strength By power is meant sometime an army of men as Ezek. 37. 10. so here the first praier is for a blessing upon the persons which administred that they might bee increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge Wherefore the company of Levites is called an host or armie Num. 4. 3. c. In this sense Maimony in treat of the Release and Iubile chap. 13. sect 12. expoundeth it saying The Levites are separated from the waies of the world they wage not warre like the other Israelites neither have they inheritance c. but they are the power or armie of God as it is written Blesse Lord his power Sometime by power riches and substance is meant as in Deut. 8. 18. and so the Chaldee expoundeth it here For whereas Levi had no inheritance among the tribes but had the Lord and his first-fruits tithes and offerings for their inheritance and livelihood Num. 18. 20. 21. c. Moses praieth for a blessing on this meanes of theirs worke of his hands all his administration in doctrine burning incense sacrificing c. Compare Ezek. 43. 27. that rise against him as Korah Dathan and Abiram that rose up against Moses and Aaron were all destroyed with their assistants Num. 16. Vers. 12. Of Benjamin or Vnto Benjamin who is blessed here before the other Tribes and before his elder brother Ioseph because the lot of his inheritance was betweene the sonnes of Iudah and the sonnes of Ioseph and Ierusalem where the Levites after administred in the Temple belonged to Benjamin Ios. 18. 11. 28. And in the heavenly Ierusalem the Church of Christ the first foundation is a Iasper which was Benjamins stone Rev. 21. 19. Exod. 28. 30. And when the other Tribes fell away from the Kingdome of Iudah and Priesthood of Levi Benjamin continued with them in the truth 2 Chron. 11. 1. 3. 12 13. Beloved meaning the tribe of Benjamin who as their father was beloved of Iakob Gen. 44. 20. 22. 29. 30. so his posterity should be beloved of the Lord. shall dwell or praier-wise let him dwell inconfident safety that is boldly securely safely by him by the Lord who would tender this little tribe as Iakob tendered Benjamin whom he kept at home with him Gen. 42. 4. So Benjamins posterity dwelt in Ierusalem and the coasts thereabout by the Temple of God hee shall cover him or
the Israelites by miracles wonders and signes which God did by him in the middest of them Act. 2. 22. Heb. 2. 4. in whom God was reconciling the world unto himselfe 2 Cor. 5. 19. whoÌ„ God buried not as he did Moses but raised him froÌ„ the dead that he saw no corruption Of him Moses wrote and to him give all the Prophets witnesse that through his name whosoever beleeveth in him shal receive remission of sins Act. 10. 40. 43. And by him all that beleeve are justified from all things from which we could not be justified by the law of Moses Act. 13. 39. This is the true God eternall life 1 Ioh. 5. 20. To him be honour and glory and praise throughout all generations and let all the earth be filled with his glory Amen and Amen A TABLE OF SOME PRINCIPALL THINGS OBSERVED IN THE ANNOTATIONS ON THE FIVE BOOKES OF MOSES A AAron and his sonnes made Priests Exod. 28. their first offerings Lev. 9. Aarons death Num. 21. 24. 28. Abib the moneth which we call March Exod. 13. 4. and 23. 15. Deut. 16. 1. Abrahams name interpreted Gen. 17. 5. Accepting the face what it is Gen. 19. 21. Adultery punished with death Lev. 20. 10. Deut. 22. 22. Afflicting of the soule by fasting c. commanded unto all Israel one day in the yeere Lev. 16. 29. It was to be from evening to evening Lev. 23. 32. All or every for all sorts Exod. 9. 6 25. Almighty or All-sufficient Shaddai Gods name Gen. 17. 1. Altar Gen. 8. 20. Altar of incense Exod. 30. 1. c. called the Altar of gold Exod. 40. 26. Altar of Burnt-offering or Brazen Altar Exod. 27. 1 c. and 40. 29. The Princes Offrings at the dedication of the Altar Num. 7. Amalek Gen. 36. 12. His destruction commanded Exod. 17. 16. Deut. 25. 19. Amen what it signifieth Num. 5. 22. Amids for within Gen. 2. 9. Ammonites Gen. 19. 38. Israel might not fight with them Deut. 2. 19. Amorites used for all heathens in Canaan Gen. 48. 22. And for but Gen. 2. 17. for that Gen. 12. 12. and 27. 4. Exod. 8. 29. for for Gen. 12. 19. Exod. 15. 2. for or Gen. 13. 8. and 19. 12. for then Gen. 3. 5. for that is Gen. 13. 15. or namely 1 Chron. 1. 36. for a passion of the minde Gen. 27. 28. And for both or superfluous Gen. 36. 24. and 40. 9. and 8. 6. for who which c. Gen. 49. 25. or that which Deut. 32. 1. for therefore Gen. 31. 44. for if or and if Gen. 18. 30. Exod. 4. 23. Levit. 26. 40. Angell what it signifieth Genes 16. 7. and 32. 1. Christ called an Angell Gen. 26. 24. and 48. 16. Exo. 3 2. and 14. 19. and 23. 20. The heathens opinion of Angels Gen. 32. 1. Anointing what it signified Exod. 29. 7. and 30. 26. The Anointing oile described Exod. 30. â—3 c. who were anointed therewith Ex. 30. 33. Answering what it is from God Gen. 36. 3. Appearing before God with three things Exod. 23. 15. Arke Teba Gen. 6. 14. Arke Aron Exod. 25. 10. Arabia whereof it was named Gen. 10. 7. Aram called Syria Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Armies or hosts of Israel Exod. 6. 26. Arrowes for plagues Deut. 32. 23. Asses of what use Gen. 49. 11. Assembly or Church for multitude Gen. 28. 3. Ascending for burning Exod. 27. 20. Assured saying Gen. 22. 16. Atonement Exod. 29. 36. Lev. 1. 4. Atonement day with the Law for making reconciliation for the Church once in the yeere Levit. 16. Avenging and bearing grude forbidden Levit. 19. 18. B BAal-peor the Idoll wherewith Israel joyned Num. 25. Babylon Gen. 10. 10. and 11. 9. Back-parts of God what they meane Ex. 33. 23. Balaam and Balak with their storie Numb 23. c. Balaams prophesies Num. 24. his death Num. 31. 8. Baldnesse made for sorrow for the dead forbidden Lev. 21. 5. Banquet named of drinking Gen. 19. 3. Battlements to be made on houses Deut. 22. 8. Beersheba The Well of the oath Gen. 21. 31. and 26. 33. Before one i. exposed to him Gen. 13. 9. and 20. 15. and 34. 10. Begin how it is used for the doing of any thing Gen. 9. 20. Bekah an halfe shekell Exod. 38. 26. Belial what it signifieth Deut. 13. 13. Bels on the High Priests garments Ex. 28. 34 35. Beleefe or faith what it meaneth Gen. 15. 6. Exod. 17. 12. Bending the head what it meaneth Exod. 4. 31. Benjamin Benoni Gen. 35. 18. set before the children of the bond-woman Exod. 1. 3. Shoulders of Benjamin what they meane Deut. 33. 12. Bethel a Citie Gen. 12. 8. and 28. 19. Bethlehem Gen. 35. 16 19. Betrothing of a wife the manner of it among the Iewes Deut. 22. 23. The punishment for lying with a betrothed woman Deut. 22. 24 c. Binding a Chariot for making ready Gen. 46. 29. Bishops where of named Num. 3. 32. Biting usurie forbidden but allowed upon strangers Exod. 22. 25. Deut. 23. 19 20. Blasphemers to be put to death Lev. 24. 16. Blemishes might not be in any sacrifice Lev. 1. c. Deut. 17. 1. Blesse what it meaneth Gen. 1. 22. and 2. 3. and 12. 2. and 14. 19 20. and 27. 4. Blessing for gift 33. 11. for salvation Gen. 47. 7. Blessings for them that keepe Gods commandements and curses for the transgressors Lev. 26. Deut. 28. The Priests blessing of Israel Numb 6. 23 c. Blessing God for meat drinke c. Deut. 8. 10. Blessings and Curses where to be pronounced Deut. 27. Moses Blessings of the tribes Deu. 33. Blew what colour it was Exod. 25. 4. Bloud for life Gen. 9. 4. Blouds for murther Gen. 4. 10. Bloud of the sacrifice put on the Priests eare thumbe and toe Exod. 29. 20. Bloud of fowles and beasts might not be eaten Lev. 7. 26. 17. 10 11 12. Bloud of wilde beasts and fowles must be covered with dust Lev. 17. 13. Booke of God or of life Exod. 32. 32. The feast of Boothes or Tabernacles Lev. 23. 34. Borrowing and lawes concerning it Ex. 22. 14 15. Bowing downe for worship Gen. 22. 5. Ex. 4. 31. Brasse what it signifieth Exod. 27. 2. Bread for all food Gen. 3. 19. and 21. 14. 31. 54. Breath Neshamah what Gen. 2. 7. Brestplate of the high Priest Exod. 28. 15. Bribes forbidden Exod. 23. 8. Bringing neere and offering used for the same Lev. 1. 2. Brother for kinsman Gen. 13. 8. for the same humane nature Gen. 19. 7. Building how used Gen. 2. 22. Building for having children Gen. 16. 2. and 30. 3. Bullocke of the second yeere as a Calfe of the first Exod. 29. 1. Burnt-offering Gen. 8. 20. The Law concerning it whether it were of the herd flocke or fowles with the signification Lev. 1. and 6. 9 c. Butter what it signified Deut. 32. 14. C A Cake of the first of the dough to be given to the Lord Num. 15. 20. Calfe of the first yeere
words Genes 9. 20. and 13. 8. Man for every one Gen. 10. 5. and 15. 10. for any man Gen. 24. 16. Lev. 21. 9. Men of number i. few Gen. 34. 30. Man Adullamite for Man of Adullam Gen. 38. 1. Man of words c. Exod. 4. 10. Man of warre Exod. 15. 3. Man-slayer with the Cities of refuge Numb 35. 11 c. Man stealer to die Deut. 24. 7. Manasses why so named Gen. 41. 51. Manna described Exod. 16. 14. Num. 11. 7. Manna loathed of Israel Num. 11. 6. and 21. 5. Marah a place Exod. 15. 23. Marie or Miriam Moses sister Exod. 15. 20. her murmuring and leprosie Num. 12. her death Num. 21. 1. Marriage the manner of it among the Iewes Deu. 22. 13. Of marrying the brothers wife Deut. 25. 5 c. Marvellous for unpossible Gen. 18. 14. Marvellously sever Exod. 8. 22. Massah a place of Tentation Exod. 17. 7. Meat-offering the Law sorts and signification thereof Lev. 2. and 6. 14. c. Meats cleane and uncleane with their signification Lev. 11. Deut. 14. The measure of Meat and Drinke-offerings with the sacrifices Num. 15. 4. c. Meribah a place of Contention Exod. 17. 7. Num. 20. 13. Mesopotamia Gen. 24. 10. and 25. 20. Midian Madianites Gen. 25. 2. and 37. 28. Israels conquest over the Madianites Num. 31. Midst for within or in or with Gen. 2. 9. Ex. 39. 3. Deut. 19. 2. Might or able strength what it is Gen. 49. 3. Milke and honey what they signifie Exod. 3. 8. Miter of the high Priest Exod. 28. 39. Mizpah Gen. 31. 49. Mizraim father of the Egyptians Gen. 10. 6. and 12. 10. Moab and Moabites Gen. 19. 37. Israel might not warre against them Deut. 2. 9. c. Moone whereof named Gen. 1. 16. Molech the idoll described Lev. 18. 21. Morijah what place Gen. 22. 2. To Morrow for time to come Gen. 30. 33. Exod. 13. 14. Morning for first times Gen. 49. 27. for opportunity c. Exod. 12. 10. Moses why so named Exod. 2. 10. his beautie Exod 2. 2. his meeknesse Num. 12. 3. his sinne and Aarons at the waters of Meribah Numb 20. 12. he might not therefore enter into the promised land Deut. 3. 24. c. but he vieweth it before his death Deut. 34. Moving thing Sherets what it meaneth Ge. 1. 20. Mouth for words Gen. 24. 57. and 41. 40. and 45. 21. Mouth for interpreter Gen. 45. 12. Ex. 4. 16. Mules how invented Gen. 36. 24. Murder how to be expiated when the authour is unknowen Deut. 21. 1 c. The murderer must die Deut. 19. 11. Lev. 24. 17. Murmurings of the Israelites Num. 14. 22. Muzzeling the Oxe forbidden when he treadeth out the corne Deut. 25. 4. Myrrhe what it was Exod. 30. 23. N NAked what it meaneth Gen. 3. 7. Nakednesse for weake places Gen. 42. 9. Naked flesh for the privities Exod. 28. 42. Nakednesses for unlawfull copulations what they were Lev. 18. 6 7 c. Nazirite or Separated Gen. 49. 26. The law for Nazirites Num. 6. 2 c. Nebo a Mountaine from whence Moses viewed the promised Land Deut. 32. 49. Necromancy or asking of the dead forbidden Deu. 18. 11. Neighbour who he is Exod. 20. 16. North-side of the Altar the place of killing the sacrifices Lev. 1. 11. Number for few Deut. 33. 6. O OBserving of times forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Observing of fortunes forbidden Deut. 18. 10. Og King of Basan vanquished Numb 21. 33. c. he was of the remnant of the Giants Deut. 3. 11. Oile for spirituall anointing Gen. 28. 18. Oile for the Lampes in the Sanctuarie Lev. 24. 2. c. Okes religiously respected Gen 21. 33. 35. 4. One for first Gen. 1. 5. Exod. 26. 4. for every one Exod. 26. 2. Opening of the wombe or first-borne sanctified Exod. 13. 2. 12. Over the house i. the Steward Gen. 41. 40. 43. 16. 19. Outspred-firmament whereof named Gen. 1. 6. P PAdan Aram called Mesopotamia Gen. 25. 20. Palme tree Exod. 15. 27. Boughes of Palm-trees and other the like used at the feast of Tabernacles Lev. 23. 40. Passeover what it signifieth Exod. 12. 11. the manner of eating it Exod. 12. 8 9 10. the sacrifices appointed for this Feast Numb 28. 16 19 c. The Passeover of sheep and oxen differing from the Paschall Lambe Deut. 16. 2. The Passeover in the second month with the rites of it Numb 9. 11 12 13. Peace for salvation Gen. 29. 6. for welfare Gen. 37. 14. 41. 16. 43. 27. Peace-offerings with the Law and signification of them Lev. 3. 7. 11 c. The shoulder and brest of the Peace-offerings were the Priests Levit. 7. 34. Peculiar treasure Exod. 19. 5. Pentecost a Feast of the Iewes called weeks Lev. 23. 15. Deut. 16. 9. Perfect Gen. 6. 9. 25. 27. Perfect or unblemished for sacrifice Exod. 12. 5. Lev. 1. 3. Perfection required in Israel Deut. 18. 13. Pestilence described by the Hebrewes Exod. 5. 3. Pharan the wildernesse Gen. 21. 21. Pharaoh Gen. 12. 15. Philistims Gen. 10. 14. Phinehas his zeale and reward Numb 25. 7 c. Phylacteries or frontlets what they were and upon what ground they were used Exod. 13. 9. 15. Pillar or Statue Matsebah Gen. 28. 18. Lev. 26. 1. Deut. 16. 22. Pillar of cloud and fire Exod. 13. 21. Pillars a signe of stability Exod. 27. 10. Pledges or Pawnes of their taking and restoring Exod. 22. 26. Deut. 24. 6 10 17. Plenty for multitude Gen. 48. 19. Polluted thing Pigul what it was Lev. 7. 18. Possession what it meaneth Gen. 22. 17. Deut. 9. 1. Plowing with an Oxe and an Asse for bidden Deut. 22. 10. Poore to be releeved Deut. 15. 7 c. Praying what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Prayer is the service of God Deut. 6. 13. Priest what it signifieth Gen. 14. 18. Priest or Prince Gen. 41. 45. The high Priests offering for his sinne Lev. 4. 3 c. The high Priests daily oblation Lev. 6. 20. Lawes for the Priests mourning and for their holinesse and marriage Lev. 21. 1 c. Of their blemishes Lev. 21. 17 c. How in their uncleannesse they must abstaine from the holy things Lev. 22. 2 c. The Priests portion of the peoples offerings Numb 18. 9. Foure and twenty gifts for the Priests Numb 18. 19. Priests and Levites had no part or inheritance with Israel Deut. 10. 8 9. 18. 1 2 c. Prince of slaughter-men what officer Gen. 37. 36. Prophaning of Gods Name forbidden Lev. 18. 21. 19. 12. Prophet what it signifieth Gen. 20. 7. Exod. 7. 1. A Prophet promised to Israel and their duty to heare him Deut. 18. 25 c. Purple Exod. 25. 4. Put for Make Gen. 13. 16. 21. 13. 27. 37. Q QVailes sent unto Israel Exod. 16. 13. Numb 11. 31. R RAamses a Citie Exod. 1. 11. Rameses a Citie Gen. 47. 11. Exod. 12. 37. Ram a sheepe of two yeeres Lev. 1. 10. Raine
Iewes as Paul 〈◊〉 us 〈…〉 God but not according to knowledge being ignorant of Gods righteousnes and going about to establish their owne righteousnes For Moses describeth the righteousnes which is of the law when hee saith the man which doth these things shall live by them but the righteousnesse which is of faith speaketh otherwise That if thou confesse with mouth that Iesus is the LORD and beleeve in thy hart that God hath raised him from the dead thou shalt be saved Rom. 10. 2. 3. 5. 6. 9. his trespasse that is his trespass offring or for his trespasse it selfe aram perfect without blemish The 〈◊〉 was to be of the second yeere see the notes on Lev. 1. 10. with thy estimation or by thy valuation This is spoken to the Priest who was to esteeme and value all holy things as is expressed in Lev. 27 8. 12. c. of silver shekels Hebr. silver of shekels see the like transplacing of words in Lev. 6. 21. and 7. 21. and so the Gr. translateth a ram without blemish out of the sheepe of price of silver of sekels This some understand of the thing wherein the transgression is committed which the Priest should value as is explained in the next verse others understand it of the ramme brought for sacrifice that it should bee worth shekels of silver that is two at the least and besides that he should pay the principall and the fift part Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it Which is worth two shekels and R. Levi giveth this reason because multiplication in numbers is first made by two therefore he saith shekels for two shekels Maimony 〈◊〉 Megnilah c. 1. s. 3. saith He that transgresseth through ignorance payeth for that which he hath made use of to himselfe and addeth a fift part thereto and bringeth a ram of two-shekels that is worth so much and offreth it for a trespass-offring makes atonement for himself Of the shekel see Gen. 20. 16. Againe in another place he saith All trespass-offrings in the law are brought being of the second yeere worth two shekels except the Trespass-offring of the Leper and of the Nazirite for they are of the first yeere and there is no price of them set The doubtfull Trespass-offring is brought of little or of great and by tradition we have learned that it comes not but worth silver shekels If rams be 〈◊〉 that he find not a ram worth two shekels let him not buy but tary till they be dearer and bring one of two shekels For loe the law provideth coÌ„cerning the price determineth it Mâ—â—m in Pesulei hamukdashin c. 4. s 22. 23. Vers. 16 holy thing Hebr. holines which the Gâ— translateth holies that is holy things The worth of it or of them must be payed fift-part so much was also added to holy things redeemed Lev. 27. 13. 15. 19. The payment of the principall with the addition of the fift part is commanded to be done together with the bringing of the sacrifice The payment of the principall and bringing of the trespasse hinder the atonement â—o weet if they be not brought together but the fift part hindreth not for it is said after he 〈◊〉 make atonement with the ram of the trespasse the râ—â— and the trespasse hinder but the fift part hindreth 〈◊〉 Meaning it may remaine as a debt to bee payâ—â— afterward Maim in Meghnilah c. 1. s. 3. 4. By the Trespasse Asham the scripture somtime mean 〈…〉 the pr 〈…〉 thing wherein the trespasse is committed which is to bee recompensed besides the sacrifice 〈◊〉 b. 5. 〈…〉 the Priest shall make 〈…〉 ment Thoâ—gh restitution was made by the 〈…〉 gressor yet atonement could not bee made but 〈◊〉 the Priest and sacrifice appointed both which 〈…〉 gured Christ by whose blood sinnes of all sorts which men through infirmitie doe commit are forgiven and purged 1 Iohn 1. 7. Verse 17. though he know it not this may also bee translated thus and he know it not and is guilty and beareth his iniquity This differeth from the former cases in verse 4. and 15. where there was knowledge of the sinne at least in the end but this law was for sinnes though never known certainly but in doubt or suspense so that David said not without cause Ignorances or Vnadvised-sins who can understand clense thou me from secret-sins Psal. 19. 13. Vers. 18. a ram perfect that is without blemish Of this the Hebrew canons say Every sin for the ignorant-doing whereof they are bound to bring the Sin-offring appointed Levit 4. they are bound when it is not knowne to bring the doubtfull Trespasse-offring Levit. 5. 17. 18. And what meaneth this If it be not knowne If it be doubtfull unto him whether he hath ignorantly-sinned in the thing or no. And this sacrifice is called Asham talui a doubtfull Trespass-offring because it makes atonement for that which is uncertaine and doubtfull unto him c. As for example there is a sabbath day and a working day and a man doth worke in one of them and knowes not in which he did it Hee eateth of a dish of meat and one witnesse saith unto him this which thou hast eaten is the fat forbidden in the law Levit. 3. 17. another witnesse saith thou hast not eaten fat now he bringeth a doubtfull Trespasse-offring and so in like cases Maim treat of Ignorances c. 8. S. 1. 2. On the other hand for some cases knowne they bring an other sort of sacrifice called Asham Vaddai that is a certaine or manifest Trespasse-offring concerning which in the same booke chap. 9. it is said For five transgressions men bring the sacrifice Asham and it is called a manifest Asham because there is not any doubt therein And these are they For lying with a bond-maid Levit. 19. 20. 21. For things taken-by-violence c. Levit. 6. 2. 6. For sacrilegious transgression Levit. 5. 15. For the uncleannesse of a Nazirite Num. 6. 12. And for leprosie when a man is cleansed from the same Levit. 14. 12. estimation or valuation The Greeke translateth it of price of silver see before in verse 15. Vers. 19. trespassing he hath trespassed that is hee hath certainely trespassed or he is surely guilty The Chaldee translateth It is a trespasse-offring for his sinne which he hath sinned he shall offer a trespasse-offring before the Lord. The rites about this sacrifice were the same with the former whether it were a manifest trespasse-offring or a doubtful trespasse-offring it was killed and the blood sprinkled then it was flayed the fat taken-out and salted and put on the fire of the altar and the flesh was eaten by the Priests in the court Maimony treat of offring the sacrifices c. 9. S. 1. The signification hereof was also like the former that by the death and blood of Christ we are clensed from all sinne 1 Ioh. 1. 7. Heb. 10. 10. 11. 12. CHAP. VI. 1 The Trespasse-offring for sins done against the Lord and a mans neighbour 8 The
law of the Burnt-offring 14 and of the Meat-offring 19 The offring at the consecration of a Priest 24 The law of the Sin-offring AND Iehovah spake unto Moses saying A soule when it shall sin transgresse a transgression against Iehovah and falsly deny unto his neighbour in a thing-delivered-him to-keepe or in the putting of the hand or in a thing-taken-awayby-violence or hath deceitfully-oppressed his neighbour Or have found a thing lost and falsly-denieth concerning it sweareth with falsehood for any-one of all that a man shall doe sinning in these Then it shall be when he hath sinned and is guiltie that hee shall restore the thing-taken by-violence which he violently took away or the thingdeceitfully-gotten which hee hath got-deceitfully or the thing-delivered him-to keep which was delivered unto him to keep or the lost thing which he found Or all that about which he hath sworne with falshood and he shall pay it in the principall thereof and shall adde thereto the fift parts thereof unto him to whom it appertaineth shall hee give it in the day of his Trespasse And hee shall bring his Trespasse offring unto Iehovah a ram perfect out of the â—â—ock with thy estimation for a Trespasse offring unto the Priest And the Priest shall make-atonement for him before Iehovah and it shall be mercifully-forgiven-him for any-one of all that he hath done in trespassing therein 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying CoÌ„mand Aaron and his sons saying This is the law of the burnt-offring it is the burnt-offring because of the burning upon the altar al night unto the morning the fire of the altar shal beburning in it And the Priest shal put-on his linnen rayment and linnen breeches shall he put upon his flesh and he shall take-up the ashes which the fire hath consumed with the Burnt-offring on the altar and he shall put them besides the altar And he shall put-off his garments and put on other garments and shall carie forth the ashes to without the camp unto a cleane place And the fire upon the altar shall be burning in it it shall not be put-out and the Priest shall burne wood upon it every morning and shall lay-in-order upon it the Burnt-offring and shall burne upon it the fats of the Peace-offrings Fire continually shall be burning upon the altar it shall not be put-out And this is the law of the Meat-offring the sonnes of Aaron shall offer it before Iehovah before the altar And he shall take-up of it his handfull of the flowre of the Meat-offring and of the oile thereof and all the frankincense which is upon the Meat-offring and he shall burne upon the altar for a savour of rest the memoriall of it unto Iehovah And the remainder thereof shall Aaron and his sonnes eat in unlevened cakes shall it bee eaten in the holy place in the court of the Tent of the congregation they shall eat it It shall not be baken with leven I have given it for their portion of my Fire-offrings it is holy of holies as the Sin offring and as the Trespasse offring Every male among the sonnes of Aaron shall eat of it it shall be a statute for ever in your generations concerning Iehovahs Fire offrings all that toucheth them shall be holy And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying This is the oblation of Aaron and of his sonnes which they shall offer unto Iehovah in the day that he is anoynted the tenth part of an Ephah of fine-flowre for a continuall Meat-offring halfe of it in the morning and halfe of it in the evening On a pan it shall be made with oile hastily-fryed shalt thou bring it the baken pieces of the Meat-offring thou shalt offer for a savour of rest unto Iehovah And the Priest that is anoynted in his stead of his sonnes shall doe it it is a statute for ever unto Iehovah it shall be burnt for a Whole-burnt-offring And every Meat-offring of the Priest shall be Whole-burnt-offring it shall not be eaten And Iehovah spake unto Moses saying Speake unto Aaron and unto his sonnes saying This is the law of the Sin offring in the place where the Burnt-offring is killed shall the Sin offring be killed before Iehovah it is holy of holies The Priest that offreth-it-for-sin shall eat it in the holy place shall it be eaten in the court of the Tent of the congregation All that shall touch the flesh thereof shall be holy and when there is sprinkled of the blood thereof upon a garment that whereon it is sprinkled thou shalt wash in the holy place And the earthen vessell wherein it is sodden shall be broken and if it be sodden in a brazen vessell it shall be both scowred and rinsed in water Every male among the Priests shall eat thereof it is holy of holies And no Sin offring whereof any of the blood thereof is brought into the Tent of the congregation to make-atonement with in the holy place shall be eaten it shall be burnt in the fire Annotations ASoule that is man or woman as God explaineth it in Num. 5. 6. so the Chaldee expoundeth it a man transgresse it is the word before used in Levit. 5. 15. The Greeke here translateth despising despise the commendements of the Lord or neglect them falsly deny or lye as the Greeke translateth but the word meaneth lying by denyall of a thing as Gen. 18. 15. This sinne God generally forbiddeth Levit. 19. 11. And this law here concerneth sinnes both against God by swearing and against our neighbour by injuring him a thing-delivered him-to-keepe a thingcommitted-to one which shall againe be required called in Hebrew Pikkadon of encommending thing and requiring it in Greeke Parathekee or committing it to ones fidelitie which word Paul useth in 2 Tim. 1. 12. of God I am perswaded that he is able to keepe that which I have committed unto him in Latine a Depositum So in 1 Tim. 6. 20. and 2 Tim. 1. 14. In Gen. 41. 36. the word is used for store or provision laid up See the judiciall lawer for these cases in Exod. 22. 7. 10. c. the putting of the hand This phrase here onely used seemeth to meane fellowship or partnership when men deale and put their hands as it were together in a matter so the Greeke translateth it communion or societie and the Chaldee the communion or fellowship of the hand that is commerce Or we may take it for putting into the hand that is committing of a thing to ones care and fidelity to use or imploy for him It may also imply the lending of a thing or borrowing Thus Sol. Iarchi expoundeth it that he hath put money into his hand to occupie or hath lent it him a thing-taken-by-violence or arobberie rapine It implieth force as the next doth fraud 2 Sam. 23. 21. Iudg. 9. 25. This God hateth though it be for Burnt-offring Esa. 61. 8. deceitfully oppressed or defrauded by cavilation calumniation false accusation or
pâ—rtion was that if a man had two sonnes his goods were divided into three parts whereof the eldest had two parts and the youngest the third For the first-borne was to be reckoned as two sonnes as Ioseph who had the first birth-right 1 Chron. 5. 2 was two tribes Ephraim and Manasses The Hebrewes explaine it thus The first-borne is to receive a double portion of his fathers goods Deut. 21. 17. As if he leave five sonnes and one of them is the first-borne he is to have a third of his goods and every of the other foure receiveth a sixt part If he leave nine sonnes the first-borne hath a fiâ—t part and every of the other eight a tenth part And so according to this partition doe they part alwaies Maimony treat of Inheritances ch 2. s. 1. According to this phrase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias spirit 2 Kin. 2. 9. that he might have so much more as any of his other disciples of all that is found his the word found ofâ—é signifieth things present as in Ge. 19. 15. 2 Chron. 5. 11. and 31. 1. So in this case by the Hebrewes judgement The first-borne had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his fathers death but of the goods which were assuredly his fathers come into his hand or power ss it is written OF ALL THAT IS FOVND HIS As one of the heires of his father that dieth after the death of his father the first-borne and the single brother doe inherit his goods alike And so if his father hath a debt owing him or hath a ship at sea they are heires of it alike Maim treat of Inheritanâ—â—â— ch 3. sect 1. It is also said found his he saith 〈◊〉 found hers and by the Hebrewes it is holden â—â—at The first-borne hath not a double portion of his mothers goods but the first-borne and another sonne that are heires to their mother doe share alike whether he be the first-borne for inheritance or the first that openeth the wombe The first-borne for inheritaâ—ce is â—e that is first-borne to his father as it is written in v. 17. THE BEGINNING OF HIS STRENGTH and they respect not the 〈…〉 er though she have borne many sonnes if he be 〈◊〉 fathers first-borne he hath a double portion He 〈◊〉 â—â—mmeth into the world after untimely births 〈◊〉 were before him is the first-borne for inheriâ—â—â—ce And so one borne at his fulltime if he be borne 〈◊〉 he that commeth after him is the first-borne 〈…〉 ritance If a man have sonnes while hee is an 〈…〉 en and after becommeth a proselyte he hath no 〈…〉 borne for inheritance But an Israelite that hath 〈…〉 by a bond-woman or by an heathen woman 〈…〉 ch as he is not called his sonne he that com 〈…〉 after him of an Israelitesse is the first-borne for 〈…〉 nce and hath a double portion Maim ibi 〈…〉 ch 2. s. 8 9 10 12. of his strength or of 〈…〉 our So Iakob said of Reuben his eldest 〈…〉 49. 3. The Greeke translateth of his children 〈…〉 this is the first reason of the Law from nature 〈…〉 e. the right Hebr. the judgement which 〈…〉 eeke explaineth thus the first birth-rights 〈…〉 or belong unto him And this may be un 〈…〉 ood in respect of the Iudgement or Law of 〈◊〉 Lâ—rd which is added unto the former reason 〈◊〉 nature and maketh the first-bornes right more firme unto him Wherefore as Esau before-hand sold his birth-right and the sale was confirmed Gen. 25. 33. so generally The first-borne that selleth the portion of the birth-right before it be parted his sale is firme because the portion is his before it is parted saith Maimony treat of Inheritance c. 3. s. 6. And by reason of this right of the first-borne his children after him do inherit also as this Hebrew canon sheweth Who so hath two sonnes a first-borne and another and they die both of them whiles he liveth and leave children behinde them the first-borne leaveth a daughter the single brother leaveth a sonne the sonne of the single brother shall inherit of the old mans goeds a third part which was his fathers portion the daughter of the first-borne shall inherit two thirds which was her fathers portion And such is the right of brethrens children and of the fathers brothers children and of all that doe inherit if the father of one of the heires were a first-borne the heire receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him Maimony ibidem c. 2. s. 7. By this Law was fore-shadowed how the elect the Israel of God Gal. 6. 16. which are his first-borne Exod. 4. 22. and Church of the first-born which are written in heaven Heb. 12. 23. shall have a double portion and inherit the good things of God as they which have the promise of the life which now is and of that which is to come 1 Tim. 4. 8. and are the heires of God and joint-heires with Christ Rom. 8. 17. and being justified by his grace are made heires according to the hope of eternall life Tit. 3. 7. God having begotten them againe to an inheritance incorruptible and undefiled and that fadeth not away reserved in heaven for us 1 Pet. 1. 4. Vers. 18. stubborne or perverse revolting refractarie that turneth away from God and his Law and it implieth the affection of the heart as Ier. 5. 23. and the cariage and action as an untamed heiffer Hos. 4. 16. Neh. 9. 29. And so the Apostle translateth it into Greeke by two words disobedient or unperswaded and gaine-saying Rom. 10. 21. from Esay 65. 2. So here the Greeke expoundeth it disobedient rebellious The Hebrew Moreh signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse both in heart and action and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God as Deut. 1. 26. 43. and 9. 7 23 24. The Greeke here translateth it Contentious The instance of this rebellion is shewed in v. 20. obeieth not or â—earkeneth not the Chaldee translateth receiveth not the word chastened or nurtured which implieth both words and acts as by rebukes stripes and outward punishment Levit. 26. 23 28. and sometime by the hand of the Magistrate Deut. 22. 18. in which sense the Hebrews understand this here And having spoken before of words this therefore is meant of blowes also Vers. 19. and his mother both of them so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death The Hebrew Doctors as they are alwaies warie in cases that concerne the taking away of any mans life so in this above others they set downe many and strange limitations as first they restraine it to those particular sinnes of gluttony and drunkennesse vers 20. and that gluttony to be eating of flesh onely and drunkennesse with wine onely Also that the sonne is not to be put to death unlesse hee have stollen somewhat from his father and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot and eaten and drunke it without his
commandement of God which he tolerated onely for the hardnesse of their hearts and shewed the woman to be defiled by her second mariage after her first unjust divorce not cause the land to sinne or not suffer the land to sinne which may be understood that by their example others should not bee occasioned to doe the like or that by the Magistrates neglect of punishing this evill others bee not emboldened Or rather that the land be not in sinne that is punishable for this sin which extendeth not onely to the persons that doe it but to all the people that suffer it as there bee examples of the like in other cases as Ios. 7. and 22. 17 20. Therefore the Prophet alleaging this Law saith that the land should bee greatly polluted Ier. 3. 1. and so the Greeke version here in stead of sin saith ye shall not defile the lād This Law is figuratively applyed in the practise of it unto God and his Church unto whom he was an husband Ier. 31. 32. and unto whom in time he did give a bill of divorcement but for her adultery Ier. 3. 8. not upon displeasure without her due merit as the Israelites often did to their wives for such a bill of divorce they could not shew but for her transgressions she was put away Esay 50. 1. And though by this Law a woman put away and becomming another mans might not returne to her first husband againe yet God who is above his Law offereth his Church after her many adulteries to returne againe unto him by repentance and faith Ier. 3. 1. Hos. 2. 2. 1. 9. and 3. 1 5. The Apostle also applieth this Allegory to the Churches estate under the Law and under the Gospel of Christ Rom. 7. 1 2 3 c. Vers. 5. in the armie unto the war as the Greeke translateth In Deut. 20. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married had planted vineyards or built houses and not eaten of or dwelt in them the Hebrewes understand those two also in this law saying Hee that hath builded a house and dedicated it and he that maried his betrothed wife or his brothers wife Deut. 25. 6. and hee that hath made his vineyard common these goe not out to war till the yeare be ended Maimony tom 4. treat of Kings chap. 7. sect 10. any thing or ought of any thing that is of any charge or businesse concerning warres or the like Therefore whereas such as had not maried their spouses nor dedicated their houses nor made common their vineyards when they were sent backe from the armie were to provide victuals and prepare the waies for the army as is noted on Deut. 20. 7. they were all this first yeare free from these other the like charges as the Hebrewes say These goe not out to the warre neither are they charged with any thing in the world Deut. 24. 5. By word of mouth wee have beene taught that he shall be free a yeare both for the house that he hath dedicated and for the wife that he hath maried and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of All the yeare long hee neither provideth victualls nor prepareth the way nor watcheth on the walls nor giveth to the tributes of the citie neither may any thing in the world passe upon him Maim treat of Kings ch 7. s. 10 11. passe upon him that is as the Greeke explaineth it he laid upon him free that is exempted from all publike labours and charges In the wars that King Asa made with Baasa none was free 1 King 15. 22. where may be understood none save such as Gods Law did exempt or not they neither because of the great necessity of helpe rejoyce with his wife By this Law God shewed how much hee approved of holy wedlocke as by the former he shewed his hatred of unjust divorces when to encourage the newly maried against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it and to settle their love each to other he exempted those men from all wars cares and expences that they might the more comfortably provide for their own estate Vers. 6. A man shall not take Hebr. He shall not take this is to be understood of any man therefore the Greeke and Chaldee change the person to make the sense plainer Thou shalt not take speaking to every man as after Moses also speaketh in vers 17. nether milstone elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both milstones or the mill in generall Exod. 11. 5. Here by reason the upper milstone is after mentioned the nether stone is specially meant And under these particulars all other of like necessary use for mans life are forbidden to be taken to pledge The Hebrewes say Hee that lendeth to his neighbour c. may not take to pledge vessells or instruments wherewith they make ready meat for the life as milstones or the woodden mill or pots which they boyle meat in or butchers knives or the like things Deut. 24. 6. and if hee take such to pledge he must be forced to restore and if the pawne be lost or burnt before hee doe restore it he is to be beaten Maimony tom 4. treat of the Lender and Borrower chap. 3. sect 2. the upper milstone called Recheb a charret because of the running thereof upon the nether stone From hence they say He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food c. is guilty for every instrument or vessell by it selfe though they be two instruments wherewith they doe one worke as the nether milstone and the upper he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments and for them twaine hee is to bee twise beaten Maimony ibid. chap. 3. sect 3. See after in v. 11. 12. 17. the soule that is the life of the soule or body meaning the instruments of his livelihood and as Thargum Ierusalemy expounds it the necessities of the soule or life The Chaldee paraphraseth thus for by them is made ready meat for every soule Thus the milstones are named but for an instance forbidding all other of like sort Vers. 7. a soule that is any person man woman or childe of Israel This the Hebrewes take as a limitation to Israel and the Proselytes thereof and for stealing Infidels they hold hee was but to make restitution Maim tom 4. treat of Theft chap. 2. sect 1. and chap. 9. sect 6. maketh gaine or serveth himselfe the Greeke translateth and bringing him under his power selleth him See this word used in Deut. 21. 14. and selleth him The Hebrewes joyne this to the former without which they thinke the theefe was not to dye A theefe is not guilty of death untill hee steale an Israelite and get him into his power and serveth himselfe of him and selleth him to others Deut. 24. 7. If he steale him and serve himselfe with him and doe not sell him or doe sell him before he hath served himselfe by him he is free from death
20. with his next friend or his neighbour his friend with whom he is associate Sometime this word is used for a speciall friend 2 Sam. 13. 3. Psal. 35. 14. Prov. 17. 17. but often generally for a neighbour or next as the new Testament translateth it in Greeke Mat. 19. 19. from Levit. 19. 18. And who is our neighbour our Lord teacheth us Luke 10. 29 36. with lip of flatteries that is smooth deceitfull speeches as the Greeke translateth deceitfull lips a lip being sometime put for a speech or language Gen. 11. 1. Of such deceivers that had taught their tongues to speake lies Ieremy also complaineth Chap. 9. vers 4 5. a heart and a heart that is a double heart and deceitfull So stone and stone Ephah and Ephah Deut. 23. 13. 14. meaning double and deceitfull weights and measures The men of Zabulun are commended for that they were not thus of a heart and a heart 1 Chron. 12. 33. The Greeke translateth with a heart and a heart he speaketh evill things Vers. 5. our lips are with us or are ours that is we have skill power and liberty to speake who shall controll us Vers. 6. I will rise up the Chaldee addeth will rise up to judgement set in salvation that is deliver out of all misery and safely settle in health and prosperous estate he shall have breathing or he meaning God will give breathing or respiration to him that is to every poore man as after in vers 8. or hee will breath out that is speake plainly to him The Greeke changing the person translateth parrhesiásomai that is I will speake plainly with him So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted whose faithfull word is therefore commended in the verse following This word sometime is used for plaine and confident breathing out or uttering of the truth Habak 2. 3. Prov. 12. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked thus I will set in salvation him whom he puffeth at that is whom the wicked boldly defieth as this word was used before Psal. 10. 5. or whom he hath insâ—ared The Chaldee expoundeth it I will appoint salvation for my people but against the wicked I will testifie evill Vers. 7. The sayings or the words promises tried examined fined as in fire The like praise of Gods pure word is in Psalm 18. 31. and 119. 140. Prov. 30. 5. a subliming furnace of earth This furnace called Ghnalil a sublimatorie of subliming or causing to ascend upward is the best and choisest vessell for trying and subliming of metall called therefore in Greeke Dokimion a Triall And the Apostle hath the like word for a Triall of faith better than gold 1 Pet. 1. 7. seven times or seven fold that is many times fully and sufficiently Seven is a perfect number used for many 1 Sam. 2. 5. Prov. 24. 16. and 26. 25. Vers. 8. preserve him that is every one of them so before in the end of the sixt verse and often in the Scripture like sudden change of number may be observed It may also be read prayer-wise keepe them preserve him The Greeke changeth person also saying wilt keepe us and preserve us from this generation that is from the men of this generation as when Christ said Whereto shall I liken this generation Mat. 11. 16. he meant Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation Luke 7. 31. The like may be seene in Mat. 12. 42. compared with Luke 11. 31. The originall word Dor that is generation race or age hath the signification of durance or durable dwelling and abiding Psal. 84. 11. and so noteth the whole age or time that a man dureth in this world Eccles. 1. 4. and so consequently for a multitude of men that live together in any age as here and Deut. 1. 35. and in many other places Vers. 9. vilenesse or vile luxuriousnesse riotize The word Zulluth here used is derived from Zolel that is a rioter glutton or luxurious person Deut. 21. 20. Prov. 23. 21. and consequently one vile contemptible and nought worth opposed unto the precious Ier. 15. 19. And here vilenesse or riotize may either be meant of the vice it selfe or of vicious doctrine opposed to Gods precious word before spoken of vers 7. or a vile and riotous person may so be called for more vehemencie sake as Pride for the proud man Psalm 36. 12. The Greeke translateth thus according to thine highnesse thou hast much increased or made abundant the sons of men The Chaldee thus the wicked walke round about as an horsleech that sucketh the bloud of the sonnes of men PSAL. XIII David complaineth of delay in helpe 4 prayeth for mercy 6 and glorieth therein To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David HOw long Iehovah wilt thou forget me for ever how long wilt thou hide thy face from me How long shal I set counsels in my soule sorrow in my heart by day how long shall my enemie be exalted above me Behold answer thou me Iehovah my God lighten thou mine eyes lest I sleepe the death Lest my enemy say I have prevailed against him my distressers be glad when I am moved But I in thy mercy doe I trust my heart shall be glad in thy salvation I will sing to Iehovah for he hath bounteously rewarded unto me Annotations HIde thy face that is withdraw thy favourable countenance and comfort which the Chaldee expoundeth the brightnesse of thy face This is contrary to the lifting up of the light of Gods face Psal. 4. 7. and importeth trouble and griefe and is caused by sinne and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts Deut. 31. 17. 18. Isa. 59. 2. Ezek. 39. 23 24 29. therefore this Prophet doth often complaine hereof and pray against iâ— Psalm 30. 8. and 104. 29. and 88. 15. and 69. 18. and 102. 3. and 143. 7. and 27. 9. Vers. 3. set counsels that is consult and devise with my selfe how to escape by day that is daily in Greeke day and night Vers. 4. lighten my eyes that is make them see cleare and consequently make me joyfull for the light of the eyes rejoyceth the heart Prov. 15. 30. Or keepe me alive which sense the words following seeme to imply and the like speeches in Prov. 29. 13. Eccles. 11. 7 8. The eyes are said to be inlightened when penurie sorrow sicknesse or other affliction whereby they were dulled is done away and the senses by some meanes refreshed 1 Sam. 14. 27. 29. Esr. 9. 8. also when ignorance is by Gods Word and Spirit done out of the minde Psal 19. 9. Ephes. 1. 18. See also Psal. 38. 11. left I sleepe or that I sleepe not the death meaning the sleepe of death that is lest I die For death is often called sleepe in the Scripture Psal. 76. 6. Iob 3. 13. and 14. 12. Act. 7. 60. and 13. â—6 the sleepe of eâ—ernitie Ier. 51. 39. The Chaldee paraphraseth thus Enlighten mine eyes in
thy Law lest I sinne and sleepe with them which are guiltie of death Vers. 6. But I or And I as for me bounteously rewarded The originall word Gamal signifieth to give one thing for another as prosperity after one hath beene in adversitie c. And though it be sometime used for rewarding evill for good Psal. 7. 5. or evill for evill Psalm 137. 8. yet from God to his people it commonly signifieth a bountifulâ— rewarding of good things in stead of evill which we rather doe deserve So Psal. 116. 7. and 119. 17. and 142. 8. and 103. 2. 10. The Greeke translateth dealt bounteously the Chaldee rewarded me good PSAL. XIV David discribeth the corruption of all naturall men 4 and convinceth them by the light of their consciences 6 He sheweth their enmitie against Gods people who wish for and glory in his salvation To the Master of the Musicke a Psalme of David THe foole saith in his heart there is no God they have corrupted they have made abominable their practise there is none that doth good Iehovah from the heavens looked downe upon the sonnes of Adam to see if there were any that understandeth any that seeketh God All is departed together they are become unprofitable there is none that doth good none not one Doe they not know all that worke painful iniquity that eat my people as they eat bread they call not on Iehovah There dread they a dread because God is in the just generation The counsell of the poore afflicted yee would make abashed because Iehovah is his hope Who will give out of Sion the salvation of Israel when Iehovah returneth the captivitie of his people â—akob shall be glad Israel shall rejoyce Annotations THe foole Nabal which hath the signification of jading dying or falling away as doth a leafe or flower Isa. 40. 8. 1 Pet. 1. 24. is a title given to the foolish man as having lost the juice and sap of wisdome reason honestie godlinesse being fallen from grace ungratefull and without the life of God as a dead carkasse which of this word is called Nebaâ—ah Levit. 11. 40. and therefore ignoble and of vile esteeme opposed to the noble man Isa. 32. 5. The Apostle in Greeke turneth it imprudent or without understanding Rom. 10. â—9 from Deut. 32. 21. saith in his heart that is mindeth and perswadeth himselfe in secret So Psalm 10. 4. and 53. 2. no God the Chaldee expoundeth it no power or dominion of God in the earth they have corrupted marred to wit themselves therefore the Greeke saith they are corrupted the Chaldee saith corrupted their workes This word is used for corruption both of religion and manners by idolaâ—ry and other vices Exod. 32. 7. Deut. 31. 29. Gen. 6. 12. And that which he spake before as of one man he now applieth to all mankinde made abominable or made lâ—athsome to wit their action or themselves as the Greeke faith they are abominable or become loathsome So in 1 King 21. 26. The Chaldee interpreteth they abhorre good practise meaning their evill actions therefore in Psal. 53. 2. it is gnavel evill which here is gnalâ—lah action Vers. 3. All is or the all that is the whole universall multitude is departed all in generall and every one in particular as is expressed Psalm 53. 4. become unprofitable or fit for no use so the Apostle expresseth it in Greeke the word here used being rare and taken from Iob 15. 16. and betokeneth a thing loathsome stinking and so unfit for use Vers. 4. Doe they not know meaning doubtlesse they know and cannot plead ignorance A question hath often the force of an earnest asseveration eat my people that is the poore as is added for explanation in Exod. 22. 25. for Gods people commonly are the poorer sort Iam. 2. 5 6. Luke 6. 20. and such are eaten or devoured of the wicked Psal. 79. 7. who eat their flesh and flay off their skin and chop them in peeces as flesh for the cauldron Mic. 3. 3. as they eat bread the word as seemeth here to be understood or without it we may reade they eat bread that is are secure and without remorse doe give themselves to eating and drinking So eating of bread is used for banquetting Exod. 18. 12. Vers. 5. There dread they a dread that is they are sore adread or feare a great feare as Luke 2. 9. So hath sinned a sinne Lam. 1. 8. that is hath grievously sinned And by there hee meaneth the suddennesse of it as also in Psal. 36. 13. or there that is in their heart and conscience The Greeke translateth they dreaded with feare where no feare was the Chaldee they feared with a false feare with which it was not meet to feare because God is this may be taken as a cause of their foresaid feare as Saul was afraid of David 1 Sam. 18. 14 15. or it is an opposition to their dread but God is in the just generation and therefore they dread not but are defended from the siege of their enemies as Psal. 53. 6. The Chaldee saith because the word of the Lord is in the generation of the just Vers. 6. yee would make abashed that is ye reproach it and would confound frustrate and bring it to nothing So abashing and shame is often used for frustration of ones purpose and hope Psal. 6. 11. because Iehovah or but Iehovah is his shelter and hope therefore he shall not be abashed Psal. 25. 3. Contrariwise the wicked shall be abashed because God refuseth them Psal. 53. 6. Vers. 7. Who will give or O that some would give it is a forme of wishing often used in the Scripture as Ps. 55. 7. Deut. 5. 29. Iob 6. 8. out of Sion this is meant of Christ the salvation of God to Israel who was expected out of Sion as it is written the Redeemer shall come out of Sion and shall turne away impieties from Iakob Rom. 11. 26. returneth the captivitie that is bringeth againe those that were led captives according to the promise Deut. 30. 3. and this was performed by Christ Luke 4. 18. Eph. 4. 8. Captivity or Leading away is here used for the people led away as another word of like signification is so used Ezek. 11. 24 25. So Psal. 126. Iakob Israel that is Gods people the posteritie of Iakob who also was called Israel So Aaron is put for his posterity the Aaronites 1 Chron. 12. 27. and 27. 17. and David for his children 1 Chron. 4. 31. Iakob is a name that noteth infirmitie for he strove for the first birth-right but obtained it not when hee tooke his brother by the heele in the wombe and thereupon was called Iakob Gen. 25. 22 26. But Israel is a name of power and principalitie for after he had wrastled with the Angell behaved him-selfe princely wept prayed and prevailed his name was changed from Iakob to Israel as a Prince or prevailer with God Gen. 32. 24 26 28. Hos. 12. 3 4. Therefore is the